WO2016086144A1 - Initial access in high frequency wireless systems - Google Patents
Initial access in high frequency wireless systems Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2016086144A1 WO2016086144A1 PCT/US2015/062700 US2015062700W WO2016086144A1 WO 2016086144 A1 WO2016086144 A1 WO 2016086144A1 US 2015062700 W US2015062700 W US 2015062700W WO 2016086144 A1 WO2016086144 A1 WO 2016086144A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- mwtru
- transmit
- resource sets
- node
- scmb
- Prior art date
Links
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 375
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 361
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 73
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 claims description 257
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 claims description 53
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 claims description 46
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000013442 quality metrics Methods 0.000 description 56
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 41
- 238000013468 resource allocation Methods 0.000 description 40
- 230000008054 signal transmission Effects 0.000 description 30
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 28
- 208000037918 transfusion-transmitted disease Diseases 0.000 description 25
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 21
- 101000741965 Homo sapiens Inactive tyrosine-protein kinase PRAG1 Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 102100038659 Inactive tyrosine-protein kinase PRAG1 Human genes 0.000 description 20
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 16
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000010408 sweeping Methods 0.000 description 13
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 102100036409 Activated CDC42 kinase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 7
- 102100037399 Alanine-tRNA ligase, cytoplasmic Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 101000879354 Homo sapiens Alanine-tRNA ligase, cytoplasmic Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 6
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 230000003044 adaptive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 241000760358 Enodes Species 0.000 description 4
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010187 selection method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005265 energy consumption Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910001416 lithium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 2
- QELJHCBNGDEXLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel zinc Chemical compound [Ni].[Zn] QELJHCBNGDEXLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 2
- HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium ion Chemical compound [Li+] HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700026140 MAC combination Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004873 anchoring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001174 ascending effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- OJIJEKBXJYRIBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium nickel Chemical compound [Ni].[Cd] OJIJEKBXJYRIBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000010267 cellular communication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001427 coherent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001351 cycling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009849 deactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000446 fuel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000028161 membrane depolarization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005055 memory storage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052987 metal hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000010295 mobile communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel Substances [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- -1 nickel metal hydride Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010363 phase shift Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012772 sequence design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
- H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
- H04W74/0833—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
- H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
- H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
- H04B7/0617—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal for beam forming
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
- H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
- H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
- H04B7/0619—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
- H04B7/0621—Feedback content
- H04B7/0626—Channel coefficients, e.g. channel state information [CSI]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
- H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
- H04L27/2601—Multicarrier modulation systems
- H04L27/2602—Signal structure
- H04L27/2605—Symbol extensions, e.g. Zero Tail, Unique Word [UW]
- H04L27/2607—Cyclic extensions
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
- H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
- H04W24/08—Testing, supervising or monitoring using real traffic
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
- H04W24/10—Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
- H04W36/08—Reselecting an access point
- H04W36/083—Reselecting an access point wherein at least one of the access points is a moving node
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
- H04W52/04—TPC
- H04W52/30—TPC using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
- H04W52/36—TPC using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power with a discrete range or set of values, e.g. step size, ramping or offsets
- H04W52/365—Power headroom reporting
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
- H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
- H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
- H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
- H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
- H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
- H04W72/046—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource the resource being in the space domain, e.g. beams
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
- H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
- H04W74/002—Transmission of channel access control information
- H04W74/006—Transmission of channel access control information in the downlink, i.e. towards the terminal
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
- H04W36/06—Reselecting a communication resource in the serving access point
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
- H04W52/04—TPC
- H04W52/06—TPC algorithms
- H04W52/14—Separate analysis of uplink or downlink
- H04W52/146—Uplink power control
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W80/00—Wireless network protocols or protocol adaptations to wireless operation
- H04W80/02—Data link layer protocols
Definitions
- above-6 GHz frequencies e.g., at centimeter wave (cmW) and millimeter wave (mmW) frequencies
- the large bandwidth available at these frequencies may provide enormous capacity improvements for user- specific data transmissions.
- One challenge of using these above-6 GHz frequencies may be characteristics related to their propagation which may be unfavorable for wireless communication, especially in an outdoor environment. For example, higher frequency transmissions may experience higher free space path loss. Rainfall and atmospheric gasses, e.g., oxygen, may add further attenuation and foliage may cause attenuation and depolarization.
- the narrow beam pattern which may be used to counter these losses may pose challenges for an evolved node B (eNB), for example, in delivering cell- specific or broadcast information.
- eNB evolved node B
- initial mmW access link system design may focus on specific cellular system procedures that enable add-on mmW data transmissions, for example, at least downlink transmissions to an existing network such as a small cell Long-Term Evolution (LTE) network.
- LTE Long-Term Evolution
- One or more random access (RA) resource sets may be provided by a small cell millimeter wave (mmW) evolved node B (eNB) (SCmB) via signaling.
- An RA resource set may be selected based on an SCmB downlink (DL) measurement or a DL transmit beam by an mWTRU.
- Methods and systems are further provided for an mWTRU to perform an RA procedure using a selected RA resource set.
- An mWTRU may select or use multiple RA resource sets, wherein each RA resource set in the multiple RA resource sets is associated with an SCmB UL receive beam.
- a transmit/receive unit may include a receiver configured to receive a plurality of random access (RA) resource sets, where each of the plurality of RA resource sets is associated with a node-B directional beam of a plurality of node-B directional beams.
- the WTRU may include at least one processor configured to select multiple RA resource sets from among the plurality of RA resource sets based on the plurality of node-B directional beams, and the at least one processor may be configured to initiate an RA procedure based on the selected multiple RA resource sets, where the RA procedure includes selecting multiple preambles, and where each of the selected multiple preambles corresponds to one of the selected multiple RA resource sets.
- the WTRU may include a transmitter configured to
- the receiver and the processor may be further configured to receive, from the node-B, in response to the sequential RA transmissions, at least one random access response (RAR), where each of the received at least one RAR corresponds to one of the transmitted multiple preambles.
- RAR random access response
- a method for use by a wireless transmit/receive unit may include receiving, by the WTRU, a plurality of random access (RA) resource sets, where each of the plurality of RA resource sets is associated with a node-B directional beam of a plurality of node-B directional beams; selecting, by the WTRU, multiple RA resource sets from among the plurality of RA resource sets based on the plurality of node-B directional beams; initiating, by the WTRU, an RA procedure based on the selected multiple RA resource sets, where the RA procedure includes selecting multiple preambles, and where each of the selected multiple preambles corresponds to one of the selected multiple RA resource sets; transmitting, by the WTRU, the selected multiple preambles to a node-B in sequential RA transmissions; and receiving, by the mWTRU, from the node-B in response to the sequential RA transmissions, at least one random access response (RAR), where each of
- an mWTRU may include a receiver configured to receive a plurality of random access (RA) resource sets, where each of the plurality of RA resource sets is associated with a node-B directional beam.
- the WTRU may include at least one processor configured to select a first RA resource set and a second RA resource set from among the plurality of RA resource sets, and initialize a first RA procedure based on the selected first RA resource set and a second RA procedure based on the selected second RA resource set, where the first and the second RA procedures are performed substantially at the same time.
- the mWTRU may include a transmitter configured to transmit a first RA transmission according to the first RA procedure and transmit a second RA transmission according to the second RA procedure, where the first and the second RA transmissions are transmitted substantially at the same time.
- the receiver may be further configured to receive, from the node-B, in response to at least one of the first and the second RA transmissions, at least one random access response (RAR) which corresponds to at least one of the first and the second selected RA resource sets.
- RAR random access response
- FIG. 1A is a system diagram of an example communications system in which one or more disclosed embodiments may be implemented;
- FIG. IB is a system diagram of an example wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) that may be used within the communications system illustrated in FIG. 1A;
- WTRU wireless transmit/receive unit
- FIG. 1C is a system diagram of an example radio access network and an example core network that may be used within the communications system illustrated in FIG. 1A;
- FIG. 2 is a diagram of an example SCmB deployment
- FIG. 3 is a comparison of frequency and spatial filtering
- FIG. 4 is a diagram of an example OFDM frame structure
- FIG. 5 is a diagram of a mmW downlink logical, transport and physical channel mapping
- FIG. 6 is a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing a fully digitized beamforming approach
- FIG. 7 is a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing analogue beamforming with one phase antenna array and one RF chain;
- FIG. 8 a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing analog beamforming with one PAA and two RF chains;
- FIG. 9 is a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing analog beamforming with two PAAs and two RF chains;
- FIG. 10 is a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing analogue beamforming with two PAAs and one RF chain;
- FIG. 11A is an example illustration of a 2D narrow beam pattern
- FIG. 11B is an example illustration of a 3D narrow beam pattern
- FIG. 12 is an example illustration of a 3D broadside broad beam pattern
- FIG. 13 is a diagram of an example mmW SCmB downlink broad- beam and narrow-beam configuration
- FIG. 14 is a diagram of a narrow beam pairing procedure
- FIG. 15 is a diagram of an mWTRU receive antenna pattern sweep for spatial path detection
- FIG. 16 is a call flow for a mmW beam pairing messaging procedure
- FIG. 17 is a diagram of an mWTRU multi-AoA reception using a single multi-lobe beam
- FIG. 18A is a 2D diagram of a single multi-lobe beam pattern
- FIG. 18B is a 3D diagram of a single multi-lobe beam pattern
- FIGS. 19A-B are diagrams of an example beam switching procedure
- FIG. 20 is a diagram of an mWTRU multi-AOA reception using a single narrow beam for a new transmission in transmitting time interval (TTI) N;
- FIG. 21 is a diagram of an mWTRU multi-AoA reception using a single narrow beam for retransmission in TTI N+X.
- FIG. 22 is a diagram of an example RA acquisition and selection procedure
- FIG. 23 is a diagram of an example RA acquisition, selection and confirmation procedure
- FIG. 24 is an example random access beamforming index
- RAPFI random access preamble identifier
- RAPID random access preamble identifier
- FIG. 25 is an example mmW MAC RAR
- FIG. 26 is an example mmW MAC PDU comprising of an example mmW MAC header and example mmW MAC RARs.
- FIG. 1A is a diagram of an example communications system 100 in which one or more disclosed embodiments may be implemented.
- the communications system 100 may be a multiple access system that provides content, such as voice, data, video, messaging, broadcast, etc., to multiple wireless users.
- the communications system 100 may enable multiple wireless users to access such content through the sharing of system resources, including wireless bandwidth.
- the communications systems 100 may employ one or more channel access methods, such as code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), frequency division multiple access (FDMA), orthogonal FDMA (OFDMA), single-carrier FDMA (SC-FDMA), and the like.
- CDMA code division multiple access
- TDMA time division multiple access
- FDMA frequency division multiple access
- OFDMA orthogonal FDMA
- SC-FDMA single-carrier FDMA
- the communications system 100 may include wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) 102a, 102b, 102c, 102d, a radio access network (RAN) 104, a core network 106, a public switched telephone network (PSTN) 108, the Internet 110, and other networks 112, though it will be appreciated that the disclosed embodiments contemplate any number of WTRUs, base stations, networks, and/or network elements.
- WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, 102d may be any type of device configured to operate and/or communicate in a wireless environment.
- the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, 102d may be configured to transmit and/or receive wireless signals and may include user equipment (UE), a mobile station, a fixed or mobile subscriber unit, a pager, a cellular telephone, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a smartphone, a laptop, a netbook, a personal computer, a wireless sensor, consumer electronics, and the like.
- UE user equipment
- PDA personal digital assistant
- smartphone a laptop
- netbook a personal computer
- a wireless sensor consumer electronics, and the like.
- the communications systems 100 may also include a base station
- Each of the base stations 114a, 114b may be any type of device configured to wirelessly interface with at least one of the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, 102d to facilitate access to one or more communication networks, such as the core network 106, the Internet 110, and/or the other networks 112.
- the base stations 114a, 114b may be a base transceiver station (BTS), a Node-B, an eNode B, a Home Node B, a Home eNode B, a site controller, an access point (AP), a wireless router, and the like. While the base stations 114a, 114b are each depicted as a single element, it will be appreciated that the base stations 114a, 114b may include any number of interconnected base stations and/or network elements.
- the base station 114a may be part of the RAN 104, which may also include other base stations and/or network elements (not shown), such as a base station controller (BSC), a radio network controller (RNC), relay nodes, etc.
- BSC base station controller
- RNC radio network controller
- the base station 114a and/or the base station 114b may be configured to transmit and/or receive wireless signals within a particular geographic region, which may be referred to as a cell (not shown).
- the cell may further be divided into cell sectors.
- the cell associated with the base station 114a may be divided into three sectors.
- the base station 114a may include three transceivers, for example, one for each sector of the cell.
- the base station 114a may employ multiple -input multiple -output (MIMO) technology and, therefore, may utilize multiple transceivers for each sector of the cell.
- MIMO multiple -input multiple -output
- the base stations 114a, 114b may communicate with one or more of the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, 102d over an air interface 116, which may be any suitable wireless communication link (e.g., radio frequency (RF), microwave, infrared (IR), ultraviolet (UV), visible light, etc.).
- the air interface 116 may be established using any suitable radio access technology (RAT).
- RAT radio access technology
- the base station 114a in the RAN 104 and the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c may implement a radio technology such as Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA), which may establish the air interface 116 using wideband CDMA (WCDMA).
- WCDMA may include communication protocols such as High-Speed Packet Access (HSPA) and/or Evolved HSPA (HSPA+).
- HSPA may include High-Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA) and/or High-Speed Uplink Packet Access (HSUPA).
- the base station 114a and the WTRUs are identical to the base station 114a and the WTRUs.
- E-UTRA Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- LTE-A LTE- Advanced
- the base station 114a and the WTRUs are identical to the base station 114a and the WTRUs.
- 102a, 102b, 102c may implement radio technologies such as IEEE 802.16 (i.e., Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX)), CDMA2000, CDMA2000 IX, CDMA2000 EV-DO, Interim Standard 2000 (IS-2000), Interim Standard 95 (IS-95), Interim Standard 856 (IS-856), Global System for Mobile communications (GSM), Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution (EDGE), GSM EDGE (GERAN), and the like.
- IEEE 802.16 i.e., Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX)
- CDMA2000, CDMA2000 IX, CDMA2000 EV-DO Code Division Multiple Access 2000
- IS-95 Interim Standard 95
- IS-856 Interim Standard 856
- GSM Global System for Mobile communications
- GSM Global System for Mobile communications
- EDGE Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution
- GERAN GSM EDGERAN
- the base station 114b in FIG. 1A may be a wireless router, Home
- Node B, Home eNode B, or access point may utilize any suitable RAT for facilitating wireless connectivity in a localized area, such as a place of business, a home, a vehicle, a campus, and the like.
- the base station 114b and the WTRUs 102c, 102d may implement a radio technology such as IEEE 802.11 to establish a wireless local area network (WLAN).
- the base station 114b and the WTRUs 102c, 102d may implement a radio technology such as IEEE 802.15 to establish a wireless personal area network (WPAN).
- WLAN wireless local area network
- WPAN wireless personal area network
- the base station 114b and the WTRUs 102c, 102d may utilize a cellular-based RAT (e.g., WCDMA, CDMA2000, GSM, LTE, LTE-A, etc.) to establish a picocell or femtocell.
- a cellular-based RAT e.g., WCDMA, CDMA2000, GSM, LTE, LTE-A, etc.
- the base station 114b may have a direct connection to the Internet 110.
- the base station 114b may not be required to access the Internet 110 via the core network 106.
- the RAN 104 may be in communication with the core network
- the core network 106 may be any type of network configured to provide voice, data, applications, and/or voice over internet protocol (VoIP) services to one or more of the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, 102d.
- the core network 106 may provide call control, billing services, mobile location-based services, pre-paid calling, Internet connectivity, video distribution, etc., and/or perform high- level security functions, such as user authentication.
- the RAN 104 and/or the core network 106 may be in direct or indirect communication with other RANs that employ the same RAT as the RAN 104 or a different RAT.
- the core network 106 may also be in communication with another RAN (not shown) employing a GSM radio technology.
- the core network 106 may also serve as a gateway for the
- the PSTN 108 may include circuit-switched telephone networks that provide plain old telephone service (POTS).
- POTS plain old telephone service
- the Internet 110 may include a global system of interconnected computer networks and devices that use common communication protocols, such as the transmission control protocol (TCP), user datagram protocol (UDP) and the internet protocol (IP) in the TCP/IP internet protocol suite.
- TCP transmission control protocol
- UDP user datagram protocol
- IP internet protocol
- the networks 112 may include wired or wireless communications networks owned and/or operated by other service providers.
- the networks 112 may include another core network connected to one or more RANs, which may employ the same RAT as the RAN 104 or a different RAT.
- Some or all of the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, 102d in the communications system 100 may include multi-mode capabilities, i.e., the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, 102d may include multiple transceivers for communicating with different wireless networks over different wireless links.
- the WTRU 102c shown in FIG. 1A may be configured to communicate with the base station 114a, which may employ a cellular -based radio technology, and with the base station 114b, which may employ an IEEE 802 radio technology.
- FIG. IB is a system diagram of an example WTRU 102.
- the WTRU 102 may include a processor 118, a transceiver 120, a transmit/receive element 122, a speaker/microphone 124, a keypad 126, a display/touchpad 128, non-removable memory 130, removable memory 132, a power source 134, a global positioning system (GPS) chipset 136, and other peripherals 138.
- GPS global positioning system
- the processor 118 may be a general purpose processor, a special purpose processor, a conventional processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), a plurality of microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in association with a DSP core, a controller, a microcontroller, Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGAs) circuits, any other type of integrated circuit (IC), a state machine, and the like.
- the processor 118 may perform signal coding, data processing, power control, input/output processing, and/or any other functionality that enables the WTRU 102 to operate in a wireless environment.
- the processor 118 may be coupled to the transceiver 120, which may be coupled to the transmit/receive element 122. While FIG. IB depicts the processor 118 and the transceiver 120 as separate components, it will be appreciated that the processor 118 and the transceiver 120 may be integrated together in an electronic package or chip.
- the transmit/receive element 122 may be configured to transmit signals to, or receive signals from, a base station (e.g., the base station 114a) over the air interface 116.
- a base station e.g., the base station 114a
- the transmit/receive element 122 may be an antenna configured to transmit and/or receive RF signals.
- the transmit/receive element 122 may be an emitter/detector configured to transmit and/or receive IR, UV, or visible light signals, for example.
- the transmit/receive element 122 may be configured to transmit and receive both RF and light signals. It will be appreciated that the transmit/receive element 122 may be configured to transmit and/or receive any combination of wireless signals.
- the WTRU 102 may include any number of transmit/receive elements 122. More specifically, the WTRU 102 may employ MIMO technology. Thus, in one embodiment, the WTRU 102 may include two or more transmit/receive elements 122 (e.g., multiple antennas) for transmitting and receiving wireless signals over the air interface 116.
- the transceiver 120 may be configured to modulate the signals that are to be transmitted by the transmit/receive element 122 and to demodulate the signals that are received by the transmit/receive element 122.
- the WTRU 102 may have multi-mode capabilities.
- the transceiver 120 may include multiple transceivers for enabling the WTRU 102 to communicate via multiple RATs, such as UTRA and IEEE 802.11, for example.
- the processor 118 of the WTRU 102 may be coupled to, and may receive user input data from, the speaker/microphone 124, the keypad 126, and/or the display/touchpad 128 (e.g., a liquid crystal display (LCD) display unit or organic light- emitting diode (OLED) display unit).
- the processor 118 may also output user data to the speaker/microphone 124, the keypad 126, and/or the display/touchpad 128.
- the processor 118 may access information from, and store data in, any type of suitable memory, such as the non-removable memory 130 and/or the removable memory 132.
- the nonremovable memory 130 may include random-access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), a hard disk, or any other type of memory storage device.
- the removable memory 132 may include a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, a memory stick, a secure digital (SD) memory card, and the like.
- SIM subscriber identity module
- SD secure digital
- the processor 118 may access information from, and store data in, memory that is not physically located on the WTRU 102, such as on a server or a home computer (not shown).
- the processor 118 may receive power from the power source 134, and may be configured to distribute and/or control the power to the other components in the WTRU 102.
- the power source 134 may be any suitable device for powering the WTRU 102.
- the power source 134 may include one or more dry cell batteries (e.g., nickel- cadmium (NiCd), nickel-zinc (NiZn), nickel metal hydride (NiMH), lithium-ion (Li-ion), etc.), solar cells, fuel cells, and the like.
- the processor 118 may also be coupled to the GPS chipset 136, which may be configured to provide location information (e.g., longitude and latitude) regarding the current location of the WTRU 102.
- location information e.g., longitude and latitude
- the WTRU 102 may receive location information over the air interface 116 from a base station (e.g., base stations 114a, 114b) and/or determine its location based on the timing of the signals being received from two or more nearby base stations. It will be appreciated that the WTRU 102 may acquire location information by way of any suitable location- determination method while remaining consistent with an embodiment.
- the processor 118 may further be coupled to other peripherals
- the peripherals 138 may include one or more software and/or hardware modules that provide additional features, functionality and/or wired or wireless connectivity.
- the peripherals 138 may include an accelerometer, an e-compass, a satellite transceiver, a digital camera (for photographs or video), a universal serial bus (USB) port, a vibration device, a television transceiver, a hands free headset, a Bluetooth® module, a frequency modulated (FM) radio unit, a digital music player, a media player, a video game player module, an Internet browser, and the like.
- an accelerometer an e-compass, a satellite transceiver, a digital camera (for photographs or video), a universal serial bus (USB) port, a vibration device, a television transceiver, a hands free headset, a Bluetooth® module, a frequency modulated (FM) radio unit, a digital music player, a media player, a video game player module, an Internet browser, and the like.
- FM frequency modulated
- FIG. 1C is a system diagram of the RAN 104 and the core network 106 according to an embodiment.
- the RAN 104 may employ an E-UTRA radio technology to communicate with the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c over the air interface 116.
- the RAN 104 may also be in communication with the core network 106.
- the RAN 104 may include eNode-Bs 140a, 140b, 140c, though it will be appreciated that the RAN 104 may include any number of eNode-Bs while remaining consistent with an embodiment.
- the eNode-Bs 140a, 140b, 140c may each include one or more transceivers for communicating with the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c over the air interface 116.
- the eNode-Bs 140a, 140b, 140c may implement MIMO technology.
- the eNode-B 140a for example, may use multiple antennas to transmit wireless signals to, and receive wireless signals from, the WTRU 102a.
- Each of the eNode-Bs 140a, 140b, 140c may be associated with a particular cell (not shown) and may be configured to handle radio resource management decisions, handover decisions, scheduling of users in the uplink and/or downlink, and the like. As shown in FIG. 1C, the eNode-Bs 140a, 140b, 140c may communicate with one another over an X2 interface.
- the core network 106 shown in FIG. 1C may include a mobility management entity gateway (MME) 142, a serving gateway 144, and a packet data network (PDN) gateway 146. While each of the foregoing elements are depicted as part of the core network 106, it will be appreciated that any one of these elements may be owned and/or operated by an entity other than the core network operator.
- MME mobility management entity gateway
- PDN packet data network
- the MME 142 may be connected to each of the eNode-Bs 140a,
- the MME 142 may be responsible for authenticating users of the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, bearer activation/deactivation, selecting a particular serving gateway during an initial attach of the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, and the like.
- the MME 142 may also provide a control plane function for switching between the RAN 104 and other RANs (not shown) that employ other radio technologies, such as GSM or WCDMA.
- the serving gateway 144 may be connected to each of the eNode
- the serving gateway 144 may generally route and forward user data packets to/from the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c.
- the serving gateway 144 may also perform other functions, such as anchoring user planes during inter-eNode B handovers, triggering paging when downlink data is available for the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, managing and storing contexts of the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, and the like.
- the serving gateway 144 may also be connected to the PDN gateway 146, which may provide the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c with access to packet- switched networks, such as the Internet 110, to facilitate communications between the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c and IP-enabled devices.
- the PDN gateway 146 may provide the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c with access to packet- switched networks, such as the Internet 110, to facilitate communications between the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c and IP-enabled devices.
- the core network 106 may facilitate communications with other networks.
- the core network 106 may provide the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c with access to circuit- switched networks, such as the PSTN 108, to facilitate communications between the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c and traditional land-line communications devices.
- the core network 106 may include, or may communicate with, an IP gateway (e.g., an IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) server) that serves as an interface between the core network 106 and the PSTN 108.
- IMS IP multimedia subsystem
- the core network 106 may provide the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c with access to the networks 112, which may include other wired or wireless networks that are owned and/or operated by other service providers.
- millimeter wave (mmW) wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU) WTRU
- WTRU wireless transmit receive unit
- UE user equipment
- mmW UE mmW UE
- the mWTRU may include at least one processor (e.g., processor 118 illustrated in FIG. IB) which may perform one or more of the processes and/or other functionalities disclosed herein that enables the mWTRU to operate in a wireless environment.
- the processor may be operatively coupled to at least one other processor, a receiver, a transmitter, a transceiver or any combination thereof to perform one or more of the processes and/or functionalities disclosed herein, and may perform those processes and/or functionalities in conjunction with or in cooperation with those mWTRU components (i.e., the at least one other processor, receiver, transmitter, transceiver or any combination thereof).
- a process, functionality, reception, transmission and the like performed by an mWTRU processor, or any of the aforementioned mWTRU components and combinations thereof, may generally be referred to as being performed by the mWTRU throughout out the disclosure without detracting from the concepts disclosed herein.
- mmW small cell millimeter wave
- eNB evolved node B
- SCmB deployment may be based on the Third Generation Partnership Program (3GPP) Release 12 small cell deployment.
- the mmW operation may be performed by two network nodes, a small cell mmW eNB (SCmB), a mmW WTRU (mWTRU), and any combination thereof.
- the SCmB may include at least one processor which may perform one or more of the processes and/or other functionalities disclosed herein that enables the SCmB to operate in a wireless environment.
- the processor may be operatively coupled to at least one other processor, a receiver, a transmitter, a transceiver or any combination thereof to perform one or more of the processes and/or functionalities disclosed herein, and may perform those processes and/or functionalities in conjunction with or in cooperation with those SCmB components (i.e., the at least one other processor, receiver, transmitter, transceiver or any combination thereof).
- SCmB components i.e., the at least one other processor, receiver, transmitter, transceiver or any combination thereof.
- a process, functionality, reception, transmission and the like performed by an SCmB processor, or any of the aforementioned SCmB components and combinations thereof, may generally be referred to as being performed by the SCmB throughout out the disclosure without detracting from the concepts disclosed herein.
- the SCmB may generally be a Long Term Evolution (LTE) small cell eNB capable of operating an mmW air interface in parallel with an LTE air interface in the downlink channel.
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- the SCmB may be equipped with advanced antenna configurations and beamforming techniques.
- the SCmB may simultaneously transmit LTE downlink channels in wide beam patterns and mmW channels in narrow beam patterns.
- the SCmB may support new features and procedures in the LTE uplink channel.
- the mmW WTRU may be a WTRU capable of operating an LTE and mmW air interface in parallel.
- the mWTRU may have two sets of antennas.
- the accompanied respective RF chains may operate in the LTE band and the mmW frequency band.
- There may also be two independent baseband processing functions.
- the two baseband processing functions may share certain hardware (HW) blocks if the mmW air interface bears similarity with the LTE system.
- Add-on mmW channels may be an extension of the LTE carrier aggregation scheme with a new carrier type in the mmW frequency band that may apply a different air interface. More importantly, the mmW channels may lend themselves to opportunistic use for high-throughput and/or low- latency traffic data applications.
- Control signaling including system information updates, paging, radio resource control (RRC) and non-access stratus (NAS) signaling (for example, signaling radio bearers) and multicast traffic may be carried in LTE channels.
- RRC radio resource control
- NAS non-access stratus
- multicast traffic may be carried in LTE channels.
- certain mmW Layer 1 (LI) control signaling may be carried in the LTE channels.
- one or both of a SCmB and an mWTRU may employ narrow beamforming, for example, to ensure sufficient link budget for high-throughput and low-latency data transmissions.
- Transmit and receive narrow beam paring may be used in certain scenarios. For example, at 28 GHz and 38 GHz in urban areas using a steerable 10°-beamwidth and 24.5-dBi horn antenna at both the transmitter and receiver, a consistent coverage with a cell-radius of up to 200 meters may be demonstrated.
- FIG. 2 is a diagram of an example SCmB deployment.
- the SCmB and the mWTRUs may also apply broad beam patterns for the traditional LTE operations, which may include cell search, random access, and cell selection/reselection, and the like.
- FIG. 2 shows narrow mmW DL transmit (Tx) beams transmitted by the SCmB and mmW DL receive (Rx) beams formed by the mWTRUs.
- Tx narrow mmW DL transmit
- Rx mmW DL receive
- a beam may be considered narrow when the beam has a half-power -bandwidth substantially equal to or below 10 degrees in certain applications and substantially equal to or below 15 degrees in other applications.
- FIG. 2 also shows a broad LTE DL sector- wide beam transmitted by the SCmB and LTE DL Rx beams formed by the mWTRUs.
- a transmit or receive beam, either in the downlink or uplink direction, that are used for directional signal transmission or reception may be referred to as directional beams, narrow beams or narrow directional beams.
- the directional beams may be formed, for example, by different beam forming techniques at a transmitting or receiving end (e.g., at a WTRU or node-B).
- a directional transmit or receive beam is formed by a WTRU applying specific weight to each antenna elements of the antenna solution, be it a digital antenna array implementation as shown in FIG. 6, in which the weight is comprised of both amplitude and phase, or an analogue phase antenna array implementation as shown in FIG. 7, which comprises a phase-only weight.
- the weights are selected by an algorithm or function within the WTRU to form an antenna pattern, i.e., a transmit beam or a receive beam, with the main lobe of the beam (the maximum gain of the antenna pattern) pointed to a direction in both azimuth and elevation plan (3D direction) that is intended by the algorithm and function.
- a receive beam sweep is performed by applying a set of weights, sequentially, one at a time, and each time the applied weight is changed an antenna pattern is generated whose main lobe will be placed at a new direction.
- the covered direction of each beam over time will constitute a sweep coverage which can be the sum of the antenna pattern coverage. For example, consider if an antenna array is configured to form a 15-degree receive beam in azimuth plane and to provide a 90 degree coverage. In such a case, there will be six weights and each weight will move the main lobe of the beam by 15 degrees. If each antenna pattern is maintained for one TTI, this beam sweep of 90 degree coverage will take 6 TTIs.
- an omnidirectional antenna is a class of antenna which radiates radio wave power uniformly in all directions in one plane, with the radiated power decreasing with elevation angle above or below the plane, dropping to zero on the antenna's axis.
- the mWTRU receive beam forming may be regarded as a narrow spatial filtering as shown in FIG. 3.
- FIG. 3 illustrates a comparison of frequency and spatial filtering.
- FIG. 3 demonstrates the effect of a spatial or angular filtering (bottom), compared with frequency domain filtering (top).
- spatial filtering may allow an mWTRU to detect a channel impulse response at a distinct angular direction captured by the narrow receive beam. This may result in a flat effective channel by excluding angular incoming paths outside of its beamwidth.
- a Release 12 LTE WTRU may be assumed to have an omni- directional receive beam pattern and consequently may perceive a superimposed channel impulse response over the entire angular domain.
- an aligned mmW transmit beam and mmW receive beam pair may provide an additional degree of freedom in the angular domain compared with the current LTE system. Accordingly, the mmW downlink system design for the SCmB deployment is focused on integrating the directivity of a narrow transmit and receive beam pair into cellular system procedures including LI control signaling, mmW data scheduling, narrow beam paring, beam measurement, mmW LI control information feedback, and the like.
- mmW system parameters and assumptions will now be described. It should be noted that many design parameters may be changed. These parameters and assumptions are not intended to be limiting but serve to illustrate possible sets of parameters of an example mmW system.
- the carrier frequency may be 28 GHz, and may be intended for a system numerology in an example. Alternatively, the design may be extended to other mmW frequencies such as 38 GHz, 60 GHz, 72 GHz, and the like.
- the system bandwidth may be variable up to 1 GHz with aggregation to higher bandwidths.
- the estimated root mean square (RMS) delay spread may be 100-200 ns with a narrow beam pattern.
- the latency may be 1 ms.
- the waveform may be an orthogonal frequency division multiplex (OFDM)-based waveform or a broad-band-single-carrier-based waveform.
- the connectivity may be LTE small cell eNB with mmW add-on channels with two separate antennas and RF chains connected to two different antennas.
- the minimum downlink data rate may be 30 Mbit/s for at least 95% of the mWTRUs.
- Mobility may be an optimized data connection at 3 km/h and may maintain a connection at 30 km/h.
- the coverage may meet the data rate and mobility requirements with less than a 100-m cell radius.
- Waveforms for the mmW air interface may include broad-band Cyclic Prefixed Single Carrier (CP-SC), OFDM, single carrier (SC)-OFDM, multi-carrier (MC)-code division multiple access (CDMA), generalized OFDM, FBMC, and others may be used for the air interface of a system such as an above-6 GHz system (e.g., cmW or mmW).
- a frame structure for the system may depend on the applied waveform.
- a transmission time interval (TTI) length such as ⁇ may be used, for example, to achieve low latency.
- a system bandwidth such as one in the range of 50MHz to 2GHz may be used, for example, to achieve high data rates.
- a mmW frame structure of an OFDM-based waveform may offer flexibility, coordinating between the LTE and mmW channels, and may enable common functional block sharing in an mWTRU.
- the selection of the integer multiple K and the resulting Af may take account for the sensitivity to the doppler shift, different types of frequency errors and the ability to remove channel time dispersion.
- the orthogonality between sub-carriers may deteriorate, and inter-sub-carrier interference (ISI) may increase when the doppler shift increases in proportion to the sub-carrier spacing.
- ISI inter-sub-carrier interference
- the maximum doppler shift at 30 km/h and 28 GHz is 778 Hz.
- the latest 28- GHz channel time dispersion measurement in a dense urban area, e.g., Poly NYU, indicates that the RMS delay spread o is between 100ns and 200ns up to a 200-m cell radius.
- the 90% coherence bandwidth may be estimated at 1/50 ⁇ of 100 kHz and the 50% coherence bandwidth at l/5o of 1 MHz.
- a sub-carrier spacing Af between 100 kHz and 1 MHz may thus be reasonable.
- a cyclic prefix (CP) length may normally be required to span over the entire length of the channel time dispersion in order to eliminate inter- symbol-interference.
- CP length may normally be required to span over the entire length of the channel time dispersion in order to eliminate inter- symbol-interference.
- a CP does not carry useful data, a long CP may cause excessive system overhead.
- One example of CP length for a symboi of 3.33 ⁇ may be selected at 1/14 of T sy mboi, 0.24 ⁇ and the corresponding CP overhead may be 7% as calculated by TCP / (TCP + T sy mboi).
- TTI length of the mmW transmission may be reduced significantly compared to the 1-ms TTI length of the LTE system. It may be beneficial to have an mmW sub-frame length of 1 ms to align with the LTE 1-ms sub-frame timing.
- the mmW sub-frame may contain multiple mmW TTIs whose length is tied to other parameters such as sub-carrier spacing, symbol length, CP length, FFT size, and the like.
- TABLE 1 An example with a conservative CP length (e.g., 4x channel delay spread) is shown below in TABLE 1, which is outlines, in one example, mmW downlink OFDM numerology. It should be noted the CP length selection may be based on the assumption that the delay spread over all potential mmW frequency bands is lower than 200 ns.
- FIG. 4 depicts an example OFDM-based frame structure.
- the system bandwidth is lGHz and a sub-carrier spacing of 300 kHz with a corresponding symbol length of 3.33 ⁇ is used.
- each frame may include one or more sub-frames, each sub-frame may include one or more time slots, and each time slot may include one or more symbols with CPs disposed therebetween.
- CP cyclic prefix
- mmW physical channels will now be described.
- the SCmB deployment may employ new mmW physical layer channels and reference signals as described below in addition to the existing LTE physical channels.
- a beam-specific reference signal is a unique sequence transmitted per transmit beam that may be used for beam acquisition, timing/frequency synchronization, channel estimation for the physical downlink directional control channel (PDDCCH), beam tracking and measurement, and the like. It may implicitly carry beam identity information including a BSRS sequence index. It should be noted that there may be different types of BSRSs.
- the BSRS resource allocation may be pre-defined.
- An adaptive antenna reference signal is a unique sequence scheduled and transmitted dynamically for beam pair measurement specific for one antenna port.
- the beam identity information may be embedded in the sequence index of the AARS implicitly or carried in a small payload in the AARS.
- the PDDCCH may carry all data related control information for an mWTRU to identify, demodulate and decode an associated physical downlink directional data channel (PDDDCH) correctly.
- PDDDCH physical downlink directional data channel
- the PDDCCH may be carried in an mmW narrow beam or broad beam, and may apply different multiple access mechanisms.
- the dedicated PDDCCH may carry scheduling information for an associated PDDDCH on a per-TTI basis and may not carry beam specific information.
- a common PDDCCH may include cell-specific information including sector/segment identity or beam identity.
- an mWTRU may read the common PDDCCH to determine if it is scheduled for narrow beam pairing procedure in order to begin narrow beam data transmission subsequently.
- a PDDDCH may carry payload information received in the form of a media access control (MAC) protocol data unit (PDU) from the mmW MAC layer.
- the complete resource allocation of this channel may be determined by the downlink scheduling information carried on the PDDCCH.
- the PDDDCH intended for an mWTRU may be transmitted in a narrow transmission beam and received in a properly paired narrow receive beam, i.e., a narrow beam pair. Due to this spatial isolation, PDDDCHs for different WTRUs in different beam pairs may reuse time, frequency or code resources. Multiple PDDDCHs may also operate in one beam pair using multiple access in the time, frequency or code domain.
- a common PDDDCH may be used to carry data in broad mmW antenna patterns associated with the common PDDCCH.
- DMRS Demodulation reference signals
- FIG. 5 is a diagram of an mmW downlink logical, transport and physical channel mapping.
- FIG. 6 is a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing a fully digitized beamforming approach.
- a fully digitized beamforming approach may have a dedicated radio frequency (RF) chain 602 (e.g., 602a, 602b, 602c and 602d), including an RF processor 603 and an analog-to- digital converter (ADC) 604 for each antenna element 605.
- RF chain 602 is operatively coupled to a broadband (BB) processor 606.
- the signal 607 processed by each antenna element 605 may be controlled independently in phase and amplitude to optimize the channel capacity.
- the configuration as shown in FIG. 6, has the same number of RF chains 602, RF processors 603 and ADCs 604 as that of antenna elements 605, although, this is not required. While offering very high performance, this mWTRU antenna configuration may impose a very high cost and complexity in implementation and cause high energy consumption in operation. Thus, fully digitized beamforming may not be initially adopted and may become feasible in the future with advanced technology.
- FIG. 7 is a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing analogue beamforming with one phase antenna array (PAA) 701 and one RF chain 702.
- the RF chain may include an RF processor 703 and an ADC 704 coupled to a BB processor 706.
- Analogue beamforming as shown in FIG. 7, may apply only one RF chain for a PAA.
- Each antenna element 705 configured to received signal 707 may be connected to a phase shifter 708 that may be used to set the weight W for beam forming and steering.
- the required number of RF chains may be significantly reduced. This may reduce the energy consumption as well.
- phase shifting and combining may be implemented in different stages including RF (as shown in FIG. 7), broadband (BB) analogue, and local oscillator (LO).
- RF as shown in FIG. 7
- BB broadband
- LO local oscillator
- the mWTRU analogue beamforming algorithms may include fixed codebook-based beamforming, continuous phase shifting beamforming, and the like.
- fixed codebook-based beamforming a grid of beams may comprise of a set of fixed beams.
- Each beam may be formed by the mWTRU applying a beamforming weight vector v chosen from a pre-defined codebook v £ ⁇ v 1 , v 2 ,v 3 ... v N ⁇ where N denotes the number of fixed beams.
- Each vector may include pre-calibrated phase shifts for all phase shifters and, thus, may represent a unique analogue beam direction, i.e., "beam".
- the number of beams may depend on the half-power-beam-width (HPBW) of the beamforming and desired coverage.
- HPBW half-power-beam-width
- Continuous phase shifting beamforming may be used to calculate the desired weight of each phase shifter based on the estimated short-term channel information and may be converted using a high resolution digital-to- analogue converter (DAC) in order to be applied to the phase shifter. It may provide continuous and adaptive beamforming to track the channel conditions.
- the algorithm may perform well in scenarios with increased multipath, high angular spread and low WTRU mobility.
- An mWTRU may combine both the digitized and analogue beamforming by employing a hybrid approach including analogue beamforming performed over the phase array antenna elements each associated with a phase shifter and all connected to one RF chain and digital precoding applied on the baseband signal of each RF chain when there is more than one RF chain.
- Multiple -input multiple -output (MIMO) schemes may be implemented using digital precoding.
- the basic system parameters of hybrid beamforming for example, digitized and analogue beamforming are: number of data stream, NDATA, number of RF chains (TRX), NTRX; number of antenna ports, NAP; number of antenna elements, NAE; and the number of phase antenna arrays,
- one PAA may be comprised of multiple antenna elements, e.g., a PAA of size 4x4 has 16 antenna elements.
- An antenna port may be defined such that the channel over which a symbol on the antenna port is conveyed may be inferred from the channel over which another symbol on the same antenna port is conveyed.
- the LTE R12 antenna port configurations may be used.
- Demodulation reference signals associated with enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) may be transmitted on one or several of p £ ⁇ 107,108,109,110 ⁇ .
- Each antenna port may carry beamformed reference signals uniquely associated with each respective antenna port.
- the reference signals may be used to identify the antenna port.
- the antenna configuration becomes the fully digitized solution as shown in FIG. 6.
- One PAA may be connected to one RF chain, as shown in FIG. 7, or multiple RF chains depending on the system requirement and configuration. For example, in FIG.
- N PAA ⁇ N AP N TRX ⁇ N AE .
- FIG. 9 is a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing analog beamforming with two PAAs 901a and 901b and two RF chains 902a and 902b.
- This configuration may allow spatial independence between the two simultaneous beams by placing the PAAs at different orientations e.g. in the azimuth plane.
- An aligned PAA arrangement may provide an aggregated larger coverage compared to the configuration in FIG. 8. Both configurations with two RF chains may apply MIMO with two data streams.
- FIG. 10 is a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing analogue beamforming with two PAAs 1001a, 1001b and one RF chain 1002.
- Each PAA 1001a, 1001b may form a narrow beam pattern covering from +45° to -45° in the azimuth plane. They may be oriented separately so a single-beam may also provide a good coverage by using a narrow beam at a different direction at different time instances.
- an mWTRU may have a single-beam configuration and may operate one beam at a time.
- the mWTRU beamforming may form the narrow beam pattern such as the one shown in FIGS. 11A and 11B for a 16x16 PAA at the strongest angular direction, e.g., a LOS path obtained from beam measurement.
- FIG. 11A is an example illustration of a 2D narrow beam pattern.
- FIG. 11B is an example illustration of a 3D narrow beam pattern.
- the mWTRU may form a broad beam pattern, e.g., a wide main lobe such as the one shown in FIG. 12 to cover a range of continuous angular directions including both strong and weak ones in-between.
- FIG. 12 is an example illustration of a 3D broadside broad beam pattern. It should be noted that the antenna gain may be reduced considerably with a broad beam pattern and the link budget may worsen.
- an mWTRU may have two simultaneous beam patterns and the beam patterns may be different and also may be used for different applications.
- the mWTRU may place two narrow beam patterns at different angular incoming directions to receive one data stream.
- coherent beam combining may be used to utilize the spatial diversity and mitigate the blockage effect and/or weak line-of-sight (LOS) conditions.
- the mWTRU may form one narrow beam and one broad beam for different applications.
- the narrow beam may be used for data transmission and the broad beam for control signaling.
- the transmission may apply MIMO to increase the capacity, for example in high signal to noise ratio (SNR) channel conditions.
- SNR signal to noise ratio
- the mWTRU may place two narrow beam patterns at different angular incoming directions to receive two data streams in parallel.
- the SCmB beam forming schemes may also include fixed beam, adaptive beam forming, e.g., codebook-based and non-codebook-based, and classical beam forming, e.g., direction- of- arrival (DoA) estimation.
- DoA direction- of- arrival
- Each scheme may require different procedures and may work well in certain scenarios. For example the DoA estimation may require smaller angular spread and an mWTRU may need to transmit an LTE uplink reference signal to ensure DoA accuracy.
- the fixed beam system may require beam cycling and switch procedures.
- mWTRU antenna configuration and beamforming discussed below are based on a single-beam mWTRU antenna configuration with analogue beamforming as illustrated in FIG. 7. This is not intended to be limiting, and is only intended to serve as an example for illustrative purposes.
- an mmW data transmission may apply both transmit and receive beamforming.
- the resulting narrow beam pair may be considered as spatial filtering and may limit the mWTRU to receiving only the incoming angular paths captured within the narrow beam pair. For a single-beam mWTRU, this may significantly increase the susceptibility to blocking caused by WTRU device orientation, moving objects in the surrounding environment or entering shadowing of a building, vegetation, street furniture, and the like.
- Periodical downlink reference signal transmission has been applied to support network functions including cell discovery, channel state measurement and broadcast data transmission.
- the same static mechanism may result in excessive signaling overhead when using narrow antenna pattern sweeping in which in each sweep direction the transmission is repeated.
- concentration of energy within a narrow antenna pattern may lead to energy waste when no users are located within the downlink antenna pattern coverage at each sweep direction.
- the efficiency of the traditional pre-defined downlink reference signal transmission may be sub- optimal due to the inherent nature of the narrow antenna pattern transmission.
- initial or other access may be performed using Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH) and/or a random access procedure.
- PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
- Mechanisms are described herein to enable PRACH transmission and/or performance of a random access procedure in a beamformed system, for example, to improve NLOS coverage in the UL and/or to enable the receiving node to select an UL beam (e.g., a preferred or best UL beam).
- a beam may be one of the lobes, e.g., main/side/grating lobes of a transmit radiation pattern and a receive gain pattern of an antenna array.
- a beam may also denote a spatial direction that may be represented with a set beamforming weights.
- a beam may be identified or associated with a reference signal, an antenna port, a beam identity (ID), a scrambling sequence number and may be transmitted and/or received at a specific time and/or frequency and/or code and/or spatial resources.
- a beam may be formed digitally, in an analogue manner or both (hybrid beamforming). The analogue beamforming may be based on fixed code-book or continuous phase shifting.
- a data channel beam may be used to transmit data channel, data channel beam, PDSCH, mPDSCH, mmW PDSCH, mmW data channel, directional PDSCH, beamformed data channel, spatial data channel, data channel slice or high frequency data channel.
- a data channel beam may be identified or associated with a reference signal, an antenna port, a beam identity (ID), a scrambling sequence number and may be transmitted and/or received at a specific time and/or frequency and/or code and/or spatial resources.
- ID beam identity
- a control channel beam may be used to transmit control channel, control channel beam, PDCCH, mPDCCH, mmW PDCCH, mmW control channel, directional PDCCH, beamformed control channel, spatial control channel, control channel slice or high frequency control channel.
- a control channel beam may be identified or associated with a reference signal, an antenna port, a beam identity (ID), a scrambling sequence number and may be transmitted and/or received at a specific time and/or frequency and/or code and/or spatial resources.
- Control channel beam duration may be a number of OFDM symbols in a TTI occupied by one control channel beam.
- Control region may be the number of OFDM symbols in a TTI occupied by all the control channel beams transmitted in the TTI.
- a measurement beam may be used to transmit a signal or channel for beam measurement including beam reference signal, beam measurement reference signal, common reference signal (CRS), channel state information - reference signal (CSI-RS), channel state information - interference measurement (CSITM), etc.
- a measurement beam may be identified or associated with a reference signal, an antenna port, a beam identity (ID), a scrambling sequence number and may be transmitted and/or received at a specific time and/or frequency and/or code and/or spatial resources.
- mB, SCmB, eNB, cell, small cell, Pcell, Scell may be used interchangeably.
- operate may be used interchangeably with transmit and/or receive.
- component carrier, mmW carrier may be used interchangeably with serving cell.
- UE may be substituted for eNB and/or vice versa and still be consistent with concepts disclosed herein.
- UL may be substituted for DL and/or vice versa and still be consistent with concepts disclosed herein.
- a channel may refer to a frequency band which may have a center or carrier frequency and a bandwidth.
- Spectrum may include one or more channels which may or may not overlap.
- Channel, frequency channel, wireless channel, and mmW channel may be used interchangeably. Accessing a channel may be the same as using the channel (e.g., transmitting and/or receiving on or using) .
- a channel may refer to an mmW channel or signal such as an uplink or downlink physical channel or signal.
- Downlink channels and signals may include one or more of mmW synchronization signal, mmW broadcast channel, mmW cell reference signal, mmW beam reference signal, mmW beam control channel, mmW beam data channel, mmW hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (ARQ or HARQ) indicator channel, mmW demodulation reference signal, Primary Sychronizatin Signal (PSS), Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS), DeModulation Reference Signal (DMRS), CRS, CSI-RS, Pysical Broadcast Channel (PBCH), Physical
- PSS Primary Sychronizatin Signal
- SSS Secondary Synchronization Signal
- DMRS DeModulation Reference Signal
- CRS CRS
- CSI-RS Pysical Broadcast Channel
- PBCH Pysical Broadcast Channel
- PDCCH Downlink Control Channel
- PHICH Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel
- EPDCCH Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel
- Uplink channels and signals may include one or more of mmW PRACH, mmW control channel, mmW data channel, mmW beam reference signal, mmW demodulation reference signal, PRACH, Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH), Sounding Reference Signal (SRS), DMRS and Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH).
- PRACH and preamble may be used
- data/control may mean data and/or control signals and/or channels.
- Control may include synchronization
- control data may include synchronization data.
- the data/control may be mmW data/control.
- Data/control and data/control channels and/or signals may be used interchangeably. Channels and signals may be used interchangeably.
- the terms control channel, control channel beam, PDCCH, mPDCCH, mmW PDCCH, mmW control channel, directional PDCCH, beamformed control channel, spatial control channel, control channel slice, high frequency control channel may be used interchangeably.
- data channel, data channel beam, PDSCH, mPDSCH, mmW PDSCH, mmW data channel, directional PDSCH, beamformed data channel, spatial data channel, data channel slice, high frequency data channel may be used interchangeably.
- channel resources may be resources (e.g.,
- 3GPP LTE or LTE-A resources such as time and/or frequency and/or code and/or spatial resources which may, e.g., at least sometimes, carry one or more channels and/or signals.
- channel resources may be used interchangeably with channels and/or signals.
- mmW beam reference signal mmW reference resource for beam measurement
- mmW measurement reference signal mmW channel state measurement reference signal
- mmW demodulation reference signal mmW sounding reference signal
- reference signal reference signal
- CSI-RS CRS
- DM-RS DM-RS
- DRS measurement reference signal
- reference resource for measurement reference resource for measurement, CSI-IM, and measurement RS
- mmW cell mmW small cell, SCell, secondary cell, license-assisted cell, unlicensed cell, and LAA cell
- mmW cell, mmW small cell, PCell, primary cell, LTE cell, and licensed cell may be used interchangeably.
- interference and interference plus noise may be used interchangeably.
- a UE may determine the UL and/or DL directions of one or more subframes according to one or more received and/or configured time division duplex (TDD) UL/DL configurations.
- TDD time division duplex
- UL/DL and UL-DL may be used interchangeably.
- transmit power, power, antenna array transmit power may be used interchangeably.
- cmW and mmW may be used
- a SCmB may transmit a sector- wide mmW broad beam to provide coverage and multiple mmW narrow beams, for example, a grid of narrow beams for data transmission.
- Each narrow transmit beam may carry BSRS, for example, as described herein.
- BSRS may be used for one or more purposes such as downlink beam initial acquisition, for example, initial acquisition, tracking, measurement, and the like.
- Each narrow transmit beam may carry AARS which may be used for beam pairing procedures.
- the beam may also carry BSRS, dedicated PDDCCH, PDDDCH and associated DMRS at the assigned resource allocation.
- the beam pairing procedure may include one or more of beam forming, beam steering, beam switching, and the like.
- Beam pairing may involve transmission and/or reception antenna pattern control.
- the control may include manipulation based on angle of arrival (AoA) and/or angle of departure (AoD) in one or both azimuth and elevation planes.
- AoA may be used herein to represent AoA in the azimuth plane and/or elevation plane.
- AoA in the azimuth plane is referred to as azimuth/horizontal AoA.
- AoA in the elevation plane may be referred to as elevation/zenith AoA (EoA/ZoA).
- AoD may be used herein to cover AoD in the azimuth and/or elevation plane.
- AoD in the azimuth plane may be referred to as azimuth/horizontal AoD in the elevation plane, referred as elevation/zenith AoD (EoD/ZoD).
- the term "beam” may be one of the lobes, for example, as the main lobe of the radiation of an antenna array, for example, an antenna pattern.
- the beam width may be characterized using half power beamwidth (HPBW).
- HPBW may be the angle between two directions on either side of a main lobe, in which the radiation intensity is one half of the maximum value of the radiation pattern.
- the beam width may depend on an antenna array's configuration in terms of number of elements, element spacing, element pattern, and the like.
- an antenna array with a large number of antenna elements e.g., a uniform rectangular array (URA) of 16x16 elements
- URA uniform rectangular array
- an mWTRU When an mWTRU camps on an SCmB, it may subsequently receive a system information broadcast (SIB) specific to the mmW downlink beam configuration parameters that may include but are not limited to the following: mmW sector identity, the number of downlink transmit narrow beams per sector, BSRS frequency allocation, BSRS sequence configuration, BSRS periodicity, common PDDCCH transport format, common PDDCCH frequency allocation, common PDCCCH periodicity, and the like.
- SIB system information broadcast
- the above mentioned configuration parameters may provide an mWTRU with information, for example, some or all necessary information, to detect a reference signal, for example, BSRS, and/or receive a control channel, for example, a common PDDCCH in a mmW beam, for example, a mmW broad beam.
- a reference signal for example, BSRS
- a control channel for example, a common PDDCCH in a mmW beam, for example, a mmW broad beam.
- the common PDDCCH configuration may be predetermined.
- FIG. 13 is a diagram of an example mmW SCmB downlink broad- beam and narrow-beam configuration.
- each transmit narrow beam may carry a unique identity that may be implemented using: an AARS sequence index and a small data package.
- the AARS sequence index may be the identity (ID) of each transmit beam. It may be embedded in the reference sequence design, which may be determined by physical layer operation. For example, the AARS of all narrow transmit beams 1301 of the same sector, as shown in FIG.
- a SCmB may broadcast in LTE SIB the ZC base sequence index of each sector. Based on the reported beam measurement, the SCmB may determine which mmW sector and which mmW transmit beams may be associated with the reporting mWTRU.
- the small data package may include the identity of each transmit beam. For example, a numeric beam ID and sector ID may be carried in a small payload or data package.
- the AARS may provide the required timing, frequency synchronization, and channel estimation, which may enable the demodulation and decoding of the payload information.
- FIG. 14 is a diagram of an example narrow beam pairing procedures, including initial narrow beam pairing acquisition 1401, active narrow beam transmission start 1402, steady-state narrow beam measurement 1403, and beam-pair switch during data transmission 1404.
- the mWTRU may receive a beam measurement request in a common control channel along with L1FDBK scheduling 1401a, the mWTRU may measure Downlink Measurement Reference Beam and provide metric for beam pair index 1401b, and the WTRU may report beam measurement results in the scheduled uplink control channel 1401c.
- the mWTRU may receive narrow beam scheduling in a common control channel 1402a, the mWTRU may receive in a dedicated data channel in the scheduled beam pair 1402b, the mWTRU may receive per-TTI scheduling in the dedicated control channel 1402c, and the mWTRU may transmit regular L1FDBK (ACK/NACK, CSI of the used beam pair) 1402d.
- L1FDBK ACK/NACK, CSI of the used beam pair
- the mWTRU may receive data and narrow beam measurement gap scheduling 1403a, the mWTRU may receive data in a dedicated data channel in a Common Reference Beam 1403b, the mWTRU may receive per-TTI scheduling in the dedicated control channel 1403c, and the mWTRU may receive in the dedicated data channel in the scheduled beam pair 1403d, a scheduled gap period to measure Downlink Measurement Reference Beam may be realized 1403e, and mWTRU may update beam measurement results in an uplink control channel 1403f.
- the mWTRU may receive new narrow beam scheduling in a common control channel 1404a, the mWTRU may receive in a dedicated data channel in the scheduled beam pair 1404b, the mWTRU may receive per-TTI scheduling in the dedicated control channel 1404c, and the mWTRU may transmit regular L1FDBK (ACK/NACK, CSI of the used beam pair) 1404d.
- L1FDBK ACK/NACK, CSI of the used beam pair
- the mWTRU may perform an on-demand beam measurement procedure.
- a measurement request and configuration may be provided by an SCmB.
- the mWTRU may receive a beam measurement request (BMR) on the common control channel, for example, common PDDCCH from the SCmB.
- BMR beam measurement request
- the BMR may include one or more parameters and/or sets of parameters which may include one or more of an adaptive antenna reference signal (AARS) sequence, time and frequency resource allocations, uplink grants for BMR feedback, reporting quality metric thresholds, number of quality metrics to report, a new or updated BMR indicator, a BMR trigger, and the like.
- AARS adaptive antenna reference signal
- the time and/or frequency resource allocation for the AARS may be considered as a time and/or frequency schedule for the AARS.
- the mWTRU may decode the common PDDCCH and receive a BMR from the SCmB using a WTRU-specific network identity such as a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI).
- C-RNTI cell radio network temporary identifier
- the mWTRU may receive the resource allocation and transport format of the common PDDCCH in higher layer signaling such as in a SIB (or in SIBs) which may be broadcast by the SCmB.
- the mWTRU may sweep receive beams and/or perform measurements.
- the mWTRU may sweep one or more narrow receive antenna patterns per the BMR time and frequency resource schedule.
- the mWTRU may measure the scheduled AARS sequence, obtain the beam-pair- specific quality metric per the BMR quality metric to report, filter the quality metric per the BMR reporting quality metric threshold and report the processed measurement results to the SCmB using the uplink grant scheduled in the BMR.
- the mWTRU may decode the beam pair schedule information on the common PDDCCH.
- the mWTRU may form the scheduled narrow or multi- lobe broad receive antenna pattern.
- the mWTRU may decode the dedicated PDDCCH within the formed beam pair to acquire the per-TTI PDDDCH scheduling information.
- the mWTRU may receive the PDDDCH from the SCmB accordingly.
- the SCmB may perform an on-demand beam pairing procedure.
- a dynamically tailored AARS transmission may reduce the signaling overhead and also save the small cell eNB power consumption by sending a reference signal to mWTRU specifically for a beam pairing procedure.
- the SCmB may receive and measure AoA of an mWTRU's uplink transmission in broad antenna pattern and. based on the measured results, the SCmB may estimate a coarse mWTRU- specific AoD.
- the SCmB may dynamically schedule and transmit an mWTRU- specific AARS in a narrow antenna pattern radiated toward the mWTRU.
- the SCmB may send a BMR on the common control channel (common PDDCCH) to the mWTRU and schedule the mWTRU to receive the transmitted AARS.
- the SCmB may monitor the BMR uplink grant resource allocation per the BMR and receive an uplink beam measurement reporting from the mWTRU per the BMR uplink grant information.
- the SCmB may process the beam measurement quality metrics with scheduling statistics, including but to limited to QoS and mWTRU- specific historical throughput and determine a narrow beam pair scheduling information in common PDDCCH.
- the SCmB may send the narrow or multi-lobe broad downlink antenna pattern to the mWTRU and transmit PDDDCH to the mWTRU.
- An mWTRU may perform an automated periodical and/or triggered beam measurement procedure.
- the common PDDCCH may be decoded by the mWTRU and a BMR using a WTRU-specific network identity may be received, such as a cell-radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI).
- C-RNTI cell-radio network temporary identifier
- All information required to receive the common PDDCCH, including resource allocation and a transport format, may be pre- configured in LTE SIB.
- the BMR may include all information of the transmitted AARSs.
- An mWTRU may form one or more narrow receive antenna patterns and initiate receive sweeping per the sweeping pattern, periodicity and other configuration parameters according to the mWTRU capability and network configurations.
- the mWTRU may receive the network configurations on beam sweeping in higher layer signaling such as SIB (or SIBs) which may be broadcast.
- SIB or SIBs
- the mWTRU depicted in FIG. 15 may sweep a receive beam over the entire coverage area.
- the mWTRU may sweep and cover the range of spatial angles, ⁇ . The range may depend on the beamwidth, the orientation of the antenna array, the number of antenna elements of the PAA, and other additional factors.
- the spatial angle may be represented by the azimuth angle and elevation angle.
- FIG. 15 is a diagram of an mWTRU receive antenna pattern sweep for spatial path detection.
- the mWTRU may correlate AARSs over a pre-configured observation time at each sweeping position, for example, a receive beam direction.
- the mWTRU may use a control word to denote the receive beam direction.
- the mWTRU may convert the control word by a DAC to apply the phase shifters each connected to an antenna element.
- the beamwidth may be kept very narrow in order to provide higher resolution in detection of AoA paths and each control word may uniquely represent an AoA.
- the mWTRU may compare the AARS correlation result with a pre-defined or scheduled threshold to determine a ranking of AARS.
- the mWTRU may apply another control word to the phase shifter using another receive beam direction and repeat the AARS correlation.
- the AARS may have a property that may be used for a unique identification. For example, an AARS sequence may use cyclic shift value as a specific transmit beam identity.
- the AARS sequence may carry explicit transmit beam identity and other related information in a small data packet.
- the mWTRU may synchronize in timing and frequency with the detected AARS and may demodulate and decode the payload to obtain the transmit beam identity and other information.
- the mWTRU may quantize the measured BSRS antenna reference signal strength and/or signal-to-noise ratio into a transmit beam quality metric according to a pre-defined look-up table.
- the mWTRU may link quantized measurement quality metric and a corresponding transmit beam identity to the applied beamforming control word.
- the mWTRU may create a beam measurement record updated after each sweep, and store the beam measurement record in a memory of the mWTRU.
- the measurement record is shown in TABLE 2 below.
- the mWTRU may have detected two transmit beams, transmit beam 3 and transmit beam 9 at AoA ⁇ and 3 ⁇ 41 ⁇ 2, which the mWTRU may calculate based on the beamforming control words, respectively.
- the mWTRU may map each receive beamforming control word uniquely to a receive beam index, which may facilitate receive beam scheduling.
- the mWTRU may report the detected transmit beam identity, associated receive beam index, and beam pair quality metric to the network.
- the report may be as shown in the example in Table 3.
- FIG. 16 is a call flow for a mmW beam pairing messaging procedure 1600a and a data transmission using a beam pair 1600b.
- the SCmB may estimate uplink AoA based on mmW or LTE uplink transmission and transmit narrow-beam AARSs at the corresponding AoD 1601
- the SCmB may transmit a BMR in Common PDDCCH including AARS schedule information in a downlink mmW broad-beam transmission 1602
- the mWTRU may sweep a receive beam, measure the scheduled AARS quality metric and record the beam pair measurement 1603
- the mWTRU may transmit a beam measurement report using uplink grant given in the BMR using an uplink mmW/LTE broad-beam transmission 1604
- the SCmB may evaluate multi-AoA reception suitability considering real-time system parameters including the transmit beam availability, QoS, reported transmit beam quality metric, data buffer status, historically achieved capacity, etc.
- the SCmB may transmit beam pair scheduling in Common PDDCCH including steady-state measurement configuration using a downlink mmW broad-beam transmission 1606, and the mWTRU may form a receive beam to pair with the transmit beam according to the beam pairing scheduling either using narrow beam pair or multi-AoA beam pair 1607.
- the SCmB transmits dedicated PDDCCH and PDDDCH carrying data traffic in narrow beam pair using a downlink mmW narrow beam pair transmission 1608, the mWTRU may receive the PDDDCH according to the per-TTI scheduling carried in dedicated PDDCCH and also perform steady-state beam measurement according to the pre-scheduled periodic measurement configuration 1609, the mWTRU may transmit Physical Uplink Dedicated Control Channel (PUDCCH) layer 1 feedback (L1FDBK) (e.g., an ACK/NACK, CSI, etc.) and a steady-state beam measurement report using an uplink mmW narrow beam pair transmission 1610, the SCmB may transmit dedicated PDDCCH and PDDDCH carrying data traffic in narrow beam pair using a downlink mmW narrow beam pair transmission 1611, the mWTRU may transmit PUDCCH L1FDBK (e.g., ACK/NACK, CSI) and a steady-state beam measurement report using an PUDCCH L1FDBK (e.g.
- the mWTRU may accelerate the AARS measurement by applying an mmW quasi or broad beam sweep and narrow down the angular search range before beam measurement.
- An mWTRU may perform the sweep periodically or the sweep may be triggered by network measurement requests from the SCmB in order to provide input to the scheduling procedure.
- the measurement request may be selective, by configuring a targeted beam measurement for one or a set of transmit beams.
- An mWTRU may receive from the SCmB a measurement gap configuration in LI control signaling and/or higher layer signaling. During the measurement gap, the mWTRU may interrupt a data transmission and perform a beam measurement.
- RACH Random Access Channel
- Beam pairing may be performed in connection with a RACH procedure, for example, initiated in IDLE mode.
- the beam pairing and/or RACH procedure may be performed when an mWTRU has not been configured with a network identity yet.
- a RACH preamble transmission which may use a narrow beam for the transmission, may be used to pair the beams for the data transmission.
- an mWTRU may perform a preamble transmission procedure which may be a fixed narrow antenna pattern preamble transmission procedure.
- BSRS may be substituted for Beam Measurement Reference Signal (BMRS) and vice versa and still be consistent with what is disclosure herein.
- a configuration may be provided and/or used.
- An mWTRU may receive a downlink BMRS transmission configuration and/or a RACH configuration.
- the configuration or configurations may be received from an SCmB.
- the configuration or configurations may be received in higher layer signaling such as in a SIB or SIBs which may be broadcast to the mWTRU.
- the configuration or configurations which may be received in a SIB or SIBs may be received in common PDDDCH or in a PDDDCH which may be indicated by a common PDDCCH.
- the configuration or configurations may be received via an mmW cell or an LTE cell for example in the case of carrier aggregation with an LTE cell.
- the configurations may be provided together or separately.
- the BMRS transmission configuration may include one or more parameters and/or sets of parameters which may include one or more of a BMRS sequence, BMRS or beam index time and/or frequency resource allocation for the BMRS, reporting quality metric thresholds, number of quality metrics to report, among others.
- a parameter or set of parameters may be associated with a beam such as a DL beam.
- the time and/or frequency resource allocation for the BMRS may be considered as a time and/or frequency schedule for the BMRS.
- the RACH configuration may comprise of a mapping between BMRS sequence or index (e.g., BMRS or beam index) and one or more (e.g., a set of) parameters for a RACH or preamble transmission such as the preamble transmission sequence, transmit time instance, frequency resource allocation, initial power offset, transmit beam pattern or information from which to determine the transmit beam pattern, etc.
- a set of parameters may be provided by the SCmB from which the mWTRU may choose, e.g., one, for its transmission of the RACH or preamble.
- the RACH configuration may include a mapping for each of a set of BMRS sequences or indices (e.g., BMRS or beam indices).
- the RACH configuration or RACH parameters may include a RACH acknowledgement configuration which may be associated with a BMRS.
- the RACH acknowledgement configuration may identify or include information to enable determination of the receive antenna pattern which may be used for reception of the RACH acknowledgement.
- Beam may be substituted for one or more of BMRS, BMRS sequence, BMRS index, and beam index and still be consistent with this disclosure.
- one or more of beam, BMRS, BMRS sequence, BMRS index, and beam index may be used interchangeably.
- the mWTRU may sweep receive beams and/or perform measurements.
- the mWTRU may sweep one or more receive beams or antenna patterns which may be narrow receive beams or antenna patterns.
- the mWTRU may perform the sweep per the configured BMRS time and/or frequency resource schedule.
- the mWTRU may measure a BMRS according to a BMRS sequence.
- the mWTRU may measure one or more BMRS that may (e.g., each) be associated with a beam and may determine a maximum measured BMRS.
- the mWTRU may determine the relative quality or level of two or more BMRS. For example, the mWTRU may determine the maximum measured BMRS and at least the next lower measured BMRS.
- the mWTRU may transmit to the SCmB a preamble based on the maximum measured BMRS.
- the mWTRU may transmit the preamble with a transmit beam or antenna pattern which may be formed at the direction of the maximum measured BMRS sequence.
- the transmit beam or antenna pattern may be in accordance with or based on the RACH configuration mapping (e.g., between BMRS and transmit beam pattern or beam pattern information).
- the mWTRU may transmit the preamble at a time instance, e.g., the slot/sub-frame/symbol corresponding to the maximum measured BMRS sequence.
- the time instance (or instances from which the mWTRU may choose) for the transmission may be per the RACH configuration mapping (e.g., between BMRS and preamble transmission time or times).
- the mWTRU may use a preamble sequence corresponding to the maximum measured BMRS sequence.
- the preamble sequence (or sequences from which the mWTRU may choose) for transmission may be per the RACH configuration mapping (e.g., between BMRS and preamble transmission sequence or sequences).
- the mWTRU may transmit a preamble at a frequency allocation corresponding to the maximum measured BMRS sequence.
- the frequency allocation or frequency allocations from which the mWTRU may chose for transmission may be per RACH configuration mapping (e.g. between BMRS and RACH frequency allocation or allocations).
- the mWTRU may transmit a preamble with an initial power calculated based on the initial power offset corresponding to the maximum measured BMRS sequence.
- the initial power offset may be per the RACH configuration mapping (e.g., between BMRS and initial power offset for preamble transmission).
- a slot/sub- frame/symbol may be used to represent timeslot and/or sub-frame and/
- the mWTRU may receive a preamble acknowledgement from the
- the mWTRU may receive a preamble acknowledgement within a receive antenna pattern which may be similar or identical to the preamble transmit antenna pattern and/or may be according to the RACH acknowledgement configuration.
- the mWTRU may decode a dedicated PDDCCH which may be within the formed beam pair.
- the mWTRU may acquire the per-TTI PDDDCH scheduling information from the SCmB and may receive the PDDDCH accordingly.
- the mWTRU may transmit another preamble to the SCmB if and/or when no preamble acknowledgement is received, for example, within a certain time window or after a certain time window.
- the mWTRU may retransmit a (e.g., the same or another) preamble in another direction.
- Transmission in a direction may be the same as transmission within a transmit antenna pattern formed at a direction.
- the mWTRU may transmit or re-transmit a next n th subsequent preamble, for example, within a transmit antenna pattern formed at a direction of the (n mod m) th maximum measured BMRS sequence.
- N may be the number or index of the preamble transmission. If power ramping for a beam direction is used, n may or may only be incremented for the next beam direction.
- the mWTRU may transmit the preamble at a time instance, e.g., slot/sub-frame/symbol corresponding to the (n mod m) th maximum measured BMRS sequence.
- the correspondence of time instance to BMRS sequence may be per a RACH configuration mapping.
- the mWTRU may use a preamble sequence corresponding to the (n mod m) th maximum measured BMRS sequence.
- the correspondence of preamble sequence to BMRS may be per a RACH configuration mapping.
- the mWTRU may transmit the preamble at a frequency allocation corresponding to the (n mod m) th maximum measured BMRS sequence.
- the correspondence of frequency allocation to BMRS sequence may be per a RACH configuration mapping.
- the mWTRU may transmit the preamble with an initial power calculated based on the initial power offset corresponding to the (n mod m) th maximum measured BMRS sequence.
- the correspondence of initial power offset to BMRS sequence may be per a RACH configuration mapping, m may represent the number of measured BMRS whose metric is, e.g., as determined by the mWTRU above a pre-defined or configured quality (e.g. quality threshold).
- preamble and preamble sequence may be used interchangeably.
- the mWTRU may, for example, alternatively transmit or retransmit the next n th subsequent preambles within a transmit antenna pattern formed at the direction of ((n mod 2) -1) * antenna pattern HPBW away from the previous preamble transmission direction.
- the MWTRU may transmit the preamble at the time instance, e.g., the slot/sub-frame/symbol used for the previous preamble transmission.
- the mWTRU may use the preamble sequence used for the previous preamble transmission.
- the mWTRU may transmit the preamble at the frequency allocation used for the previous preamble transmission and/or with a power used for the previous preamble transmission.
- the mWTRU may transmit the preamble at the frequency allocation used for the previous preamble transmission.
- the mWTRU may transmit the preamble with a power used for the previous preamble transmission.
- the mWTRU may continue to transmit or retransmit a next preamble until an acknowledgement is received or until the number of preamble transmissions exceeds a limit which may be provided or specified, for example, in a RACH configuration.
- the mWTRU may stop transmitting preambles when the number of preamble transmissions, for example, n, exceeds a limit specified or included in a RACH configuration.
- the mWTRU may associate a downlink transmit antenna pattern with beam-specific information, for example, a unique beam-specific index.
- the beam- specific information may be mapped to one or multiple PHY layer preamble configurations including, but not limited to, the time slot/sub- frame/symbols on or during which the preamble transmission may occur, the preamble sequence that may be used, the initial power offset that may be applied, and the like.
- the RACH procedure may occur when the SCmB receives a preamble transmission in an mmW broad beam, for example, to increase the PRACH detection rate.
- the narrow beam pairing for data transmission may occur after ta RACH procedure.
- the mWTRU may perform a preamble transmission procedure with a variable transmit antenna pattern.
- the mWTRU may receive downlink RACH configuration from the SCmB.
- the RACH configuration may be received in a SIB on a common PDDDCH.
- the RACH configuration may include one or more cell- specific preamble transmission sequences, transmit time instances, frequency resource allocations, initial power offsets, and the like.
- the mWTRU may sweep one or more narrow receive antenna patterns and measure the cell- specific reference signal.
- the mWTRU may transmit to the SCmB a preamble within a transmit antenna pattern formed at the direction of the maximum measured cell- specific reference signal.
- the mWTRU may transmit the preamble according to one or more parameters received in the RACH configuration, for example, the RACH configuration for the cell- specific preamble transmission.
- the mWTRU may transmit the preamble at the time instance, e.g., the slot/sub-frame/symbol, using a preamble sequence, at the frequency allocation, and with an initial power offset selected from or provided in the RACH configuration.
- a preamble acknowledgement may be received from the SCmB by the mWTRU within a receive antenna pattern which may be similar or identical to the preamble transmit antenna pattern according to the RACH acknowledgement configuration.
- the mWTRU may transmit or re-transmit the next preamble to the SCmB within an antenna pattern that may be narrower than the previous preamble transmission, for example, by a pre-defined or configured antenna pattern thinning step size but centered at the same direction as the previous preamble transmission.
- the mWTRU may stop transmitting preambles when the number of preamble transmissions, for example, n, exceeds a limit specified in a RACH configuration or when an acknowledgement is received.
- the mWTRU may decode the common PDDCCH and may receive the associated PDDDCH accordingly.
- an SCmB may determine spatial AoD/AoA information based on a reported mWTRU beam measurement.
- the SCmB may evaluate the suitability of applying a different receive antenna pattern or narrow beam pair switch based on a range of criteria.
- the criteria may include but is not limited to real-time system parameters, for example, the transmit beam availability, QoS, reported transmit beam quality metrics, data buffer status, historically achieved capacity, and the like.
- the SCmB may evaluate possible transmission schemes for data transmissions to the reporting mWTRU.
- the SCmB may form a single narrow transmit beam at the AoD corresponding to the strongest resulting AoA path. For example, the AoD associated with the transmit beam 3 in FIG. 15.
- the SCmB may schedule the mWTRU to use the detecting receive beam, for example, receive beam indexi for the data transmission.
- the SCmB may transmit the HARQ new and re-transmissions in the same transmit beam to the mWTRU.
- the SCmB may apply multi-AoD transmission.
- the SCmB may form one or more single narrow transmit beams at each AoD corresponding to the AoA path with a reported quality metric above a pre-configured threshold.
- the SCmB may send data to the mWTRU in multiple transmit beams each radiated toward a different AoD.
- the SCmB may form a single narrow transmit beam at the AoD corresponding to the strongest resulting AoA path.
- the SCmB may form a single narrow transmit beam at another AoD, for example, corresponding to a AoA with a reported quality metric above a pre-configured threshold, the SCmB may transmit the HARQ retransmission to the mWTRU.
- Both the multi-AoD transmission and alternate- AoD retransmission modes may be considered as an mWTRU multi-AoA reception.
- Multi-AoD transmission mode may enable a simultaneous mWTRU reception at multiple AoAs to take advantage of spatial diversity.
- Alternative-AoD transmission modes may combine the spatial diversity with a time diversity, because the mWTRU may change the receive beam to a different AoA for the HARQ retransmissions than for the one used for the new transmissions.
- An mWTRU may transmit the measurement report to the SCmB in existing LTE uplink physical channels including PUCCH and PUSCH.
- the HARQ ACK/NACK may be carried in a new LTE physical channel operating at same TTI as mmW systems.
- An mWTRU may report the beam measurement and HARQ ACK/NACK in mmW uplink physical channels to the SCmB.
- An mWTRU's beam measurement report may contain more than one detected transmit beam
- a SCmB may evaluate the suitability of the proposed transmission schemes by considering certain real-time system parameters including, but not limited to: reported transmit beam quality metrics, transmit beam availability at the SCmB, QoS, data buffer status, historically archived capacity of the mWTRU, and the like.
- the multi-AoA reception may lead to improved robustness of the data transmissions due to spatial diversity.
- the sensitivity to radio link blockage may be significantly reduced when a LOS obstruction occurs in one of the AoA paths during the multi-AoD transmission or alternate-AoD retransmission, the radio link may be maintained.
- the SCmB may schedule in common
- a SCmB may send the transmission mode scheduling information in common or dedicated PDDCCH which includes but is not limited to: Transmission mode (for example with 2 -bit field, transmit beam information (for example transmit beam identity, beam reference signal, etc., receive beam information (for example the reported mWTRU beam identity, beam index, etc.), trigger information for the activation of alternate-AoD HARQ transmission.
- a SCmB may transmit the mWTRU PDDDCH using scheduled transmit beams.
- an mWTRU may decode the scheduling information in the common or dedicated PDDCCH and obtain the receive antenna pattern control words corresponding to the scheduled transmit and/or receive beams.
- the mWTRU may translate the multiple control words to one multi-lobe receive antenna pattern control word with the main lobe directed at the scheduled and/or receive beam direction and apply the resulting control word to generate a multi-lobe receive antenna pattern to pair with the scheduled downlink beam transmission.
- FIG. 17 is a diagram of an mWTRU multi-AoA reception using a single multi-lobe beam.
- the SCmB may perform a multi-AoD transmission as shown in FIG. 17.
- the SCmB may form two narrow transmit beams at the AoDs corresponding to the reported transmit beams and send the data in both transmit beams.
- the SCmB may use a multi-lobe transmit beam with each lobe directed at the AoDs corresponding to the reported transmit beams.
- An mWTRU may perform a multi-AoA reception procedure as described below.
- the mWTRU may decode a transmission mode scheduling information carried in the LTE control channels or mmW common/dedicated PDDCCH and receive scheduled transmit and/or receive beam information, trigger configuration, and the like.
- the mWTRU may obtain one or more receive beam indices based on the beam measurement record, for example, as shown in TABLE 2, and determine the information of mWTRU receive beamforming control word and a corresponding AoA path for each receive beam index.
- the scheduled receive beam index may be included in the mWTRU beam measurement corresponding to the beamforming control word and AoA as shown in TABLE 4 below.
- the mWTRU may calculate the receive beamforming control word based on AoAs of the main lobes and the weight factor of each main lobe according to the transmit and/or receive beam scheduling.
- the mWTRU may use a larger weight factor to obtain a high antenna gain at the main lobe at the AoA corresponding to the scheduled receive beam, for example, Indexi, ⁇ , in Table 4, at which the AoA path may have the highest measured quality metric.
- the mWTRU may apply the generated beamforming control word and form a multi-lobe receive beam with main lobes directed at the AoA paths corresponding to the scheduled transmit and/or receive beams.
- the mWTRU may decode and demodulate the PDDDCH received in the multi-lobe receive beam.
- FIG. 18A is a 2D diagram of a single multi-lobe beam pattern.
- FIG. 18B is a 3D diagram of a single multi-lobe beam pattern.
- the mWTRU may adaptively form a beam pattern with multiple distinct strong lobes, as shown in 18A and 18B, to receive at different incoming angular directions.
- the mWTRU may apply the multi- direction and reception to adapt to the channel condition and improve the radio link robustness.
- the mWTRU may perform during active data transmission an event-triggered beam switching procedure triggered by one or a sequence of pre-defined events.
- the trigger events may include, but are not limited to: the mWTRU may transmit a number of NACKs to a new data transmission above a pre-defined threshold, and/or the mWTRU may measure a BSRS/BMRS/DMRS or other reference signal qualities below a pre-defined threshold over a pre-defined number of measurements.
- the mWTRU may send a beam switch request to a SCmB using LI uplink control signaling or higher layer signaling, e.g., RRC signaling in uplink data channels.
- the beam switching request may comprise of, but is not limited to, a beam switch request bit, recommended new beam pair indexes, types of triggered events, and the like.
- the mWTRU may monitor the common or dedicated PDDCCH and decode the updated beam pair scheduling information received from the SCmB.
- the mWTRU may form the switched narrow or multi-lobe broad receive antenna pattern, decode the dedicated PDDCCH within the switched beam pair to acquire per-TTI PDDDCH scheduling information and receive the PDDDCH.
- the mWTRU may receive a beam measurement request from the
- SCmB on the common PDDCCH which may include AARS scheduling information of beam pair switch candidates, measurement gap, uplink grant, etc.
- the mWTRU may measure the scheduled candidate AARS during the measurement gap and report the updated beam pair measurement to the SCmB using the uplink grant.
- FIGS. 19A-B are diagrams of an example beam switching procedure 1900a in FIG. 19A and a data transmission using the new beam pair 1900b in FIG. 19B.
- the mWTRU is in an RRC-connected state 1901.
- the mWTRU may (1) measure quality metric of BSRS/BMRS/DMRS or other reference signals below a predefined threshold, and (2) number of transmitted NACKs for new data transmissions above a pre-defined threshold 1902.
- the mWTRU may transmit PUDCCH L1FDBK with a new field indicating beam switch request using an uplink mmW/LTE broad-beam transmission 1903.
- the SCmB may evaluate the availability of beam pair resources and also the previous periodical beam pair measurement to decide the beam switch candidates 1904.
- the SCmB may transmit a Beam Update Request in Common PDDCCH, AARS of beam pair candidates, uplink grant and data interruption period using a downlink mmW broad-beam transmission 1905.
- the mWTRU may, during the data interruption period, sweep receive an antenna pattern and measure the scheduled AARS quality metric and record the beam pair measurement 1906.
- the mWTRU may transmit a PUDCCH L1FDBK beam update measurement report using an uplink mmW/LTE broad-beam transmission 1907.
- the SCmB may, during the data interruption period, sweep a receive antenna pattern and measure the scheduled AARS quality metric and record the beam pair measurement 1908.
- the SCmB may transmit beam pair scheduling in a Common PDDCCH including steady-state measurement configuration using a downlink mmW broad-beam transmission 1909.
- the mWTRU may switch to a new beam pair according to the beam pairing scheduling either using narrow beam pair or multi-AoA beam pair 1910.
- SCmB may transmit dedicated PDDCCH and PDDDCH carrying data traffic in narrow beam pair using a downlink mmW narrow beam pair transmission 1911.
- the mWTRU may receive the PDDDCH according to the per-TTI scheduling carried in the dedicated PDDDCH and also per steady-state beam measurement according to the pre-scheduled periodic measurement configuration 1912.
- the mWTRU may transmit PUDCCH L1FDBK (e.g., ACK/NACK, CSI, etc.) and a steady-state beam measurement report using an uplink mmW narrow beam pair transmission 1913.
- the SCmB may schedule in common
- the directional HARQ transmission scheduling information may include but is not limited to transmit and/or receive beam indices of HARQ new transmission and all pre-configured retransmissions.
- the SCmB may transmit the HARQ new transmission at the AoD corresponding to the scheduled new transmission transmit and/or receive beam index and upon receiving NACKs, transmit the HARQ retransmissions at the AoDs corresponding to scheduled retransmission transmit and/or receive beam indices.
- an mWTRU may decode the transmission mode scheduling information on the common PDDCCH, dedicated PDDCCH or LTE PDCCH.
- the mWTRU may receive a directional HARQ transmission scheduling and upon decoding an error of the HARQ new data transmission perform beam pair switch for one or all HARQ retransmissions according to the scheduled transmit and/or receive beam indices.
- the SCmB may form a narrow transmit beam at the AoD corresponding to the AoA path with the highest reported quality metric and transmit the PDDDCH new transmission.
- the SCmB may change the AoD of the retransmissions by steering the transmit beam to a different AoD corresponding to a different AoA path at the mWTRU, for example with the next highest reported quality metric.
- FIG. 20 is a diagram of an mWTRU multi-AOA reception using a single narrow beam for a new transmission in TTI N.
- FIG. 21 is a diagram of an mWTRU multi-AoA reception using a single narrow beam for retransmission in TTI N+X.
- the SCmB may apply a transmit beam at the AoD corresponding to transmit beam 3 for a new transmission.
- the SCmB may apply a transmit beam at the AoD corresponding to transmit beam 9.
- the time interval between HARQ new transmission and retransmissions may depend on a range of mmW HARQ parameters including but not limited to the number of HARQ processes, mWTRU processing time of the largest HARQ data block size, the maximum round-trip propagation delay of the dimensioned mmW cell size, and the like.
- the mWTRU may obtain the receive beam indices in an internal beam measurement record, for example, as shown in TABLE 2 (above), and retrieve the information of the mWTRU receive beamforming control word and corresponding detected AoA path for each receive beam index.
- the scheduled receive beam Indexi and Index2 according to the mWTRU beam measurement record may correspond to the beamforming control word and AoA as shown in TABLE 4 (above).
- the mWTRU may receive a new data indicator (NDI) in the scheduling information in the common or dedicated PDDCCH, apply the beamforming control word used for the transmit and/or receive beam scheduled for the HARQ new transmission and form a narrow receive beam at the corresponding AoA path.
- NDI new data indicator
- the mWTRU may receive the HARQ new transmission in mmW TTI N using the scheduled primary receive beam at AoA path ⁇ , which is the strongest detected AoA path from the measurement.
- the mWTRU may then decode and demodulate the PDDDCH in the paired transmit and receive beams.
- the mWTRU may apply TTI N+X in the beamforming control word used for the transmit and/or beam scheduled for the HARQ retransmissions and form a narrow receive beam at the corresponding AoA path.
- the new transmission in mmW TTI N may be blocked and in TTI N+X, the mWTRU may form a narrow receive beam at AoA path ⁇ 2, which is the 2nd strongest detected AoA path from the measurement done.
- the beam steering time may be negligible compared to the mWTRU baseband processing time when designing the retransmission delay value of X.
- the mWTRU may demodulate and decode the HARQ retransmissions in the switched transmit and receive beam pairs that are different than the pair used for the new transmission.
- the SCmB may not pair the transmit and receive beams for the new transmission at the strongest reported AoA path because the beam scheduling may depend on many factors, e.g., the transmit beam availability.
- a HARQ directional transmission may be triggered by scheduled trigger events.
- a SCmB upon receiving a predefined number of ACKs for HARQ retransmission, may send scheduling information to remove an alternate-AoD HARQ retransmission scheme and schedule the beam pair used for the new transmission to apply for retransmissions.
- An mWTRU upon receiving the scheduling information to remove directional HARQ transmission, may stop the receive antenna pattern steering between new data transmission and retransmissions, and use the beam pair for the HARQ new transmission.
- the AoA path corresponding to the scheduled primary beam may be blocked as shown in FIG. 21 and may not be recovered.
- the mWTRU beam measurement may require configuration of a measurement gap and may not produce in-time measurement reports to indicate the blocking condition to the SCmB.
- the directional HARQ scheme may result in consecutive NACKs for the new transmissions and ACKs for the retransmissions.
- the SCmB may waste energy if continuing with the new transmissions. Instead, it may consider removing the directional HARQ transmission scheme and form a narrow transmit beam for HARQ new transmission and retransmissions.
- the SCmB may reconfigure the HARQ directional transmission to be a regular
- the SCmB may reconfigure the HARQ directional transmission to a regular HARQ transmission when receiving a pre-defined consecutive number of NACKs for new transmissions and ACKs for retransmissions.
- the SCmB may set the transmission scheme selection field in common or dedicated PDDCCH to a bit combination corresponding to the regular transmission mode and use the transmit and/or receive beam for HARQ retransmission for HARQ new transmissions.
- the mWTRU may fix the receive beam at the AoA path corresponding to previous retransmission AoA paths and receive the HARQ new transmissions and retransmissions using the same transmit and receive beam pair.
- the SCmB may schedule periodical data interruptions in RRC dedicated signaling, the dedicated PDDCCH, the common PDDCCH or the LTE PDCCH. During these interruptions, the data transmission may be suspended for an mWTRU to measure selective beam pairs, including beam pairs of the previously reported best quality metric or available beam pair candidates for scheduling.
- a SCmB may transmit beam specific reference signals in one or more wide beams, multi-lobe (multi-AoD) beams, and/or narrow beams with different periodicity.
- a SCmB may dynamically schedule and transmit beam specific reference signals using resources (e.g., time, frequency and code) dedicated to at least one mWTRU.
- the SCmB may periodically transmit beam specific reference signals corresponding to one or more beams and the SCmB may determine the periodicity of beam specific reference signals according to mWTRUs density under coverage of those beams.
- the SCmB may choose to transmit more often the beam specific reference signals corresponding to beams that are reported by other mWTRUs in their measurement results.
- the SCmB may transmit the beam specific reference signals corresponding to one or more beams, when these beams are reported by mWTRUs in the measurement report.
- the SCmB may schedule the beam reference signal resources (e.g., time, frequency and code) using common or dedicated PDDCCH.
- An SCmB may indicate the BSRS sequence index in the reference signal scheduling or implicitly indicate the BSRS sequence index in the subframe number, slot number and/or the number of REs containing the dedicated PDDCCH.
- the SCmB may use a beam measurement request MAC CE to indicate the presence of narrow beam reference signals
- the mWTRU may receive the associated reference signal time and frequency resource allocation in SIB or dedicated RRC signaling.
- the SCmB may use the BSRS sequence index of broad beam reference signals to implicitly indicate the presence of corresponding narrow beam reference signals.
- the mWTRU may calculate the time and frequency resources of the narrow beam reference signals based on the resources used for wide beam reference signals.
- SCmB may use a new beam presence indicator channel to indicate the presence of one or more beam specific reference signals in the current subframe.
- a beam presence indicator channel may carry information regarding the identity of the beam.
- the mWTRU may receive time and frequency resource allocation of the present reference signals in SIB or RRC signaling.
- the SCmB may dynamically schedule the mWTRUs to measure multi-lobe transmissions. Upon receiving measurement reports from the mWTRU with at least two or more narrow beams, the SCmB may choose to activate measurements for the multi-lobe covering the AoD transmission. The SCmB may choose the same methods described above to schedule dynamic multi-lobe measurements.
- an mWTRU may perform measurements on one set of previously measured beams when one or a set of pre-configured events are met.
- An mWTRU may be initially configured to measure only the reference signals corresponding to the wide beam or the serving beam.
- the mWTRU may perform measurements on one or more backup beams when one or more of the following events are triggered: (1) when the number of NACKs received (with an Rx beam corresponding to the serving Rx-Tx beam pair) is above a pre-defined threshold; (2) when the receive signal strength indicator (RSSI)/reference signal receive power (RSRP)/reference signal receive quality (RSRQ)/channel quality indicator (CQI) of the serving beam pair is below a defined threshold and/or the RSSI/RSRP/RSRQ/CQI of the alternate beam pair is above a defined threshold or better than the serving beam pair by at least a configured offset; (3) when the number of OUT OF SYNC indications are above a configured threshold within a configured time window; and/or (4) when the number of ARQ NACKs received at the RLC layer is above a defined threshold.
- RSSI receive signal strength indicator
- RSRP reference signal receive power
- RSRQ reference signal receive quality
- CQI channel quality indicator
- An SCmB may signal a measurement configuration to the mWTRU that may include measurement objects, measurement cycles and measurement scope, in addition to measurement identity and quantity configuration.
- An mWTRU may receive an initial configuration for ⁇ Measurement object, Measurement Scope and Measurement cycle ⁇ in accordance with TABLE 5, below.
- the measurement cycle may capture the periodicity/frequency of measurement.
- the measurement scope may determine the operation to be performed on the measurement object.
- the SCmB may explicitly reconfigure the measurement scope and cycle parameters according to the mWTRU measurement report. For example, depending on the measurement report from the mWTRU, the SCmB may promote from the measurement scope and may provide a lower value for the measurement cycle for the non- serving narrow beam.
- the SCmB may configure the mWTRUs to implicitly scale the measurement configuration if one or more triggers for measurement events occur. For example, when the number of NACKs received when using serving narrow beams is above a given threshold, an mWTRU may promote the measurement scope of the serving wide-beam to report autonomously. Additionally the non- serving wide beams of the serving cell may be promoted from ⁇ None ⁇ Measure ⁇ Measure and Report ⁇ Measure, Track and Report ⁇ . In a similar fashion, the measurement cycle may also be scaled according to the number of NACKs received or the signal threshold of the serving beam.
- a WTRU may implicitly or explicitly perform beam switching from a serving beam pair to an alternate beam pair based on configured criteria.
- the mWTRU may also report the implicit beam switch to the SCmB.
- the mWTRU may maintain and update an internal beam measurement result table.
- Each row or measurement record in the table may contain quantized measurement results for a unique Rx beam and Tx beam pair.
- the Rx or Tx beams may be identified using a unique ID. Such a beam ID may be used to identify different beam characteristics, patterns or patch antenna configurations.
- different IDs may be assigned for narrow beam nl, narrow beam n2, wide beam wl and a multi-lobe beam pattern (for multi-AoA reception or for multi-AoD transmission) covering both narrow beam nl and narrow beam n2.
- different beam IDs may be used to identify beams generated from one or more patch antennas.
- the measurement results stored in the table may be averaged using a moving average filter whose coefficients are configured by the SCmB.
- the table may be sorted in the decreasing order of the quantized measurement result.
- An mWTRU may be configured to use the Rx beam corresponding to the topmost entry in the measurement table.
- an mWTRU may be configured to implicitly switch from a serving Rx-Tx beam pair to the alternate Rx-Tx beam pair in the measurement table if the Tx beam ID is the same between the serving and alternate beam pair.
- Such an implicit transition may be triggered when one or more of the following criteria is satisfied: (1) when the number of NACKs received (with Rx beam corresponding the serving Rx-Tx beam pair) is above a pre-defined threshold; (2) when the RSSI/RSRP/RSRQ/CQI of the serving beam pair is below a defined threshold and/or the RSSI/RSRP/RSRQ/CQI of the alternate beam pair is above a defined threshold or better than the serving beam pair by at least a configured offset; (3) when the number of OUT OF SYNC indications are above a configured threshold within a configured time window; and/or when the number of ARQ NACKs received at the RLC layer is above a defined threshold.
- the mWTRU may be configured to receive each successive retransmissions and may attempt using an alternate receive beam as long as following two conditions are satisfied: (1) the Tx beam corresponding to the alternate Rx beam is same as the Tx beam in the serving beam pair; and (2) the quantized measurement results corresponding to the alternate Rx-Tx beam pair is at least above a predefined threshold.
- the mWTRU may cycle through the candidate Rx beam for each retransmission attempt.
- the mWTRU may be configured to report the implicit beam switch to the SCmB.
- the mWTRU may use either new MAC CE element or use LI signaling to report the implicit beam switch.
- the mWTRU may transmit an explicit beam switch request to the SCmB when one or more of the beam switch criteria as described above is satisfied. Such an explicit report may be mandatory if the serving and alternate beam pair differ by at least the Tx beam ID corresponding to SCmB.
- the SCmB may then respond with beam switch acknowledgment or reject messages, based on its internal RRM/Scheduler algorithms.
- the beam switch acknowledgment message may carry an explicit identifier for the new beam pair to use.
- Such an identifier may indicate one or more of the following: (1) the index of the preferred beam pair in the table of the last transmitted beam measurement report; (2) the transmit beam ID corresponding to the SCmB; and/or (3) the receive beam ID corresponding to the mWTRU.
- Random access (RA) resource sets are disclosed herein.
- One or more RA resource sets may be provided, e.g., by signaling, and/or used.
- An mWTRU may select or determine an RA resource set based on an SCmB DL measurement or DL transmit beam.
- An RA resource set may be associated with an SCmB UL receive beam.
- An mWTRU may perform an RA procedure using the selected or determined RA resource set.
- An mWTRU may select and/or use multiple RA resource sets where each RA resource set may be associated with a different SCmB UL receive beam.
- An mWTRU may perform an RA procedure via UL transmissions using one or more, for example, each, of the selected or determined RA resource sets.
- the mWTRU may use the different resource sets via UL transmissions to attempt to gain successful access to the SCmB.
- the SCmB may use the RA UL transmissions from the mWTRU to determine, for example, a best receive beam for UL communication with the mWTRU
- the mWTRU may try an RA resource set individually, for example, until successful or maximum attempts have been reached.
- An mWTRU may try another RA resource set if, for example, only if a previous RA resource set was unsuccessful, for example, if maximum attempts was reached without success.
- UL transmission by the mWTRU using different RA resource sets may be performed serially or sequentially, for example, at different times one transmission after the other.
- An RA attempt may include tries with the multiple resource sets and may be considered successful, if a random access response (RAR) is successfully received from the SCmB for at least one transmission.
- RAR random access response
- An RA or PRACH resource set may be or include a transmission sequence which may be referred to as a preamble, a resource in time and/or frequency, and/or RA response (RAR) window information.
- RA resource set and PRACH resource set may be used interchangeably.
- An RA resource set may include a set of one or more PRACH resources and one or more associated PRACH parameters. Different PRACH resources in the same RA resource set may have the same or different associated parameters.
- an RA resource set may include a set of PRACH preambles, resource information related to a set of resources in time and/or frequency and RAR window information.
- Time for a PRACH resource or RA resource set may be, for example, allocated, configured, or identified in at least one of subframes, frames, system frame numbers (SFNs), TTIs, or symbols.
- Frequency may be, for example, in, allocated, configured, or identified in at least one of subcarriers, whole carriers, or resource blocks which may represent a set of subcarriers and symbols.
- the frequency allocation for a PRACH resource may be the full system bandwidth or part of the system bandwidth.
- An RA resource set may or may also include transmission and/or random access procedure parameters.
- RAR window information may including timing and location and/or directional information corresponding to receipt of an expected RAR transmission from the SCmB (i.e., corresponding to a time of expected receipt of the RAR and a location and/or direction from which the expected RAR is to be received from). Since the RAR window is received in a downlink beam, the expected direction and/or location for the RAR window of the expected RAR may be explicitly or inherently determined from the corresponding same direction and/or location of the downlink beam associated with the selected RA set and also other information received in the RA resource set, e.g., a frequency and time "location" of the window.
- An RA resource set may be associated with one or more DL transmit beams and/or one or more UL receive beams.
- An mWTRU may select or determine at least one RA resource set and perform an RA procedure using the at least one RA resource set.
- the procedure may include one or more of selecting a preamble from the set preambles in the selected RA resource set, selecting or determining a physical resource (e.g., directional UL transmit beam) in time and/or frequency from the set of physical resources in the selected RA resource set, determining a RAR window from RAR window information provided in the selected RA resource set, transmitting to the SCmB the selected preamble on the determined physical resource, monitoring during the determined RAR window at a determined location (e.g., a specified direction or zone) for a corresponding RAR, and/or receiving an RAR associated with the selected RA resource set and/or the preamble transmission.
- a physical resource e.g., directional UL transmit beam
- the mWTRU may use linkage or mapping information to select or determine the physical resource (e.g., a directional UL transmit beam) to use for a particular RA transmission, such that the linkage or mapping information may indicate a linkage or mapping of the selected preamble to the physical resource or may indicate a linkage or mapping of an RA resource set of the selected preamble to the physical resource.
- the mWTRU may determine which physical resource to select based on a selected RA resource set or selected preamble and the linkage or mapping information.
- the RA procedure may include additional steps such as power ramping, retransmission, contention resolution, and the like.
- the SCmB and/or the mWTRU may perform beamforming the UL and/or DL.
- SCmB downlink transmit and uplink receive beam linkage is disclosed herein.
- An SCmB may maintain a linkage and/or mapping between one or more downlink transmit beams and one or more uplink receive beams.
- the linkage and/or mapping may be determined by the spatial coverage. For example, a downlink transmit beam that may cover a specific SCmB downlink AoD range may be linked and/or mapped to one or multiple receive beams that may provide a corresponding spatial coverage for an SCmB uplink AoA.
- the downlink transmit beam linkage and/or mapping to uplink receive beam may be one to one, one-to- many, or many-to-one.
- Different downlink transmit beams may have different types of mapping, for example, one beam may have a one-to-one mapping while another may have a one—to-many mapping.
- the beamwidth of an uplink receive beam may not be the same as the beamwidth of a downlink transmit beam.
- the SCmB receive beam may be narrower than the transmit beam to provide more gain to close the uplink link budget.
- the downlink transmit beam mapping to uplink receive beam may be one to many.
- mapping may be static, for example, configured when an
- the mapping may be semi- statically or dynamically reconfigured, for example, when the SCmB beamforming algorithm changes depending on certain network status, e.g., load per beam, user density, etc.
- the SCmB may send this SCmB transmit and receive beam linkage to mWTRUs via system information broadcast or via dedicated signaling.
- the SCmB downlink transmit beam of the linked beams may be a control channel beam, a measurement beam or a data channel beam.
- the SCmB uplink receive beam of the linked beams may be used to receive PRACH, uplink control channel, uplink reference signal or uplink data channel.
- One or more RA resource sets may be provided and/or used.
- a RA resource set may be associated with or correspond to at least one SCmB beam such as at least one SCmB DL transmit beam for a downlink transmission transmitted by the SCmB and/or at least one SCmB UL receive beam for an uplink transmission to be received by the SCmB.
- a group of one or more RA resource sets may be associated with and/or correspond to at least one SCmB beam such as at least one SCmB DL transmit beam and/or at least one SCmB UL receive beam.
- a group may have one or more members.
- a group of RA resource sets may be associated with a SCmB DL transmit beam, e.g., by configuration.
- the SCmB DL transmit beam may correspond to one or more SCmB UL receive beams.
- a RA resource set for example, each RA resource set in the group may correspond to an SCmB UL receive beam. Multiple SCmB DL transmit beams may be associated with a same UL receive beam.
- a RA resource set may be in more than one group of RA resource sets.
- a RA resource set may be associated with more than one SCmB DL transmit beam.
- An SCmB may provide and/or configure the RA resource sets, for example, in signaling such as RRC or broadcast signaling and/or in system information such as in a SIB.
- An mWTRU may receive and/or use one or more of the RA resource sets or groups of RA resource sets, for example, received in signaling or configuration from an SCmB.
- SCmB DL transmit beam may be implicit or explicit.
- an SCmB may transmit broadcast signaling when transmitting using a particular DL beam, for example, when transmitting with particular beamforming which may create a directional beam in azimuth and/or elevation.
- the broadcast signaling may include a configuration for a group of RA resource sets.
- the broadcast of the group when using the particular DL transmit beam may implicitly associate the group with the DL transmit beam.
- the association between a group of RA resource sets and a DL transmit beam may be explicitly indicated in signaling.
- a random access resource set may be associated per SCmB uplink receive beam.
- Each RA resource set may be associated with a specific SCmB uplink receive beam, for example, the PRACH time allocation of a RA resource set may be determined by the associated SCmB uplink receive beam sweeping schedule, the maximum PRACH transmit power may be based on the gain of the associated SCmB uplink receive beam, etc.
- RA resource sets may be provided by the SCmB to all mWTRUs via system broadcast signaling and/or dedicated signaling.
- the signaling may include a mapping between RA resource set number or index to SCmB downlink transmit beam or/and SCmB uplink receive beam.
- the SCmB downlink transmit beam and uplink receive beam may be indicated with a beam reference signal index, a beam identity (ID), a scrambling code index, etc.
- an mWTRU may for example establish one of or both mappings described in Equation 1 and Equation 2:
- Equation 1 niB downlink transmit beam ⁇ SCmB uplink receive beam ⁇ Random access resource set
- SCmB downlink transmit beam mapping to SCmB uplink receive beam may be one-to-one, one-to-many or many-to-one, one SCmB downlink transmit beam may be associated with multiple SCmB uplink receive beam and as a result the SCmB downlink transmit beam may be mapped to multiple RA resource sets.
- RA resource set selection is disclosed herein. In one embodiment,
- RA resource set selection may be independent of beam information.
- An mWTRU may select or determine a RA resource set or a group of RA resource sets from configuration information from the SCmB, for example, provided in a SIB, which may associate the RA resource set or the group of RA resource sets, for example, implicitly or explicitly, with a DL beam, DL measurement or measurement set, or DL transmission. That is, information representative of a DL beam may be used by the processor of the mWTRU, for example, to make the selection of the RA resource set or group of RA resource sets.
- the RA resource set or the group of RA resource sets may be implicitly or explicitly associated with, for example, an UL beam, an UL measurement or measurement set, or an UL transmission. That is, information representative of a UL beam may be used by the processor of the mWTRU, for example, to make the selection of the RA resource set or group of RA resource sets.
- An mWTRU may select one or more RA resource sets or one or more groups of RA resource sets based on configuration information received from the SCmB, measurement information received from the SCmB and/or measurement information acquired (i.e., measured) by the mWTRU from a DL beam.
- the mWTRU may select or determine an RA resource set or a group of RA resource sets based on at least one of: (i) a DL measurement, for example, a DL beam measurement) which may for example cross a threshold, (ii) the highest DL measurement, for example, a highest DL beam measurement of a set of DL measurements, where each of DL beam measurements may, for example, cross a threshold (iii) RA resource set configuration which may be provided or broadcast by an SCmB, for example, in system information, and (iv) time of the DL measurement or time a DL signal or channel is received by the mWTRU.
- a DL measurement for example, a DL beam measurement
- the highest DL measurement for example, a highest DL beam measurement of a set of DL measurements
- each of DL beam measurements may, for example, cross a threshold
- RA resource set configuration which may be provided or broadcast by an SCmB, for example, in system information
- the mWTRU may receive a DL control channel and/or a reference signal at a particular time and/or take a measurement thereof at a particular time.
- a SIB which may identify (e.g., implicitly or explicitly) and/or include configuration of a RA resource set or a group of RA resource sets, may be associated with the DL control channel or the reference signal. If the mWTRU successfully receives the control channel and/or determines the measurement is above a threshold, the mWTRU may receive the associated SIB and/or the associated configured group of RA resource sets. The mWTRU may select or determine the group of RA resource sets as the group associated with, or provided in, the SIB associated with the DL control channel or the measurement.
- the mWTRU may receive multiple DL control channels and/or measure multiple reference signals each at a particular time.
- the mWTRU may choose the DL control channel or reference signal with the best quality, for example, highest signal, SNR, or signal-to- interference-plus-noise ratio (SINR), and receive the associated SIB and/or the associated configured group of RA resource sets.
- the mWTRU may select or determine the group of RA resource sets as the group associated with, or provided in the SIB associated with, the chosen or best quality channel or signal.
- RA resource set selection with beam information is disclosed herein.
- An mWTRU may select or determine a group of RA resource sets based on an SCmB DL beam.
- An mWTRU may determine or select an SCmB DL beam based, for example, on at least one of successful synchronization, successful reception of a transmission from the beam such as a SIB or control channel, a measurement of the beam, and/or a measurement of the beam exceeding a threshold.
- the association of beams with signals and channels such as synchronization signals, broadcast channels, control channels, and measurement signals may or may not be known to the mWTRU. For example, an mWTRU may not know the association until after reading one or more SIBs.
- An mWTRU may synchronize to an SCmB and read SIBs and/or control channels based on time relationships. For simplicity in some embodiments and examples described herein, the mWTRU may determine or select a beam and use that beam for other determinations or associations. The mWTRU may instead, or in addition, determine and/or use an aspect of a beam, for example, the transmission or reception time of a signal or channel which may be beamformed and still be consistent with the examples disclosed herein.
- the SCmB may sweep DL beams in time.
- the mWTRU may find one or more satisfactory DL transmissions, for example, based on successful synchronization, successful reception, or a measurement exceeding a threshold.
- a DL transmission may correspond to a DL beam.
- N the best or highest quality N
- the mWTRU may determine one or more times during which to acquire one or more associated SIBs, for example, from a fixed or known timing relationship and the mWTRU may acquire the one or more SIBs.
- An SIB associated with a DL transmission or DL beam may include an identification and/or a configuration of a RA resource set or a group of RA resource sets.
- the RA resource set, sets or group of sets may be provided to the mWTRU separate to, along with or included in the SIB.
- the mWTRU may select or determine a RA resource set or a group of RA resource sets as the set or the group associated with or provided in the SIB associated with each of the chosen N, DL transmissions DL beams.
- RA resource set selection for example, selection of multiple groups is disclosed herein.
- An mWTRU may determine one or more groups of RA resource sets. For example, an mWTRU may determine a group of RA resource sets for each DL beam for which a measurement exceeds a threshold.
- An mWTRU may determine a primary group and one or more secondary groups. The primary group may correspond to the best beam (i.e., the beam with the highest quality measurement).
- FIG. 22 illustrates an example of RA acquisition and selection procedure.
- a DL control channel, DL beam and/or reference signal may be transmitted by the SCmB and received by the mWTRU (2201).
- the mWTRU may determine, in accordance with the procedures disclosed herein, whether the DL control channel, DL beam and/or reference signal meets a requirement (e.g., based on a threshold test, best quality, successful synchronization, etc.) (2202). Based on the determination of meeting the requirement, the mWTRU determine to request configuration information (e.g., to be provided in a SIB) corresponding to the DL control channel, DL beam and/or reference signal from the SCmB (2203).
- configuration information e.g., to be provided in a SIB
- the mWTRU may transmit the request for configuration information to the SCmB (2204).
- the SCmB may transmit the corresponding configuration information and RA resource sets which correspond to the configuration information to the mWTRU (2205).
- the mWTRU may select a RA resource set based on the configuration information (2206). It will be appreciated that the configuration information and RA resources sets may be transmitted to the mWTRU in separate transmissions at separate times, and, in some cases, the RA resource sets may be provided to the mWTRU prior to or subsequent to the request for configuration information.
- FIG. 23 illustrates an example RA acquisition, selection and confirmation procedure.
- An RA resource set or sets and/or SIB is transmitted by the SCmB and received by the mWTRU (2301).
- the mWTRU selects an RA resource set from those RA sets received, and begins to perform an RA procedure based on the selected RA set (e.g., further selecting a preamble provided in the selected RA resource set, further selecting a physical resource such as a directional mWTRU uplink (UL) transmit beam for transmitting the selected preamble based on the selected preamble, further determining a RAR window for monitoring for a specific RAR, etc.) (2302).
- UL directional mWTRU uplink
- the mWTRU may then transmit the selected preamble to the SCmB using the selected directional mWTRU UL transmit beam (2303).
- the SCmB may generate or select a Random Access Response (RAR) based on the received preamble (2304), and may transmit the RAR to the mWTRU using a corresponding directional SCmB DL beam (2305).
- RAR Random Access Response
- the RAR may be transmitted by the SCmB as the mWTRU monitors for the RAR during a RAR window determined by the mWTRU, where the RAR window corresponds to, for example, a time period and a location (e.g., direction) in which the mWTRU monitors for a specific, expected RAR.
- the SCmB may use configuration information based on the RA resource used in the received uplink preamble (e.g., the one selected by the mWTRU) to determing a transmission timing of the selected RAR such that the transmission timing coincides with the RAR window.
- the mWTRU may select an UL beam based on the received RAR (2306).
- FIGS. 22 and 23 may be combined in various ways and the ordering of steps may be rearranged without departing from the general concepts disclosed herein. For example, some or all of steps 2201-2206 may be incorporated into FIG. 23 to occur prior to step 2303.
- An RA resource set may include a set of one or more PRACH resources, for example, preambles and/or resources in time and/or frequency, and one or more associated PRACH parameters, for example, transmission and/or RA procedure parameters.
- the PRACH transmission sequences may be or may include preambles included in a RA resource set and may be or may be based on Zadoff-Chu (ZC) sequences.
- ZC Zadoff-Chu
- Each preamble sequence may have a unique index number associated with a specific cyclic shift of the ZC sequence.
- the set of preamble sequences for each RA resource set may be configured or may be determined based on pre-configured criteria. For example, each RA resource set may have a designated ZC base sequence and each preamble in the resource set may use a different cyclic shift based on the designated ZC base sequence.
- An RA resource set may include a PRACH format for use with one or more, including all, of the preambles in the RA resource set.
- the PRACH format may indicate preamble transmission parameters such as the duration of the PRACH transmission in number of symbols, a number of TTIs, or a number of sub-frames, the length of a guard period, the length of a cyclic prefix, etc.
- the indication of the preamble transmission parameters may be explicit with enumerated parameters or may be represented by one or more indices into a pre-defined configuration that may define a combination of PRACH format parameters.
- the PRACH format of a RA resource set may be related to certain characteristics of an SCmB uplink receive beam which may be associated with the RA resource set, for example, a beamforming gain.
- Transmission and/or RA procedure parameters which may be associated with an RA resource set may include one or more of the following: a PRACH maximum power, a PRACH minimum transmit beamforming gain, a PRACH maximum transmit bandwidth, an SCmB antenna gain offset, an initial PRACH receive target power, or a power offset between the PRACH and an uplink control and/or data channel TDD configuration indication.
- PRACH maximum power may be the maximum power for a
- the PRACH transmission for a RA resource set may be specific to characteristics of an SCmB uplink receive beam associated with the RA resource set.
- the PRACH maximum power may not be the same as the maximum transmit power specified for uplink control or data channels or the total mWTRU maximum transmit power, for example, since an mWTRU may apply different beamforming for PRACH than that of the uplink control or data channels.
- the PRACH maximum power may be related to the PRACH beamforming gain (e.g., minimum transmit beamforming gain) associated with each RA resource set.
- the PRACH maximum power may be referred to as PRACH maximum equivalent isotropically radiated power (EIRP).
- PRACH maximum transmit beamwidth may be parameters associated with an RA resource set.
- a PRACH transmission may target an SCmB uplink receive beam associated with the RA resource set.
- the uplink receive beam may have a spatial coverage and gain.
- the minimum transmit beamforming gain or PRACH maximum transmit beamwidth may enable the PRACH transmission to be contained spatially in the direction towards the targeted SCmB uplink receive beam.
- One or more of a PRACH maximum EIRP, a PRACH minimum transmit beamforming gain, and a PRACH maximum transmit beamwidth may together specify or determine a distribution of PRACH power in the spatial domain, for example, how much power may be focused at which direction. The power may be constrained by the PRACH maximum EIRP.
- An SCmB antenna gain offset parameter of an RA resource set may indicate the gain imbalance between the SCmB downlink transmit beam and uplink receive beam pair which may be associated with the RA resource set. It may be used, for example, by an mWTRU to estimate uplink path loss from a measured DL path loss to set or determine PRACH transmit power(e.g., an initial PRACH transmit power), which may be based on DL or UL path loss.
- PRACH transmit power e.g., an initial PRACH transmit power
- Initial PRACH receive target power may be provided to enable an mWTRU to determine the initial PRACH transmit power.
- the desired PRACH target power at the SCmB uplink receive beam may be based on at least one of the uplink receive beam gain, an interference and noise level received in the uplink receive beam, an SCmB antenna downlink and uplink gain imbalance, etc.
- Power offset between the PRACH and an uplink control and/or a data channel may be a RA resource set parameter.
- the power offset may be the difference between the power of the preamble and a subsequent uplink control and/or data channel transmission, used for one or more MSG3 transmissions.
- An mWTRU may adjust the uplink control and/or data channel transmit power according to this power offset and/or the beamforming gain which may be applied to the uplink data channel.
- a TDD configuration indication may be used to indicate the TDD configuration.
- An SCmB downlink transmit beam and uplink receive beam may have a specific TDD configuration that may be semi-static or dynamic.
- the RA resource set may have a TDD indication using one or more indices into a pre-defined configuration that may define a set of TDD configurations.
- Transmission and/or RA procedure parameters which may be associated with an RA resource set may include one or more of a PRACH power ramping factor, an RA response window start, an RA response window size or duration, a maximum number of preamble transmissions, or a maximum retransmission interval.
- the mWTRU may apply the ramping factor and/or beamforming gains by decreasing the PRACH transmit beamwidth.
- the mWTRU may increase the power by a value smaller that the ramping factor and apply beamforming gain such that the combined result is equivalent to applying the ramping factor.
- An RA response window start may be a number of time units, for example, in frames, subframes, TTIs, symbols, between the end of the transmitted preamble and the start of the corresponding RA response window. This may be a fixed value for all RA resource sets or may vary between RA resource sets, for example, based on SCmB downlink transmit beam and/or uplink receive beam scheduling or timing.
- the RA response window start may be a function of the scheduling or timing relationship between an SCmB DL transmit beam and an SCmB UL receive beam pair.
- An mWTRU may stop preamble transmissions when the number of transmitted preambles reaches the maximum number of preamble transmissions, for example, for an RA resource set or over all selected RA resource sets. There may be a maximum number of preamble transmissions for a resource set and/or a maximum number of preamble transmissions over all selected RA resource sets for one random access procedure.
- a maximum retransmission interval may be a number of time units, for example, in frames, subframes, TTIs, and/or symbols between the end of a RA response window in which no RA response may be received and the start of a PRACH retransmission when a PRACH retransmission may be scheduled.
- One or multiple RA resource set elements for example, the
- PRACH resources and/or parameters may be different between RA resource sets.
- Different RA resource sets may have at least some of the same elements, for example, preamble sequence indices, time and frequency resource allocations, PRACH formats, etc.
- the SCmB may re-allocate and re-configure RA resource set semi- statically or dynamically.
- Individual beam-specific PRACH transmission is described herein.
- An association between an RA resource set and an mWTRU uplink transmit beam is further described herein.
- the mapping between an SCmB downlink transmit beam and an uplink receive beam may provide a transmission reciprocity between the SCmB downlink AoD and the uplink SCmB AoA at the SCmB.
- the mWTRU beamformed random process procedure may use this reciprocity information conveyed in the SCmB downlink transmit and uplink receive beam mapping to select an RA resource set and accordingly an mWTRU uplink transmit beam to optimize the success rate of the RA transmission based on the mWTRU's reception of downlink transmit beam.
- An mWTRU may calculate one or multiple mWTRU transmit beamforming weights based on SCmB downlink transmit beam AoA information.
- the weights may align the broadside direction of the associated mWTRU uplink transmit beam with the SCmB downlink transmit beam angle.
- the calculation may be based on the mWTRU's receiver beamforming weights when mWTRU receive beamforming may be applied to receive the SCmB downlink transmit beam, for example, a conversion from mWTRU receive beamforming weights to mWTRU uplink transmit beamforming weights.
- An mWTRU may not apply receive beamforming in the reception of the SCmB downlink transmit beam, and the calculation of the uplink transmit beamforming weights may be based on AoA estimate algorithms.
- the beamforming weights may result in an mWTRU uplink transmit beam or multiple transmit beams that have an mWTRU uplink AoD overlapping or within the downlink AoA of the used SCmB downlink transmit beam.
- the mWTRU may transmit an mWTRU uplink transmit beam at the direction where it may receive an SCmB downlink transmit beam.
- An mWTRU may, for example, establish one of or both mappings described in Equation 3 and Equation 4:
- the mapping may be different depending on the SCmB downlink transmit beam. It may be based on SCmB downlink control channel beam, data channel beam and/or measurement beam.
- An RA resource set and associated UL transmit beam selection are disclosed herein.
- An mWTRU may select a RA resource set and an associated mWTRU uplink transmit beam based on an SCmB downlink control beam.
- an mWTRU may receive an mmW synchronization signal, a broadcast channel (e.g., mmW PSS/SSS/PBCH/SIB) in one specific SCmB downlink transmit beam.
- This downlink transmit beam may be one of a set of control channel beams provided by the SCmB in the cell that is selected by an mWTRU as a result of the preceding mmW cell search procedure according to certain criteria.
- this SCmB downlink control beam may have the best measured quality metric in terms of digital and/or analog measurements including signal energy, SNR, SINR, RSRQ, RSRP, CQI, etc.
- Another criterion, for example, may be this SCmB downlink control beam may be the first downlink control beam to have a measured quality metric in in terms of digital and/or analog measurements including signal energy, SNR, SINR, RSRQ, RSRP, CQI, etc. higher than a pre-configured threshold.
- an mWTRU may determine a RA resource set based on an SCmB downlink measurement beam which it may measure in a pre-PRACH-measurement configured by the network, for example, in SIB or through dedicated signaling.
- the pre-PRACH-measurement configuration may be conveyed in the SCmB downlink data channel beam scheduled by the SCmB downlink control data beam in which the mWTRU may receive a mmW synchronization signal, a broadcast channel and mmW downlink control channels.
- the SCmB may provide, and the mWTRU may receive, one or more measurement configurations.
- Each configuration may correspond to an SCmB downlink measurement beam and associated measurement parameters of a measurement object, which may completely define the mmW beam reference signal, mmW reference resource for beam measurement, mmW measurement reference signal, mmW channel state measurement reference signal, mmW demodulation reference signal, mmW sounding reference signal, reference signal, CSI-RS, CRS, DM-RS, DRS, measurement reference signal, reference resource for measurement, CSTIM, etc.
- the parameters included in the measurement configuration may include: a measurement object, for example, an SCmB downlink measurement beam identity, which may be an sequence number explicitly signaled or an index into a pre-defined configuration; a measurement occasion, for example, SFN, sub-frame, TTI number, symbol number, etc.; a measurement duration or gap, for example, a number of symbols, TTIs, sub-frames, frames, etc.; a measurement frequency allocation, for example, the entire system bandwidth, part of the system bandwidth, the number of system carriers, etc.; a measurement type, for example a quality metric such as energy, SNR, SINR, RSRP, RSRQ, CQI, etc.; a measurement threshold, for example, a quantitative indicator of the configured quality metric that may trigger a pre-defined event such as downlink measurement beam ranking; a measurement transmit power, for example, to use to estimate the path loss associated with the SCmB downlink measurement beam; and other parameters specific to the type of measurement.
- the frequency allocation parameter may be the same as
- SCmB uplink UL receive beam may be provided in the same measurement configuration signaling or separately in SIB or dedicated signaling.
- An mWTRU may perform a pre-PRACH measurement according to the received measurement configuration and evaluate the measured quality metric.
- the determination of which measured SCmB downlink measurement beam to be used to select a corresponding RA resource set and an associated mWTRU uplink transmit beam may be based on a set of pre-defined criteria.
- One criterion may be based on the pre-PRACH-measurement result. For example, one SCmB downlink measurement beam may have the best measured quality metric and the mWTRU may select this SCmB downlink measurement beam for RA resource set determination.
- an mWTRU may randomly select an SCmB downlink measurement beam from all the beams that may have a measured quality metric higher than the configured measurement threshold.
- Another criterion may be based on a pre-PRACH-measurement result and the RA resource set configuration associated with each downlink measurement beam. For example, one SCmB measurement beam may not have the best measured quality metric and may have a quality metric above the configured measurement threshold.
- One or more of a plurality of corresponding RA resource sets may have certain parameters that may, in a way, optimize the PRACH transmission success rate or may benefit the random process procedure.
- the RA resource set or sets may have the next, nearest or earliest available PRACH transmission time allocation in the upcoming SFN, sub-frame, TTI, symbol, etc.
- the mWTRU may select this downlink measurement beam or beams and in turn select an associated RA resource set or sets in order to start as early as possible the random access procedure.
- the RA resource set or sets may have a frequency allocation where the mWTRU may have measured very low noise level in the pre-PRACH-measurement or any previous measurement in connection with initial access procedure or other system procedures.
- An mWTRU may select one of the RA resource sets for use as a primary RA resource set to initiate a random access procedure.
- the mWTRU may select one or multiple RA resource sets for use as a secondary RA resource for the same random access procedure.
- the selection of the secondary RA resource sets may follow pre-configured rules/criteria. For example, the secondary RA resource sets may corresponding to downlink measurement beams which are above the configure measurement threshold and have certain ranking based on the pre-PRACH measurement.
- the pre-PRACH-measurement may also be performed in any form of downlink DL beam measurement prior to the initiation of a random process procedure.
- the disclosed RA resource set selection may be performed in an identical manner based on those downlink DL beam measurements.
- RA procedure initialization is disclosed herein.
- a RA procedure may be initiated by an mWTRU, for example, when the WTRU is initially accessing the mmW network or by an explicit order carried in mmW downlink control channel.
- the explicit order may provide indications and/or additional RA procedure configurations regarding some or all of the RA resource set parameters, for example, a preamble mask that may be used by an mWTRU to identify certain random access procedure.
- An mWTRU may select a primary RA resource set and one or multiple secondary RA resource sets based on an SCmB downlink control or measurement beam. For each RA resource set, an mWTRU may initialize a random access procedure for determining each of the RA resource set parameters listed below.
- An mWTRU may flush an uplink data buffer (e.g., a MSG3 buffer) and initiate a preamble counter for a primary RA set and all secondary RA sets for one random access procedure.
- MSG3 is an uplink data packet the mWTRU may transmit when an expected Random Access Response (RAR) is received.
- RAR Random Access Response
- Random access resource selection is disclosed herein.
- the mWTRU may determine the value of each of the parameters of the selected RA set to use for the PRACH transmission, for example, the preamble sequence index, the PRACH format, the frequency resource allocation, and the transmission time.
- an mWTRU may receive additional random access resource configuration, for example, regarding preamble sequence selection, frequency selection, transmission time allocation, and the like to determine the value of certain RA resource set parameters.
- RA resource set and the mWTRU may randomly select one of them.
- Certain rules and/or criteria may apply to the preamble selection within the selected RA resource set.
- preambles of the selected RA resource set may belong to different pre-defined groups that may be conveyed to all mWTRUs via SIB or dedicated signaling.
- Preamble grouping may for example be based on estimated path loss, a purpose of the intended random process procedure, mWTRU beamforming capability, mWTRU power class, and the like.
- An mWTRU may choose a preamble from the selected RA resource set according to the pre-configured rules and/or criteria applicable to the preamble grouping.
- An mWTRU may receive an explicit preamble index or indices in the downlink control channel when the random access procedure may be ordered.
- an mWTRU may choose one at random.
- An mWTRU may have previous interference and/or noise measurement in some or all of the frequency resource allocation and may select the frequency resource allocation accordingly, for example, select the frequency resource allocation where the measured interference and/or noise measurement may be low.
- An mWTRU may determine the initial PRACH transmission opportunity based on the SFN, sub-frame, TTI and symbol configuration of the selected RA set using certain rules. For example, available PRACH transmissions may be in certain upcoming uplink sub-frames and/or TTIs in certain SFNs.
- the TDD configuration specific to the same selected RA set may be used as a mask to select the transmission opportunity.
- a downlink control channel ordered random access procedure may specify information that may be used to determine the PRACH transmission opportunity, for example a time mask, explicit SFN/sub-frame/TTI/symbol number, etc.
- a dynamic TDD configuration may be applied to the SCmB downlink transmit and uplink receive beam pair associated with the selected RA set.
- An mWTRU may use the most recently obtained dynamic TDD configuration to determine an initial PRACH transmission in the period in which the dynamic TDD configuration may be applicable. For example, when the dynamic TDD configuration may be conveyed in the beginning of each sub- frame which contains a number of TTIs or slots, the initial PRACH transmission opportunity determination may be done for each sub-frame.
- An mWTRU may determine randomly with equal probability a
- PRACH transmission opportunity from a period in which multiple PRACH transmission opportunities may be allowed according to the RA set time resource allocation and TDD configuration.
- An mWTRU may select the first allowed PRACH transmission opportunity.
- An mWTRU may identify the uplink transmit beam associated with the selected RA set using a mapping described herein.
- the uplink transmit beam may be represented by a set of weights that may be applied to the mWTRU antenna array phase shifters.
- An mWTRU may transmit the initial PRACH using the selected RA resource parameters. For example, an mWTRU may generate the selected PRACH/preamble sequence. The mWTRU may generate an identity that may be used to identify the mWTRU in the initiated random access procedure, for example, a RA-RNTI. The RA-RNTI may be based on the determined frequency resource allocation for example frequency offset index, the PRACH transmission opportunities for example sub-frame/TTI/symbol number or other parameters.
- the mWTRU may derive a path loss specific to the selected RA set using measured downlink transmit control or measure beam quality metric for example, energy, RSRP, RSSI, etc., antenna gain offset, and the downlink transmit control or measurement beam transmit power that may be conveyed in system broadcast signaling and/or dedicated signaling.
- measured downlink transmit control or measure beam quality metric for example, energy, RSRP, RSSI, etc., antenna gain offset, and the downlink transmit control or measurement beam transmit power that may be conveyed in system broadcast signaling and/or dedicated signaling.
- the mWTRU may generate beamforming weights based on the mWTRU uplink transmit beam associated with the selected RA set, the calculated initial PRACH power, and the PRACH minimum transmit beamforming gain (PRACH maximum transmit beamwidth) of the selected RA set.
- the mWTRU uplink transmit beamforming weights associated with the selected RA set may determine the angle of the departure of the initial PRACH transmission, for example, the broadside of the formed mWTRU uplink transmit beam.
- the calculated PRACH power and the minimum transmit beamforming gain may determine the beamforming gain of the initial PRACH transmission.
- the mWTRU may calculate the resulting initial PRACH transmit beamforming weights accordingly and the corresponding transmit power applied at each antenna element.
- the mWTRU may apply the generated beamforming weights, form an mWTRU uplink transmit beam associated with the selected RA resource set, and transmit the selected PRACH sequence over the determined frequency resource in the determined transmission time allocation, for example one or more SFNs, sub-frames, TTIs, or symbols.
- Random access response (RAR) reception is disclosed herein.
- an mWTRU may receive the RAR in the RA response window specified in the selected RA resource set.
- the mWTRU may determine the RA response window start using the RA response window start parameter and TDD configuration provided by the selected RA resource set.
- the mWTRU may determine the resulting actual RA response window start using certain rules. For example, when a PRACH transmission may occur in TTI n and the RA response window start may be three TTIs, the expected RA response window may start in TTI n+3 when the semi- static TDD configuration may indicate TTI n+3 may be a downlink TTI.
- TTI n+3 may be an uplink TTI, the resulting RA response window start may be the first downlink TTI after the scheduled RA response window start, for example, in this case the first downlink TTI after TTI n+3.
- the mWTRU may monitor a downlink control channel transmitted in the downlink control channel beam used for downlink SIB scheduling.
- the mWTRU may determine whether the RA response may be transmitted corresponding to the PRACH transmission using the identity information associated with the PRACH transmission or the mWTRU's identity information. For example, the mWTRU may decode the downlink control channel using the RA-RNTI corresponding to the initiated PRACH transmission or the C-RNTI that the mWTRU may be already assigned.
- An mWTRU may receive a dynamic TDD configuration on a basis of a frame, sub-frame, or TTI and the mWTRU may determine the RA response window start and monitor the RA response according to the dynamic TDD configuration, RA response window start, and downlink control channel beam scheduling.
- the SCmB may have all this information and may transmit the RA response at the frame, sub-frame, TTI, or symbol where the mWTRU may expect it according to the RA response window information provided in a selected RA resource set.
- An mWTRU may receive an RA response in the SCmB downlink transmit beam which may be selected by the mWTRU from the downlink measurement beams that are measured in a pre-RACH-measurement.
- the mWTRU may determine the RA response window start using the RA response window start parameter provided by the selected RA resource set, TDD configuration of the selected RA resource set or dynamic TDD configuration.
- the mWTRU may decode a downlink control channel using RA-RNTI or C-RNTI to receive RA response scheduling information.
- This downlink transmit beam may not be the one as the downlink control channel beam from which mWTRU may receive system broadcast scheduling information and as a result the mWTRU may decode different downlink control information format in the downlink transmit beams.
- the RA response may be carried in a downlink data channel beam that may be different from the downlink control channel beam.
- An mWTRU may detect a downlink control channel using RA-RNTI or C-RNTI in the determined RA response window and successfully decode the downlink data channel in the scheduled downlink data channel beam.
- the mWTRU may successfully decode the downlink data channel and may receive uplink control and/or data channel scheduling information, uplink transmission timing information, etc.
- the uplink transmission timing information may include, for example, a minimum delay between the latest PRACH transmission and the uplink control and/or data channel transmission, timing advance and uplink and downlink timing offset, and the like.
- the control and/or data channel scheduling information may include transport format, resource allocation in a time, frequency, or code domain, demodulation reference signal configuration, HARQ transmission configuration, and the like.
- the mWTRU may denote the transmit power of the corresponding PRACH transmission and apply as a reference to set the uplink data transmission power.
- the uplink control/data channel power may be the reference PRACH transmission power plus the power offset between PRACH and uplink control/data channel of the RA resource set selected for the reference PRACH transmission.
- the mWTRU may derive the timing of the scheduled uplink control and/or data channel in terms of a frame, sub- frame, TTI, symbol based on TDD configuration of the selected RA resource set or dynamic TDD configuration.
- the mWTRU may transmit the scheduled uplink control and/or data channel using the mWTRU uplink transmit beam applied for the corresponding PRACH transmission.
- the mWTRU may calculate new transmit beamforming weights based on those of the corresponding PRACH transmission with a gain adjustment based on the power offset between the PRACH and control and/or data channel.
- the mWTRU may reuse the same transmit beamforming weights and adjust the transmit power at the antenna element to account for the same offset.
- An mWTRU may not detect an RA response in the determined RA response window, for example, the downlink control channel beam may not carry any downlink control channel for the RA- RNIT or C-RNTI of the mWTRU.
- the mWTRU may select a PRACH resource for a preamble retransmission when the total number of transmitted preambles may not exceed the maximum number of preamble transmission specified for the selected RA set or the on-going random process procedure.
- the mWTRU may select an RA resource for the PRACH retransmission within the selected RA resource set for the preceding PRACH transmission, for example, the primary RA resource set determined in the beginning of the RA procedure.
- the order in which the mWTRU may select RA resources from the primary RA resource set for the PRACH retransmission may be according to one or more of the examples disclosed herein.
- the mWTRU may randomly select a different preamble sequence, for example, a ZC sequence with a different index (cyclic shift) when there may be multiple sequences in the primary RA resource set.
- the mWTRU may select a retransmission preamble sequence according to the same pre-configured rules and/or criteria used for the preceding PRACH transmission sequence selection.
- the random access procedure may be ordered by a downlink control channel including preamble sequence configuration and the mWTRU may randomly select a retransmission preamble sequence.
- the mWTRU may select a frequency resource allocation for the
- the mWTRU may use the same frequency resource allocation as the preceding PRACH transmission.
- the mWTRU may determine the PRACH retransmission opportunity based on the based on the frame, sub-frame, TTI and symbol configuration, TDD configuration of the selected primary RA set or the dynamic TDD configuration the mWTRU may receive prior to the PRACH retransmission resource selection.
- the retransmission timing may be according to the maximum retransmission interval specified for the primary RA resource set.
- an mWTRU may retransmit a preamble sequence no later than frame, sub-frame, TTI, symbol n + a maximum retransmission interval.
- the mWTRU may use the mWTRU uplink transmit beam, for example in terms of the uplink transmit beamforming weights, of the preceding PRACH transmission for the PRACH retransmission.
- the mWTRU may select an RA resource for the PRACH retransmission from one of the secondary RA resource sets determined in the beginning of the RA procedure.
- the order in which the mWTRU may select another RA resource set from the secondary RA resource sets for the PRACH retransmission may be according to one or more of the following as disclosed herein.
- the mWTRU may randomly select a secondary RA resource set that may be associated with the same downlink control channel beam or measurement beam as the primary RA resource set.
- the mWTRU may randomly select a secondary RA resource set from all the identified secondary RA resource sets.
- the mWTRU may select a secondary RA resource set according to the ranking of the secondary RA resource sets based on the quality metric measured on the downlink control channel and/or measurement beam associated with the secondary RA resource set.
- the mWTRU may select a secondary RA resource set according to an order configured via SIB or dedicated signaling.
- the mWTRU may select a secondary RA resource set according to certain property and/or restriction and/or of the secondary RA resource sets. For example, certain secondary RA resource sets may have high minimum transmit beamforming gain(e.g., very narrow beamwidth) and may be used by mWTRUs with advanced beamforming capability. An mWTRU without this capability may not select the secondary RA resource set.
- the mWTRU may determine the RA resource including sequence, frequency, time resource allocation and the mWTRU uplink transmit beam associated with this newly selected RA resource set for the PRACH retransmission.
- the mWTRU may retransmit PRACH using the same RA resource as the preceding PRACH transmission, for example, the primary RA resource set.
- the retransmission power may be an initial PRACH power + (PRACH transmission counter * PRACH power ramping factor size).
- the mWTRU may maintain a PRACH transmission counter for each of the determined primary and secondary RA resource sets.
- the mWTRU may maintain a total PRACH transmission counter including all transmitted preambles using different RA resource sets.
- the mWTRU uses a different RA resource set for PRACH retransmission, it may still use the initial PRACH receive target power and the estimated path loss per RA resource set to set the initial PRACH power.
- the mWTRU may perform a random access procedure using one or a plurality of RA resource sets and the mWTRU may accordingly transmit PRACH using different mWTRU uplink transmit beams targeted at the associated SCmB uplink receive beams.
- Multiple PRACH resource sets may be associated with each SCmB DL beam by a SIB configuration.
- Each PRACH resource set may correspond to an SCmB UL receive beam, for example, one SCmB DL beam may be associated with multiple SCmB UL beams.
- Multiple SCmB DL beams may be associated with the same UL receive beam or beams.
- An mWTRU may obtain or select multiple PRACH resource sets
- RA resource sets based on a best DL beam or beams, for example, a DL beam used for Sync, SIB, and the like, or one or more DL beams above a threshold.
- An mWTRU may select multiple RA resource sets or one or more groups of RA resource sets based on any of the RA resource set selection procedures disclosed herein (e.g., based on configuration received from the SCmB, measurement information received from the SCmB and/or measurement information acquired (i.e., measured) by the mWTRU from a DL beam).
- the mWTRU may determine a ranking of the DL beams based on, for example, configuration received from the SCmB, measurement information received from the SCmB and/or measurement information acquired (i.e., measured) by the mWTRU from a DL beam).
- a best RA resource set may be determined from determining a best DL beam from among DL beams, and selecting the RA resource set that is mapped to the best DL beam.
- a next best RA resource set may be determined from determining a next best DL beam from among DL beams, and selecting the RA resource set that is mapped to the next best DL beam, and so on.
- mWTRU selects a physical resource (e.g., a directional mWTRU UL transmit beam) from each of the selected RA sets and transmits RA preambles acquired from the RA resource sets sequentially in time using the selected physical resources.
- the mWTRU may rank and arrange the preambles in a sequential transmit order for the transmissions based on, for example, the ranking of the DL beams such that the rank of the preambles corresponds to the rank of the DL beams.
- Each RA resource set may be associated with a corresponding PRACH, which is a channel used to carry random access preambles used for initiation of a RA procedure.
- a RACH or PRACH transport channel is mapped to a specific RA preamble.
- An mWTRU may select a RACH or PRACH (e.g., a directional UL transmit beam linked to the selected RA resource set) based on a selected preamble or selected RA resource set for transmitting the preamble to the SCmB in an RA transmission. If the SCmB receives a preamble (or preambles) from the mWTRU, the SCmB may analyze the preamble (or preambles) and select a RAR (or RARs) to transmit back to the mWTRU as a confirmation of receiving the preamble (or preambles).
- the SCmB may select a directional DL beam (or beams), e.g., a directional SCmB DL beam or beams, associated with the RA resource set (or sets) based on the received preamble (or preambles) to transmit the RAR (or RARs) to the mWTRU, and may transmit the RAR (or RARs) within the directional SCmB DL beam (or beams).
- a directional DL beam or beams
- a directional SCmB DL beam or beams associated with the RA resource set (or sets) based on the received preamble (or preambles) to transmit the RAR (or RARs) to the mWTRU, and may transmit the RAR (or RARs) within the directional SCmB DL beam (or beams).
- mWTRU may transmit RA preambles using multiple PRACHs and then wait for one or more RAR from the SCmB. As the mWTRU waits for the one or more RAR, the mWTRU monitors for specific RAR or RARs during a determined RAR window or windows. RAR windows may or may not overlap. Non- overlapping windows enables an mWTRU to use different receive beams without additional DL beam timing information. If using overlapping windows, an mWTRU may be provided with DL beam timing information, for example, a symbol or TTI location.
- multiple RA preambles may be transmitted sequentially, with a best determined RA preamble (e.g., extracted from the best determined RA resource set) transmitted first, and the next best transmitted subsequently and so on.
- the mWTRU may determine and select an UL beam based on a best RAR received.
- an mWTRU may transmit one RA preamble using a corresponding PRACH, wait for a predetermined amount of time for a corresponding RAR, and, if a failure is determined (e.g., that the SCmB did not receive the RA preamble, and/or that a RAR is not received by the mWTRU), after a possible retransmission, the mWTRU transmits the next RA preamble using a PRACH associated with the next RA preamble.
- a failure e.g., that the SCmB did not receive the RA preamble, and/or that a RAR is not received by the mWTRU
- multiple RA preambles may be transmitted sequentially, with a best determined RA preamble (e.g., extracted from the best determined RA resource set) transmitted first, and the next best transmitted subsequently and so on, until a RAR is received by the mWTRU.
- a best determined RA preamble e.g., extracted from the best determined RA resource set
- an mWTRU may transmit one RA preamble using a corresponding PRACH, wait for a corresponding RAR or may determine that a failure has occurred. If the mWTRU determines that a failure has occurred (e.g., that the SCmB did not receive the RA preamble, and/or that a RAR is not received by the mWTRU), the mWTRU may sequentially transmit all of the selected RA preambles or all of the remaining RA preambles using PRACHs associated with the selected RA preambles.
- multiple RA preambles may be transmitted sequentially, with a best determined RA preamble (e.g., extracted from the best determined RA resource set) transmitted first, and the next best preamble or preambles sequentially transmitted subsequently, and based on all received RARs, the mWTRU may determine and select an UL beam based on a best RAR received.
- a best determined RA preamble e.g., extracted from the best determined RA resource set
- An mWTRU may have different PRACH parameters for each RA resource set and may maintain for example a separate PREAMBLE_RETRANS_COUNTER for a preamble transmission for each of the SCmB UL receive beams. If the mWTRU changes an UL transmit beam during an RA procedure, the mWTRU may need PREAMBLE_RETRANS_COUNTER per (UL transmit beam, UL receive beam) pair.
- Receipt of a RAR may indicate a best uplink beam or beams.
- an mWTRU may choose which uplink beam to use based on a rule, an implementation or information included in the received RAR or RARs (e.g., a determined signal quality of a received PRACH).
- Each RAR may be associated with an uplink beam, and, if multiple RARs are received, the mWTRU may determine which RAR from among the received multiple RARs is best based on a rule, an implementation or information included in the received RARs.
- the mWTRU may determine and select a best uplink beam for communication based on the corresponding best RAR mapped thereto.
- the uplink transmit beam (i.e., directional WTRU UL transmit beam or directional UL transmit beam) selected based on the received RAR or RARs corresponds to one of the UL transmit beams of one or more UL transmit beams used to transmit the preambles from the WTRU to the SCmB.
- An SCmB may have the capability to determine when PRACHs are transmitted from the same mWTRU in sequence.
- An explicit preamble group to symbol/TTI mapping may be configured and an mWTRU may use a same preamble for PRACH transmission in the sequence.
- a hashing function may be used to map to parts of an
- IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity
- SCmB downlink beam and an mWTRU may receive the association configuration in SIB.
- each PRACH resource set may correspond to an SCmB uplink receive beam, for example, one SCmB downlink beam is associated with multiple SCmB uplink beam. Multiple SCmB downlink beams may be associated with the same uplink receive beam or beams.
- An mWTRU may receive multiple PRACH resource set configurations based on best downlink beam, for example, a downlink beam used for synchronization and Physical Broadcast Channel (PBCH) reception and/or SIB reception, etc., or one or more downlink beams may be measured above a threshold.
- PBCH Physical Broadcast Channel
- An mWTRU may select multiple PRACH resource sets and select a physical resource (e.g., a PRACH) from each of the sets based on resource information provided in the RA resource sets and transmit preambles corresponding to each resource set sequentially in time.
- An mWTRU may transmit multiple preambles using PRACHs and monitor for one or more RARs.
- the RAR windows may or may not overlap. Non-overlapping RAR windows may enable an mWTRU to use different receive beams without additional downlink beam timing information.
- An mWTRU may transmit one PRACH and monitor for an RAR and, if the PRACH transmission fails after retransmission, the mWTRU may try the next preamble until a RAR is received.
- An mWTRU may transmit one preamble and monitor for a RAR. If the PRACH transmission fails after a retransmission, the mWTRU may try all selected preambles using sequential PRACH transmissions. The mWTRU may analyze all received RARs and determine a best uplink beam based on all received RARs.
- An mWTRU may have different PRACH parameters for each resource set and may maintain for example separate PREAMBLE_RETRANS_COUNTER for preamble transmission for each of the SCmB uplink receive beams.
- PREAMBLE_RETRANS_COUNTER per (UL transmit beam, UL receive beam) pair.
- a hashing function may be used to map to parts of an International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI).
- IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity
- the hashing function is according to: IMSI ⁇ PRACH sequence, and may involve multiple PRACH sequences. Accordingly, an mWTRU may apply a hashing function to map parts of IMSI to determine a PRACH sequence or to determine multiple PRACH sequences.
- FIG. 22 and FIG. 23 may be modified to employ sequential beam- specific PRACH transmissions by using the processes disclosed above to (1) receive multiple DL control channels, DL beams and/or references signals in, for example, step 2201, (2) select multiple RA resource sets in, for example, steps 2206 or 2302, (3) select multiple preambles and multiple directional mWTRU uplink (UL) transmit beams in, for example, step 2302, (4) sequentially transmit multiple preambles using the multiple directional mWTRU uplink (UL) transmit beams in, for example, step 2303, (5) generate multiple RARs in, for example, step 2304, (6) transmit multiple RARs in, for example, step 2305, and (7) select a UL beam based on one or more RARs received in, for example, step 2306.
- Methods for beam-specific PRACH transmission which employ parallel transmission and PRACH spatial diversity are disclosed herein.
- Features and procedures for employing parallel transmission may be similar to those disclosed above for sequential transmission, including, but not limited to, RA resource selection, preamble selection, UL beam selection, etc., with the exception that selected RA preambles may be transmitted by the mWTRU in parallel (e.g., at substantially the same time).
- RARs may also be transmitted in parallel by the SCmB and received in parallel by the mWTRU.
- Selected preambles may be grouped by the SCmB into a primary group and a secondary group, where the preambles of the primary group are transmitted in parallel and, subsequently, the preambles of the secondary group are transmitted in parallel.
- FIG. 22 and FIG. 23 may be modified to employ beam-specific PRACH transmission which employ parallel transmission and PRACH spatial diversity by using the processes disclosed above to (1) receive multiple DL control channels, DL beams and/or references signals in, for example, step 2201, (2) select multiple RA resource sets in, for example, steps 2206 or 2302, (3) select multiple preambles and multiple directional mWTRU uplink (UL) transmit beams in and group the preambles into primary and secondary groups, for example, step 2302, (4) transmit multiple preambles in parallel using the multiple directional mWTRU uplink (UL) transmit beams in, for example, step 2303, (5) generate multiple RARs in, for example, step 2304, (6) transmit multiple RARs in, for example, step 2305, and (7) select a UL beam based on one or more RARs received in, for example, step 2306.
- UL multiple directional mWTRU uplink
- the beamformed PRACH transmission may be sensitive to dynamic blocking or device orientation change that may happen to obstruct the uplink PRACH transmission.
- An individual beamformed PRACH transmission using different RA resource sets for retransmission or a sequential PRACH transmission may increase the PRACH success rate in those situations.
- the mWTRU may use one uplink transmit beam at a time due to single RF chain analog beamforming.
- An mWTRU may have more than one RF chain and thus may be able to transmit multiple uplink beams simultaneously.
- the mWTRU may select two primary RA resource sets with a condition that these two primary RA resource sets may have a simultaneous PRACH transmission time allocation in terms of a frame, sub-frame, TTI, or symbol.
- the advantage may be to have two simultaneous PRACH transmissions to optimize the PRACH transmission success rate while reducing the latency.
- the mWTRU may perform a random access procedure with multiple simultaneous PRACH transmissions using different RA resource sets and thus different mWTRU uplink transmit beams.
- the initial PRACH and retransmission power of each of the primary RA resource sets may be calculated per RA resource set as performed for an individual PRACH transmission.
- the mWTRU may adjust the power level according to the predefined rules. For example, the mWTRU may scale back the power level of the simultaneous PRACH transmission.
- PRACH format selection and preamble grouping for heterogeneous beam types are disclosed herein.
- PRACH format selection may be for heterogeneous beam types, for example, omni, wide, or narrow beam types.
- an mWTRU may select the PRACH format, for example, a different guard period, a different sequence length, or the like.
- Preamble sequences may be grouped based on PRACH transmission antenna gain settings according to mWTRU classes or tiers, in terms of for example a low, medium, or high class or tier.
- the preamble sequence grouping may convey channel and/or beam information.
- a group of preambles may be used by mWTRUs which may receive a PRACH configuration in a downlink wide beam.
- another group of preambles may be used by mWTRUs who may receive PRACH configuration in a downlink narrow beam.
- the network may transmit synchronization signals and PBCHs in different types of beams, for example, broad beams covering a cell or narrow beams covering a part of a cell.
- Each beam may have an associated PRACH format that may include PRACH parameters such as a guard period, preamble sequence length, CP length, and the like.
- An mWTRU may receive the configuration of a PRACH format of each type of beam in a SIB or a plurality of SIBs.
- an mWTRU may monitor a RAR window according to a TDD configuration, downlink control channel beam scheduling, an RAR window start, or an RAR window size of the selected RA resource set.
- the mWTRU may use the dynamic TDD configuration to determine the RAR window start.
- An mWTRU may decode a RAR successfully in the RAR window and receive a downlink data channel that may contain an uplink channel information including: an uplink control and/or data channel transport format; an uplink control and/or data channel time resource allocation; uplink transmission timing information; uplink control and/or data channel frequency resource allocation; an uplink PRACH quality metric; or a downlink channel state information request.
- an uplink channel information including: an uplink control and/or data channel transport format; an uplink control and/or data channel time resource allocation; uplink transmission timing information; uplink control and/or data channel frequency resource allocation; an uplink PRACH quality metric; or a downlink channel state information request.
- An uplink control and/or data channel transport format may include the coding and modulation scheme of the uplink control and/or data channel.
- An uplink control and/or data channel time resource allocation may, for example, be a maximum delay between the RAR and transmission of the scheduled uplink control or data channel.
- the mWTRU may determine the uplink control and/or data channel time resource allocation based on the maximum delay and the TDD configuration.
- Uplink transmission timing information may for example use the timing advance carried in the RAR to adjust the uplink control and/or data channel transmission timing.
- the uplink control and/or data channel frequency resource allocation may indicate the frequency resource may be the same as what may be used for the PRACH transmission which the SCmB may have certain channel information from the PRACH reception.
- the RAR may include signal quality metrics for the received PRACH at the SCmB, sequential for uplink beam selection.
- the mWTRU may upon request, transmit a measured downlink channel state per beam in the scheduled uplink control or data channel.
- the mWTRU may transmit the uplink control and/or data channel using an mWTRU uplink transmit beam based on the transmit beam used for the PRACH transmission associated with the received RAR.
- the uplink transmit beamforming weights for the control and/or data channel may be adjusted for the power difference between the PRACH and control/data channel but with an identical broadside AoD.
- An mWTRU may receive an uplink reference signal transmission scheduling in the decoded RA response prior to the uplink control and/or data channel scheduling and transmission.
- the SCmB may not have information regarding the mWTRU beamforming capability and may request an uplink beamformed reference signal transmission to evaluate the mWTRU's uplink transmission.
- the SCmB may schedule an uplink reference signal transmission which may be pre-defined to use the narrowest uplink transmit beam the mWTRU may form.
- the SCmB may schedule the mWTRU uplink transmission accordingly.
- the SCmB may not have the knowledge of how many uplink transmit beams an mWTRU may form with the scheduled reference signal transmission period. And the mWTRU may determine which beams to use for the reference signal transmission.
- the SCmB may schedule six symbols for reference signal transmission with each beam transmitting over two symbols and an mWTRU may be able to have five non-overlapping transmit beams within the PRACH transmission beamwidth.
- the mWTRU may randomly select three beams out of the five and transmit them in the reference signal transmission period with different reference signal sequence.
- Another mWTRU may only transmit one beam within the PRACH transmission beamwidth and it may repeat this beam three times in the reference signal transmission with the same reference signal sequence.
- An mWTRU may receive an uplink reference signal transmission from an SCmB for scheduling an RAR.
- the uplink reference signal transmission may include an uplink reference signal power offset relative to the PRACH transmission associated with the RAR, a reference signal transmission within the PRACH transmission beamwidth, an uplink reference signal configuration, an uplink reference signal transmission start, an uplink reference signal transmission period for uplink transmit beam, a number of uplink reference signal transmission period, uplink timing information, and an uplink reference signal transmission frequency resource allocation.
- an SCmB may provide a base ZC sequence and an mWTRU may randomly generate a set of cyclic shifts with each cyclic shift used for one uplink transmit beam.
- the SCmB may provide an explicit set of sequence indices into a pre-configured sequence configuration and the mWTRU may select a different sequence for each uplink transmit beam according to certain pre-defined rule. For example, the mWTRU may apply the indices in ascending or descending order to the uplink transmit beams.
- SCmB may coordinate the TDD configuration and schedule a reference signal transmission start in an uplink frame/sub-frame/TTI/symbol.
- the SCmB may schedule a period of a number of frame/sub-frame/TTI/symbol in which one uplink transmit beam may be used for the scheduled reference signal transmission.
- the SCmB may schedule how many beams an mWTRU may use in the reference signal transmission.
- the mWTRU may be able to form more or less than the number of the uplink transmit beams scheduled and may apply certain rules or criteria to select which transmit beam or beams to use for the reference signal transmission.
- Uplink timing information may be signaled.
- the uplink timing relative to the downlink timing information may be used by the mWTRU to set the uplink start timing.
- Another example may be the timing advance that an mWTRU may use to adjust the uplink start timing.
- a reference signal transmission within the PRACH transmission beamwidth may be a flag to inform the mWTRU to select transmit beam within the PRACH transmit beam associated with the RA response.
- An mWTRU may select other transmit beams when the flag may not be set.
- the mWTRU may determine which uplink transmit beam or beams to use for the scheduled uplink reference signal transmission, for example, the ones within the transmit beam used for the PRACH transmission associated with the RA response. For each uplink transmit beam, the mWTRU may determine the transmit power based on the scheduled offset and the PRACH transmit power. The mWTRU may calculate the beamforming weights of each transmit beam based on the angle of departure of the PRACH transmission and the determined reference signal power.
- the mWTRU may select a different reference signal sequence based on the scheduled sequence set and assign it to each determined uplink transmit beam.
- the mWTRU may generate the selected reference signal sequence and transmit over the scheduled frequency resource allocation at the scheduled reference signal transmission start.
- Each uplink transmit beam may be transmitted over the scheduled period in terms of a frame, sub-frame, TTI, or symbol.
- the SCmB may measure a quality metric of each transmitted reference sequence and determine a ranking of the uplink transmit beam of the mWTRU based on the quality metric.
- the sequence index or cyclic shift may be used to identify and schedule the associated uplink transmit beam by the SCmB.
- a MAC PDU for MAC- assisted beamforming based RA In this example, a MAC PDU for MAC- assisted beamforming based random access is provided.
- mmW is used as an example(s) for illustration purpose, the same example(s) may apply to cmW or any other spectrum or bands, including those above 6 GHz or sub- 6GHz bands.
- FIG. 23 is an example random access beamforming index
- FIG. 24 is an example mmW MAC RAR.
- a mmW-MAC RAR For example, a mmW-
- MAC RAR may comprise several fields including a timing advance command, UL grant, C-RNTI, or temporary C-RNTI as shown in FIG. 24.
- FIG. 25 is an example mmW MAC PDU comprising of an example mmW MAC header and example mmW MAC RARs.
- An example mmW-MAC PDU may comprise a mmW-MAC header, zero or more mmW- MAC Random Access Responses (mMAC RAR), and optionally padding as shown in FIG. 25.
- mMAC RAR mmW-MAC Random Access Responses
- An example mmW-MAC header disclosed herein is of variable size. Therefore, it is flexible to accommodate variable number of users for initial access.
- An example mmW-MAC PDU header is comprised of one or more mmW-MAC PDU subheaders; wherein each subheader corresponds to a mmW-MAC RAR except for the backoff indicator subheader. If included, the backoff indicator subheader may only be included once and may be the first subheader included within the mmW-MAC PDU header.
- Padding may occur after the last mmW-MAC RAR.
- the presence and length of padding may be implicit based on the size of transport block, size of mmW-MAC header and number of RARs.
- the RABFI may be used as an identifier for the selected beam.
- the size of the RABFI field may be a few bits or more.
- the RAPID may be used to identify the transmitted random access preamble.
- the size of the RAPID field may be a few bits, for example, 6 bits or more.
- the UpLink Grant field may indicate the resources to be used on the uplink.
- the size of the UL Grant field may be a several bits (e.g., 20 bits or more).
- the C-RNTI/Temporary C-RNTI field may be used to indicate the identity or temporary identity that is used by the MAC entity during random access.
- the size of the C-RNTI/Temporary C-RNTI field may be several bits, for example, 16 bits or more.
- the Extension field, E may be a flag indicating if more fields are present in the example MAC header or not.
- the E field may be set to "1" to indicate at least another set of E/T/RABFI/RAPID fields follows.
- the E field may be set to "0" to indicate that a MAC RAR or padding starts at the next byte.
- the Type field, T may be a flag indicating whether the example
- the MAC subheader contains a random access ID or a backoff indicator.
- the T field may be set to "0" to indicate the presence of a backoff indicator field in the subheader (BI).
- the T field may be set to "1" to indicate the presence of a RABFI and random access preamble ID field in the subheader RAPID.
- R may be a reserved bit, set to "0"
- the Timing Advance Command field may indicate the index value used to control the amount of timing adjustment that the MAC entity has to apply.
- Examples of computer-readable storage media include, but are not limited to, a read only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a register, cache memory, semiconductor memory devices, magnetic media such as internal hard disks and removable disks, magneto -optical media, and optical media such as CD- ROM disks, and digital versatile disks (DVDs).
- ROM read only memory
- RAM random access memory
- register cache memory
- semiconductor memory devices magnetic media such as internal hard disks and removable disks, magneto -optical media, and optical media such as CD- ROM disks, and digital versatile disks (DVDs).
- a processor in association with software may be used to implement a radio frequency transceiver for use in a WTRU, UE, terminal, base station, RNC, or any host computer.
- a method for beam pairing comprising: transmitting, by a small cell (SC) millimeter wave (mmW) capable evolved node B (eNB) (SCmB), a sector wide mmW broad beam.
- SC small cell
- mmW millimeter wave
- eNB evolved node B
- each of the narrow beams carry at least one of a beam-specific reference signal (BSRS), an adaptive antenna reference signal (AARS), a dedicated physical downlink directional control channel (PDDCCH), a physical downlink directional data channel (PDDDCH), and an associated demodulation reference signal (DMRS) at the assigned resource allocation.
- BSRS beam-specific reference signal
- AARS adaptive antenna reference signal
- PDDCCH dedicated physical downlink directional control channel
- PDDDCH physical downlink directional data channel
- DMRS demodulation reference signal
- the mmW downlink beam configuration parameters include at least one of the following: an mmW sector identity; a number of downlink transmit narrow beams per sector; a BSRS frequency allocation; a BSRS sequence configuration; a BSRS periodicity; a common PDDCCH transport format; a common PDDCCH frequency allocation; and/or a common PDCCCH periodicity.
- the BMR includes at least one of the following: an AARS sequence, a time and frequency resource allocation, an uplink grant for BMR feedback, a reporting quality metric threshold, a number of quality metrics to report, a new or updated BMR indicator, and or a BMR trigger.
- the beam pairing procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: sweeping, by the mWTRU, one or more narrow receive antenna patterns, wherein the one or more narrow receive antenna patterns are swept according to the BMR time and frequency resource schedule.
- the beam pairing procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: measuring, by the mWTRU, the scheduled AARS; reporting, by the mWTRU, an obtained beam-pair-specific quality metrics; and reporting, by the mWTRU, a threshold, wherein the threshold is reporting utilizing the uplink grant schedule in the BMR.
- the beam pairing procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: decoding, by the mWTRU, the beam pair schedule information on the common PDDCCH; forming, by the mWTRU, a narrow or multi-lobe broad receive antenna pattern; decoding, by the mWTRU the dedicated PDDCCH within the formed beam pair; acquiring, by the mWTRU, per-transmission time interval (TTI) PDDDCH scheduling information; and receiving, by the mWTRU, the PDDDCH.
- TTI per-transmission time interval
- the beam forming procedure performed by the SCmB comprises: estimating, by the SCmB, mWTRU specific angle of departure (AoD), wherein the AoD is based on the measured angle of arrival (AoA) of an uplink transmission in a broad antenna pattern of the mWTRU; dynamically scheduling, by the SCmB, an mWTRU specific AARS in a narrow beam pattern; transmitting, by the SCmB, the mWTRU specific AARS in the narrow beam pattern; transmitting, by the SCmB, a BMR on the common PDDCCH; receiving, by the SCmB, uplink beam measurement reporting per the BMR uplink grant information; processing, by the SCmB, beam measurement quality metrics; determining, by the SCmB, narrow beam pairing scheduling; transmitting, by the SCmB, the narrow beam pair scheduling information on the common PDDCCH; determining, by the SCmB, the schedule narrow or multi-love broad downlink antenna pattern; and transmit
- the fixed narrow antenna pattern preamble transmission procedure comprises: receiving, by the mWTRU, a downlink beam measurement reference signal (BMRS) transmission configuration and random access channel (RACH) configuration in a system information broadcast (SIB) on a common PDDDCH; sweeping, by the mWTRU, at least one narrow receive antenna patterns in accordance with a time and frequency resource schedule of the SIB; measuring, by the mWTRU, the BMRS according the BMRS sequence; and transmitting, by the mWTRU, a preamble.
- BMRS downlink beam measurement reference signal
- RACH random access channel
- the fixed narrow antenna pattern preamble transmission procedure further comprises: receiving, by the mWTRU, a preamble acknowledgment within a receive antenna pattern identical to the preamble transmit antenna pattern.
- the fixed narrow antenna pattern preamble transmission procedure further comprises: on a condition that no preamble acknowledgement is received, by the mWTRU, retransmitting, by the mWTRU, a next nth subsequent preambles within a transmit antenna pattern.
- the fixed narrow antenna pattern preamble transmission procedure further comprises: stopping, by the mWTRU, the preamble retransmission on a condition that the number of preamble retransmission exceed a certain threshold.
- the fixed narrow antenna pattern preamble transmission procedure further comprises: decoding, by the mWTRU, the dedicated PDDCCH within the formed beam pair; acquiring, by the mWTRU, the per-TTI PDDDCH scheduling information; and receiving, by the mWTRU, the PDDDCH.
- the preamble transmission procedure performed by the mWTRU, with a variable transmit antenna pattern comprises: receiving, by the mWTRU, a downlink RACH configuration SIB on the common PDDDCH; sweeping, by the mWTRU, at least one narrow receive antenna pattern; measuring, by the mWTRU, cell-specific reference signals; and transmitting a preamble.
- the event- triggered beam switching procedure performed by the mWTRU comprises: sending a beam switch request, by the mWTRU, using an uplink grant scheduled for data transmission feedback; decoding, by the mWTRU, the updated beam pair scheduling information on the common PDDCCH; forming, by the mWTRU, the scheduled narrow or multi-lobe broad receive antenna pattern; decoding the dedicated PDDCCH within the formed beam pair to acquire the per-TTI PDDDCH scheduling information; and receiving, by the mWTRU, the PDDDCH.
- the beam paring procedure performed by the mWTRU comprises: receiving, by the mWTRU, a BMR on a common control channel, wherein the common control channel is the PDDCCH.
- the BMR comprises at least one of a AARS sequence, a time and frequency resource allocation, an uplink grant for BMR feedback, a reporting quality metric threshold, a number of quality metrics to report, a new or updated BMR indicator, and/or a BMR trigger.
- the beam paring procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: measuring, by the mWTRU, a scheduled AARSs per BMR time and a frequency resource schedule according to the AARS sequence; and reporting, by the mWTRU, an obtained beam-pair- specific quality metric and reporting threshold, wherein the uplink grant scheduled in the BMR is utilized for the reporting.
- the beam paring procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: decoding, by the mWTRU, the beam pair schedule information on the common PDDCCH; forming, by the mWTRU, a scheduled narrow or multi- lobe broad receive antenna pattern; and decoding, by the mWTRU, the dedicated PDDCCH within the formed beam pair to acquire the per-TTI PDDDCH scheduling information; and receiving the PDDDCH accordingly.
- the narrow- beam preamble transmission procedure performed by the mWTRU comprises: receiving a downlink BMRS transmission configuration and RACH configuration in SIB on the common PDDDCH.
- the BMRS transmission configuration comprises: a BMRS sequence, a time and frequency resource allocation, a reporting quality metric threshold, and a number of quality metrics to report.
- the narrow-beam preamble transmission procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: sweeping, by the mWTRU, one or more narrow receive antenna patterns per the SIB BMRS time and frequency resource schedule and measuring the BMRS according to the BMRS sequence.
- the narrow-band preamble transmission procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: receiving, by the mWTRU, a preamble acknowledgement within a receive antenna pattern identical to the preamble transmit antenna pattern according to the RACH acknowledgement configuration.
- the narrow-band preamble transmission procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: retransmitting, by the mWTRU, nth subsequent preambles, on a condition that no acknowledgement is received by the mWTRU.
- the narrow-band preamble transmission procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: re-transmitting, by the mWTRU, all subsequent preambles using a same preamble configuration within the same transmit antenna pattern as a first preamble with an increased power according to RACH power step configuration.
- the narrow-band preamble transmission procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: stopping, by the mWTRU, the number of preamble transmission that exceed a limit specified in RACH configuration.
- the event triggering configuration comprises: the measured BSRS/BMRS/DMRS is determined to be below a pre-defined threshold over a pre-defined number of measurements .
- the beam switching procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: transmitting, by the mWTRU, a beam switching request using an uplink grant scheduled for data transmission feedback, wherein the beam switching request includes a recommended new beam pair index and a type of triggered event.
- the beam switching procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: decoding, by the mWTRU, updated beam pair scheduling information on the common PDDCCH, forming, by the mWTRU, the scheduled narrow or multi-lobe broad receive antenna pattern; decoding, by the mWTRU, the dedicated PDDCCH within the formed beam pair to acquire per- TTI PDDDCH scheduling information; and receiving, by the mWTRU the PDDDCH.
- the beam switching procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: receiving, by the mWTRU, a beam update request on the common PDDCCH, wherein the beam update requests comprises an AARS of beam pair switch candidates, a data interruption period, and an uplink grant.
- the beam switching procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: measuring, by the mWTRU, the scheduled candidate beam pairs during the data interruption period.
- the beam switching procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: receiving, by an mWTRU, a new beam pair scheduling on the common PDDCCH.
- an SCmB may use one or more transmissions from an mWTRU to determine a best receive beam for UL communication with the mWTRU.
- an RA attempt may include attempts with the multiple resource sets and may be considered successful if an RAR is successfully received for at least one transmission.
- an RA or PRACH resource includes a transmission sequence which includes a preamble and a resource in time or frequency.
- an RA resource set includes a set of one or more PRACH resources and one or more associated PRACH parameters.
- an RA resource set includes a set of one or more PRACH resources.
- transmission or RA procedure parameters which are associated with an RA resource set includes one or more of the following: a PRACH maximum power, a PRACH minimum transmit beamforming gain, a PRACH maximum transmit bandwidth, an SCmB antenna gain offset, an initial PRACH receive target power, a power offset between PRACH, an uplink control and/or data channel, or a TDD configuration indication.
- transmission and/or RA procedure parameters which are associated with an RA resource set includes one or more of the following: a PRACH power ramping factor, a RA response window start, a RA response window size, a maximum number of preamble transmissions, or a maximum retransmission interval.
- an RA response window start is a number of time units measured in frames, subframes, TTIs, or symbols, between the end of a transmitted preamble and the start of a corresponding RA response window.
- mapping between an SCmB downlink transmit beam and an uplink receive beam may provide a transmission reciprocity between an SCmB DL angle of departure (AoD) and an UL SCmB angle of arrival (AoA) at the SCmB.
- AoD SCmB DL angle of departure
- AoA UL SCmB angle of arrival
- an mWTRU selects a RA resource set and an associated mWTRU UL transmit beam based on an SCmB downlink control beam.
- one criterion for selecting an SCmB includes one or more metrics chosen from: signal to noise ratio (SNR), signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio (SINR), reference signal receive quality (RSRQ), reference signal receive power (RSRP), channel quality indicator (CQI).
- SNR signal to noise ratio
- SINR signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio
- RSRQ reference signal receive quality
- RSRP reference signal receive power
- CQI channel quality indicator
- measurement parameters include any one or more of the following: a measurement object, a measurement occasion, a measurement gap, a measurement frequency allocation, a measurement type, a measurement threshold, measurement transmit power, or another measurement parameter specific to a type of measurement.
- an mWTRU decides the value of one or more parameters of the selected RA set to use for a PRACH transmission, wherein the parameters include a preamble sequence index, a PRACH format, a frequency resource allocation and a transmission time.
- an mWTRU determines an initial PRACH transmission opportunity based on one or more of a system frame number (SFN), sub-frame, TTI and symbol configuration of a selected RA set, using certain rules.
- SFN system frame number
- an mWTRU receives a random access response (RAR) in an RA response window specified in a selected RA resource set.
- RAR random access response
- an mmW-MAC PDU comprises a mmW-MAC header and zero or more mmW-MAC RARs.
- SC small cell
- mmW millimeter wave
- WTRU wireless transmit/receive unit
- SC small cell
- mmW millimeter wave
- eNB evolved node B
- a network element configured to perform a method as in any one of embodiments 1-4, 17, 18, 38, 39, 45, 47, 49- 50, and 88-139.
- a base station configured to perform a method as in any one of embodiments 1-4, 17, 18, 38, 39, 45, 47, 49- 50, and 88-139.
- a wireless transmit/receive unit configured to perform a method as in any one of embodiments 5-16, 19-37, 40-44, 46, 48, 51, 52-87, and
- a wireless transmit/receive unit comprising: [0512] a receiver for receiving a media access control (MAC) protocol data unit (PDU), wherein the MAC PDU comprises a mmW-MAC header, zero or more milimeter wave (mmW)-MAC Random Access Responses (mMAC RARs) and optionally padding, wherein the mmW-MAC header comprises a backoff indicator subheader and a plurality of random access beamforming index (RABFI) / random access preamble identifier (RAPID) subheaders.
- MAC media access control
- mMAC RARs milimeter wave
- RAPID random access preamble identifier
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Methods, devices and systems are provided for performing a random access (RA) procedure. A wireless transmit/receive unit may be configured to receive a plurality of RA resource sets, where each of the plurality of RA resource sets is associated with a node-B directional beam, select multiple RA resource sets from among the plurality of RA resource sets based on the node-B directional beams, and initiate an RA procedure based on the selected multiple RA resource sets. The RA procedure may include selecting multiple preambles, each corresponding to one of the selected multiple RA resource sets. The WTRU may be configured to sequentially transmit the selected multiple preambles in sequential RA transmissions, and may be configured to receive, from a node-B, in response to the RA transmissions, at least one RA response (RAR), where each of the received at least one RAR corresponds to one of the transmitted multiple preambles.
Description
INITIAL ACCESS IN HIGH FREQUENCY WIRELESS SYSTEMS
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. provisional application
No. 62/084,938, filed November 26, 2014, and U.S. provisional application No. 62/218,376, filed September 14, 2015, the content of which are hereby incorporated by reference herein.
BACKGROUND
[0002] In order to meet the high data rate required for the next generation of cellular communication systems, above-6 GHz frequencies, e.g., at centimeter wave (cmW) and millimeter wave (mmW) frequencies, have been explored. The large bandwidth available at these frequencies may provide enormous capacity improvements for user- specific data transmissions. One challenge of using these above-6 GHz frequencies may be characteristics related to their propagation which may be unfavorable for wireless communication, especially in an outdoor environment. For example, higher frequency transmissions may experience higher free space path loss. Rainfall and atmospheric gasses, e.g., oxygen, may add further attenuation and foliage may cause attenuation and depolarization. The narrow beam pattern which may be used to counter these losses may pose challenges for an evolved node B (eNB), for example, in delivering cell- specific or broadcast information. As a result, initial mmW access link system design may focus on specific cellular system procedures that enable add-on mmW data transmissions, for example, at least downlink transmissions to an existing network such as a small cell Long-Term Evolution (LTE) network.
SUMMARY
[0003] Methods and systems for enabling multi-angle of arrival (AoA) receptions for an incoming transmission at multiple angular directions to mitigate against radio link interruptions are described. One or more random access (RA) resource sets may be provided by a small cell millimeter wave (mmW) evolved node B (eNB) (SCmB) via signaling. An RA resource set may
be selected based on an SCmB downlink (DL) measurement or a DL transmit beam by an mWTRU. Methods and systems are further provided for an mWTRU to perform an RA procedure using a selected RA resource set. An mWTRU may select or use multiple RA resource sets, wherein each RA resource set in the multiple RA resource sets is associated with an SCmB UL receive beam.
[0004] For example, a transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may include a receiver configured to receive a plurality of random access (RA) resource sets, where each of the plurality of RA resource sets is associated with a node-B directional beam of a plurality of node-B directional beams. The WTRU may include at least one processor configured to select multiple RA resource sets from among the plurality of RA resource sets based on the plurality of node-B directional beams, and the at least one processor may be configured to initiate an RA procedure based on the selected multiple RA resource sets, where the RA procedure includes selecting multiple preambles, and where each of the selected multiple preambles corresponds to one of the selected multiple RA resource sets. The WTRU may include a transmitter configured to
sequentially transmit the selected multiple preambles to a node-B in
sequential RA transmissions. In addition, the receiver and the processor may be further configured to receive, from the node-B, in response to the sequential RA transmissions, at least one random access response (RAR), where each of the received at least one RAR corresponds to one of the transmitted multiple preambles.
[0005] According to another example, a method for use by a wireless transmit/receive unit may include receiving, by the WTRU, a plurality of random access (RA) resource sets, where each of the plurality of RA resource sets is associated with a node-B directional beam of a plurality of node-B directional beams; selecting, by the WTRU, multiple RA resource sets from among the plurality of RA resource sets based on the plurality of node-B directional beams; initiating, by the WTRU, an RA procedure based on the selected multiple RA resource sets, where the RA procedure includes selecting multiple preambles, and where each of the selected multiple preambles
corresponds to one of the selected multiple RA resource sets; transmitting, by the WTRU, the selected multiple preambles to a node-B in sequential RA transmissions; and receiving, by the mWTRU, from the node-B in response to the sequential RA transmissions, at least one random access response (RAR), where each of the received at least one RAR corresponds to one of the transmitted multiple preambles.
[0006] According to another example, an mWTRU may include a receiver configured to receive a plurality of random access (RA) resource sets, where each of the plurality of RA resource sets is associated with a node-B directional beam. The WTRU may include at least one processor configured to select a first RA resource set and a second RA resource set from among the plurality of RA resource sets, and initialize a first RA procedure based on the selected first RA resource set and a second RA procedure based on the selected second RA resource set, where the first and the second RA procedures are performed substantially at the same time. The mWTRU may include a transmitter configured to transmit a first RA transmission according to the first RA procedure and transmit a second RA transmission according to the second RA procedure, where the first and the second RA transmissions are transmitted substantially at the same time. The receiver may be further configured to receive, from the node-B, in response to at least one of the first and the second RA transmissions, at least one random access response (RAR) which corresponds to at least one of the first and the second selected RA resource sets.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0007] A more detailed understanding may be had from the following description, given by way of example in conjunction with the accompanying drawings wherein:
[0008] FIG. 1A is a system diagram of an example communications system in which one or more disclosed embodiments may be implemented;
[0009] FIG. IB is a system diagram of an example wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) that may be used within the communications system illustrated in FIG. 1A;
[0010] FIG. 1C is a system diagram of an example radio access network and an example core network that may be used within the communications system illustrated in FIG. 1A;
[0011] FIG. 2 is a diagram of an example SCmB deployment;
[0012] FIG. 3 is a comparison of frequency and spatial filtering;
[0013] FIG. 4 is a diagram of an example OFDM frame structure;
[0014] FIG. 5 is a diagram of a mmW downlink logical, transport and physical channel mapping;
[0015] FIG. 6 is a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing a fully digitized beamforming approach;
[0016] FIG. 7 is a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing analogue beamforming with one phase antenna array and one RF chain;
[0017] FIG. 8 a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing analog beamforming with one PAA and two RF chains;
[0018] FIG. 9 is a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing analog beamforming with two PAAs and two RF chains;
[0019] FIG. 10 is a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing analogue beamforming with two PAAs and one RF chain;
[0020] FIG. 11A is an example illustration of a 2D narrow beam pattern;
[0021] FIG. 11B is an example illustration of a 3D narrow beam pattern;
[0022] FIG. 12 is an example illustration of a 3D broadside broad beam pattern;
[0023] FIG. 13 is a diagram of an example mmW SCmB downlink broad- beam and narrow-beam configuration;
[0024] FIG. 14 is a diagram of a narrow beam pairing procedure;
[0025] FIG. 15 is a diagram of an mWTRU receive antenna pattern sweep for spatial path detection;
[0026] FIG. 16 is a call flow for a mmW beam pairing messaging procedure;
[0027] FIG. 17 is a diagram of an mWTRU multi-AoA reception using a single multi-lobe beam;
[0028] FIG. 18A is a 2D diagram of a single multi-lobe beam pattern;
[0029] FIG. 18B is a 3D diagram of a single multi-lobe beam pattern;
[0030] FIGS. 19A-B are diagrams of an example beam switching procedure;
[0031] FIG. 20 is a diagram of an mWTRU multi-AOA reception using a single narrow beam for a new transmission in transmitting time interval (TTI) N; and
[0032] FIG. 21 is a diagram of an mWTRU multi-AoA reception using a single narrow beam for retransmission in TTI N+X.
[0033] FIG. 22 is a diagram of an example RA acquisition and selection procedure;
[0034] FIG. 23 is a diagram of an example RA acquisition, selection and confirmation procedure;
[0035] FIG. 24 is an example random access beamforming index
(RABFI) / random access preamble identifier (RAPID) mmW MAC subheader;
[0036] FIG. 25 is an example mmW MAC RAR;
[0037] FIG. 26 is an example mmW MAC PDU comprising of an example mmW MAC header and example mmW MAC RARs.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0038] FIG. 1A is a diagram of an example communications system 100 in which one or more disclosed embodiments may be implemented. The communications system 100 may be a multiple access system that provides content, such as voice, data, video, messaging, broadcast, etc., to multiple wireless users. The communications system 100 may enable multiple wireless users to access such content through the sharing of system resources, including wireless bandwidth. For example, the communications systems 100 may employ one or more channel access methods, such as code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), frequency
division multiple access (FDMA), orthogonal FDMA (OFDMA), single-carrier FDMA (SC-FDMA), and the like.
[0039] As shown in FIG. 1A, the communications system 100 may include wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) 102a, 102b, 102c, 102d, a radio access network (RAN) 104, a core network 106, a public switched telephone network (PSTN) 108, the Internet 110, and other networks 112, though it will be appreciated that the disclosed embodiments contemplate any number of WTRUs, base stations, networks, and/or network elements. Each of the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, 102d may be any type of device configured to operate and/or communicate in a wireless environment. By way of example, the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, 102d may be configured to transmit and/or receive wireless signals and may include user equipment (UE), a mobile station, a fixed or mobile subscriber unit, a pager, a cellular telephone, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a smartphone, a laptop, a netbook, a personal computer, a wireless sensor, consumer electronics, and the like.
[0040] The communications systems 100 may also include a base station
114a and a base station 114b. Each of the base stations 114a, 114b may be any type of device configured to wirelessly interface with at least one of the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, 102d to facilitate access to one or more communication networks, such as the core network 106, the Internet 110, and/or the other networks 112. By way of example, the base stations 114a, 114b may be a base transceiver station (BTS), a Node-B, an eNode B, a Home Node B, a Home eNode B, a site controller, an access point (AP), a wireless router, and the like. While the base stations 114a, 114b are each depicted as a single element, it will be appreciated that the base stations 114a, 114b may include any number of interconnected base stations and/or network elements.
[0041] The base station 114a may be part of the RAN 104, which may also include other base stations and/or network elements (not shown), such as a base station controller (BSC), a radio network controller (RNC), relay nodes, etc. The base station 114a and/or the base station 114b may be configured to transmit and/or receive wireless signals within a particular geographic region, which may be referred to as a cell (not shown). The cell may further be
divided into cell sectors. For example, the cell associated with the base station 114a may be divided into three sectors. Thus, in one embodiment, the base station 114a may include three transceivers, for example, one for each sector of the cell. In another embodiment, the base station 114a may employ multiple -input multiple -output (MIMO) technology and, therefore, may utilize multiple transceivers for each sector of the cell.
[0042] The base stations 114a, 114b may communicate with one or more of the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, 102d over an air interface 116, which may be any suitable wireless communication link (e.g., radio frequency (RF), microwave, infrared (IR), ultraviolet (UV), visible light, etc.). The air interface 116 may be established using any suitable radio access technology (RAT).
[0043] More specifically, as noted above, the communications system
100 may be a multiple access system and may employ one or more channel access schemes, such as CDMA, TDMA, FDMA, OFDMA, SC-FDMA, and the like. For example, the base station 114a in the RAN 104 and the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c may implement a radio technology such as Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA), which may establish the air interface 116 using wideband CDMA (WCDMA). WCDMA may include communication protocols such as High-Speed Packet Access (HSPA) and/or Evolved HSPA (HSPA+). HSPA may include High- Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA) and/or High-Speed Uplink Packet Access (HSUPA).
[0044] In another embodiment, the base station 114a and the WTRUs
102a, 102b, 102c may implement a radio technology such as Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA), which may establish the air interface 116 using Long Term Evolution (LTE) and/or LTE- Advanced (LTE-A).
[0045] In other embodiments, the base station 114a and the WTRUs
102a, 102b, 102c may implement radio technologies such as IEEE 802.16 (i.e., Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX)), CDMA2000, CDMA2000 IX, CDMA2000 EV-DO, Interim Standard 2000 (IS-2000), Interim Standard 95 (IS-95), Interim Standard 856 (IS-856), Global System for Mobile
communications (GSM), Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution (EDGE), GSM EDGE (GERAN), and the like.
[0046] The base station 114b in FIG. 1A may be a wireless router, Home
Node B, Home eNode B, or access point, for example, and may utilize any suitable RAT for facilitating wireless connectivity in a localized area, such as a place of business, a home, a vehicle, a campus, and the like. In one embodiment, the base station 114b and the WTRUs 102c, 102d may implement a radio technology such as IEEE 802.11 to establish a wireless local area network (WLAN). In another embodiment, the base station 114b and the WTRUs 102c, 102d may implement a radio technology such as IEEE 802.15 to establish a wireless personal area network (WPAN). In yet another embodiment, the base station 114b and the WTRUs 102c, 102d may utilize a cellular-based RAT (e.g., WCDMA, CDMA2000, GSM, LTE, LTE-A, etc.) to establish a picocell or femtocell. As shown in FIG. 1A, the base station 114b may have a direct connection to the Internet 110. Thus, the base station 114b may not be required to access the Internet 110 via the core network 106.
[0047] The RAN 104 may be in communication with the core network
106, which may be any type of network configured to provide voice, data, applications, and/or voice over internet protocol (VoIP) services to one or more of the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, 102d. For example, the core network 106 may provide call control, billing services, mobile location-based services, pre-paid calling, Internet connectivity, video distribution, etc., and/or perform high- level security functions, such as user authentication. Although not shown in FIG. 1A, it will be appreciated that the RAN 104 and/or the core network 106 may be in direct or indirect communication with other RANs that employ the same RAT as the RAN 104 or a different RAT. For example, in addition to being connected to the RAN 104, which may be utilizing an E-UTRA radio technology, the core network 106 may also be in communication with another RAN (not shown) employing a GSM radio technology.
[0048] The core network 106 may also serve as a gateway for the
WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, 102d to access the PSTN 108, the Internet 110, and/or other networks 112. The PSTN 108 may include circuit-switched
telephone networks that provide plain old telephone service (POTS). The Internet 110 may include a global system of interconnected computer networks and devices that use common communication protocols, such as the transmission control protocol (TCP), user datagram protocol (UDP) and the internet protocol (IP) in the TCP/IP internet protocol suite. The networks 112 may include wired or wireless communications networks owned and/or operated by other service providers. For example, the networks 112 may include another core network connected to one or more RANs, which may employ the same RAT as the RAN 104 or a different RAT.
[0049] Some or all of the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, 102d in the communications system 100 may include multi-mode capabilities, i.e., the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, 102d may include multiple transceivers for communicating with different wireless networks over different wireless links. For example, the WTRU 102c shown in FIG. 1A may be configured to communicate with the base station 114a, which may employ a cellular -based radio technology, and with the base station 114b, which may employ an IEEE 802 radio technology.
[0050] FIG. IB is a system diagram of an example WTRU 102. As shown in FIG. IB, the WTRU 102 may include a processor 118, a transceiver 120, a transmit/receive element 122, a speaker/microphone 124, a keypad 126, a display/touchpad 128, non-removable memory 130, removable memory 132, a power source 134, a global positioning system (GPS) chipset 136, and other peripherals 138. It will be appreciated that the WTRU 102 may include any sub- combination of the foregoing elements while remaining consistent with an embodiment.
[0051] The processor 118 may be a general purpose processor, a special purpose processor, a conventional processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), a plurality of microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in association with a DSP core, a controller, a microcontroller, Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGAs) circuits, any other type of integrated circuit (IC), a state machine, and the like. The processor 118 may perform signal coding, data processing, power control, input/output
processing, and/or any other functionality that enables the WTRU 102 to operate in a wireless environment. The processor 118 may be coupled to the transceiver 120, which may be coupled to the transmit/receive element 122. While FIG. IB depicts the processor 118 and the transceiver 120 as separate components, it will be appreciated that the processor 118 and the transceiver 120 may be integrated together in an electronic package or chip.
[0052] The transmit/receive element 122 may be configured to transmit signals to, or receive signals from, a base station (e.g., the base station 114a) over the air interface 116. For example, in one embodiment, the transmit/receive element 122 may be an antenna configured to transmit and/or receive RF signals. In another embodiment, the transmit/receive element 122 may be an emitter/detector configured to transmit and/or receive IR, UV, or visible light signals, for example. In yet another embodiment, the transmit/receive element 122 may be configured to transmit and receive both RF and light signals. It will be appreciated that the transmit/receive element 122 may be configured to transmit and/or receive any combination of wireless signals.
[0053] In addition, although the transmit/receive element 122 is depicted in FIG. IB as a single element, the WTRU 102 may include any number of transmit/receive elements 122. More specifically, the WTRU 102 may employ MIMO technology. Thus, in one embodiment, the WTRU 102 may include two or more transmit/receive elements 122 (e.g., multiple antennas) for transmitting and receiving wireless signals over the air interface 116.
[0054] The transceiver 120 may be configured to modulate the signals that are to be transmitted by the transmit/receive element 122 and to demodulate the signals that are received by the transmit/receive element 122. As noted above, the WTRU 102 may have multi-mode capabilities. Thus, the transceiver 120 may include multiple transceivers for enabling the WTRU 102 to communicate via multiple RATs, such as UTRA and IEEE 802.11, for example.
[0055] The processor 118 of the WTRU 102 may be coupled to, and may receive user input data from, the speaker/microphone 124, the keypad 126, and/or the display/touchpad 128 (e.g., a liquid crystal display (LCD) display unit or organic light- emitting diode (OLED) display unit). The processor 118 may also output user data to the speaker/microphone 124, the keypad 126, and/or the display/touchpad 128. In addition, the processor 118 may access information from, and store data in, any type of suitable memory, such as the non-removable memory 130 and/or the removable memory 132. The nonremovable memory 130 may include random-access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), a hard disk, or any other type of memory storage device. The removable memory 132 may include a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, a memory stick, a secure digital (SD) memory card, and the like. In other embodiments, the processor 118 may access information from, and store data in, memory that is not physically located on the WTRU 102, such as on a server or a home computer (not shown).
[0056] The processor 118 may receive power from the power source 134, and may be configured to distribute and/or control the power to the other components in the WTRU 102. The power source 134 may be any suitable device for powering the WTRU 102. For example, the power source 134 may include one or more dry cell batteries (e.g., nickel- cadmium (NiCd), nickel-zinc (NiZn), nickel metal hydride (NiMH), lithium-ion (Li-ion), etc.), solar cells, fuel cells, and the like.
[0057] The processor 118 may also be coupled to the GPS chipset 136, which may be configured to provide location information (e.g., longitude and latitude) regarding the current location of the WTRU 102. In addition to, or in lieu of, the information from the GPS chipset 136, the WTRU 102 may receive location information over the air interface 116 from a base station (e.g., base stations 114a, 114b) and/or determine its location based on the timing of the signals being received from two or more nearby base stations. It will be appreciated that the WTRU 102 may acquire location information by way of any suitable location- determination method while remaining consistent with an embodiment.
[0058] The processor 118 may further be coupled to other peripherals
138, which may include one or more software and/or hardware modules that provide additional features, functionality and/or wired or wireless connectivity. For example, the peripherals 138 may include an accelerometer, an e-compass, a satellite transceiver, a digital camera (for photographs or video), a universal serial bus (USB) port, a vibration device, a television transceiver, a hands free headset, a Bluetooth® module, a frequency modulated (FM) radio unit, a digital music player, a media player, a video game player module, an Internet browser, and the like.
[0059] FIG. 1C is a system diagram of the RAN 104 and the core network 106 according to an embodiment. As noted above, the RAN 104 may employ an E-UTRA radio technology to communicate with the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c over the air interface 116. The RAN 104 may also be in communication with the core network 106.
[0060] The RAN 104 may include eNode-Bs 140a, 140b, 140c, though it will be appreciated that the RAN 104 may include any number of eNode-Bs while remaining consistent with an embodiment. The eNode-Bs 140a, 140b, 140c may each include one or more transceivers for communicating with the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c over the air interface 116. In one embodiment, the eNode-Bs 140a, 140b, 140c may implement MIMO technology. Thus, the eNode-B 140a, for example, may use multiple antennas to transmit wireless signals to, and receive wireless signals from, the WTRU 102a.
[0061] Each of the eNode-Bs 140a, 140b, 140c may be associated with a particular cell (not shown) and may be configured to handle radio resource management decisions, handover decisions, scheduling of users in the uplink and/or downlink, and the like. As shown in FIG. 1C, the eNode-Bs 140a, 140b, 140c may communicate with one another over an X2 interface.
[0062] The core network 106 shown in FIG. 1C may include a mobility management entity gateway (MME) 142, a serving gateway 144, and a packet data network (PDN) gateway 146. While each of the foregoing elements are depicted as part of the core network 106, it will be appreciated that any one of
these elements may be owned and/or operated by an entity other than the core network operator.
[0063] The MME 142 may be connected to each of the eNode-Bs 140a,
140b, 140c in the RAN 104 via an Si interface and may serve as a control node. For example, the MME 142 may be responsible for authenticating users of the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, bearer activation/deactivation, selecting a particular serving gateway during an initial attach of the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, and the like. The MME 142 may also provide a control plane function for switching between the RAN 104 and other RANs (not shown) that employ other radio technologies, such as GSM or WCDMA.
[0064] The serving gateway 144 may be connected to each of the eNode
Bs 140a, 140b, 140c in the RAN 104 via the Si interface. The serving gateway 144 may generally route and forward user data packets to/from the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c. The serving gateway 144 may also perform other functions, such as anchoring user planes during inter-eNode B handovers, triggering paging when downlink data is available for the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, managing and storing contexts of the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c, and the like.
[0065] The serving gateway 144 may also be connected to the PDN gateway 146, which may provide the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c with access to packet- switched networks, such as the Internet 110, to facilitate communications between the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c and IP-enabled devices.
[0066] The core network 106 may facilitate communications with other networks. For example, the core network 106 may provide the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c with access to circuit- switched networks, such as the PSTN 108, to facilitate communications between the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c and traditional land-line communications devices. For example, the core network 106 may include, or may communicate with, an IP gateway (e.g., an IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) server) that serves as an interface between the core network 106 and the PSTN 108. In addition, the core network 106 may provide the WTRUs 102a, 102b, 102c with access to the networks 112, which
may include other wired or wireless networks that are owned and/or operated by other service providers.
[0067] Hereinafter, as used in the specification and the figures, the terms millimeter wave (mmW) wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU) (mWTRU), WTRU, user equipment (UE) and mmW UE (mUE) may be used interchangeably and denote a WTRU or UE that is capable of operation in a small cell millimeter wave (mmW) environment. The mWTRU may include at least one processor (e.g., processor 118 illustrated in FIG. IB) which may perform one or more of the processes and/or other functionalities disclosed herein that enables the mWTRU to operate in a wireless environment. Furthermore, the processor may be operatively coupled to at least one other processor, a receiver, a transmitter, a transceiver or any combination thereof to perform one or more of the processes and/or functionalities disclosed herein, and may perform those processes and/or functionalities in conjunction with or in cooperation with those mWTRU components (i.e., the at least one other processor, receiver, transmitter, transceiver or any combination thereof). A process, functionality, reception, transmission and the like performed by an mWTRU processor, or any of the aforementioned mWTRU components and combinations thereof, may generally be referred to as being performed by the mWTRU throughout out the disclosure without detracting from the concepts disclosed herein.
[0068] The small cell millimeter wave (mmW) evolved node B (eNB)
(SCmB) deployment may be based on the Third Generation Partnership Program (3GPP) Release 12 small cell deployment. The mmW operation may be performed by two network nodes, a small cell mmW eNB (SCmB), a mmW WTRU (mWTRU), and any combination thereof. The SCmB may include at least one processor which may perform one or more of the processes and/or other functionalities disclosed herein that enables the SCmB to operate in a wireless environment. Furthermore, the processor may be operatively coupled to at least one other processor, a receiver, a transmitter, a transceiver or any combination thereof to perform one or more of the processes and/or functionalities disclosed herein, and may perform those processes and/or
functionalities in conjunction with or in cooperation with those SCmB components (i.e., the at least one other processor, receiver, transmitter, transceiver or any combination thereof). A process, functionality, reception, transmission and the like performed by an SCmB processor, or any of the aforementioned SCmB components and combinations thereof, may generally be referred to as being performed by the SCmB throughout out the disclosure without detracting from the concepts disclosed herein.
[0069] The SCmB may generally be a Long Term Evolution (LTE) small cell eNB capable of operating an mmW air interface in parallel with an LTE air interface in the downlink channel. The SCmB may be equipped with advanced antenna configurations and beamforming techniques. The SCmB may simultaneously transmit LTE downlink channels in wide beam patterns and mmW channels in narrow beam patterns. In order to support mmW WTRUs without mmW uplink transmission, the SCmB may support new features and procedures in the LTE uplink channel.
[0070] The mmW WTRU may be a WTRU capable of operating an LTE and mmW air interface in parallel. The mWTRU may have two sets of antennas. The accompanied respective RF chains may operate in the LTE band and the mmW frequency band. There may also be two independent baseband processing functions. The two baseband processing functions may share certain hardware (HW) blocks if the mmW air interface bears similarity with the LTE system.
[0071] Add-on mmW channels may be an extension of the LTE carrier aggregation scheme with a new carrier type in the mmW frequency band that may apply a different air interface. More importantly, the mmW channels may lend themselves to opportunistic use for high-throughput and/or low- latency traffic data applications.
[0072] Control signaling including system information updates, paging, radio resource control (RRC) and non-access stratus (NAS) signaling (for example, signaling radio bearers) and multicast traffic may be carried in LTE channels. In addition, certain mmW Layer 1 (LI) control signaling may be carried in the LTE channels.
[0073] Due to the high propagation loss, especially in non-line-of-sight
(NLOS) at the mmW frequency band, one or both of a SCmB and an mWTRU may employ narrow beamforming, for example, to ensure sufficient link budget for high-throughput and low-latency data transmissions.
[0074] Transmit and receive narrow beam paring may be used in certain scenarios. For example, at 28 GHz and 38 GHz in urban areas using a steerable 10°-beamwidth and 24.5-dBi horn antenna at both the transmitter and receiver, a consistent coverage with a cell-radius of up to 200 meters may be demonstrated.
[0075] It will be appreciated that certain processes are described herein and that the exemplary steps to carry out those processes may be described in an exemplary order. It will be further appreciated that is some instances the exemplary steps and ordering of steps are not intended to be limiting. In particular, it will be appreciated that in some processes, certain steps may be rearranged in procedural order, some steps may be omitted, and some steps may be arranged or combined with other processes without departing from the concepts disclosed herein.
[0076] FIG. 2 is a diagram of an example SCmB deployment. In addition to using narrow beams by the SCmB and the mWTRUs in downlink transmissions and receptions, the SCmB and the mWTRUs, may also apply broad beam patterns for the traditional LTE operations, which may include cell search, random access, and cell selection/reselection, and the like. FIG. 2 shows narrow mmW DL transmit (Tx) beams transmitted by the SCmB and mmW DL receive (Rx) beams formed by the mWTRUs. A beam may be considered narrow when the beam has a half-power -bandwidth substantially equal to or below 10 degrees in certain applications and substantially equal to or below 15 degrees in other applications. However, it will be appreciated that a narrow beam is not limited thereto, and a narrow beam may have a half- power-bandwidth greater than 15 degrees in some applications. FIG. 2 also shows a broad LTE DL sector- wide beam transmitted by the SCmB and LTE DL Rx beams formed by the mWTRUs.
[0077] A transmit or receive beam, either in the downlink or uplink direction, that are used for directional signal transmission or reception may be referred to as directional beams, narrow beams or narrow directional beams. The directional beams may be formed, for example, by different beam forming techniques at a transmitting or receiving end (e.g., at a WTRU or node-B).
[0078] For example, a directional transmit or receive beam is formed by a WTRU applying specific weight to each antenna elements of the antenna solution, be it a digital antenna array implementation as shown in FIG. 6, in which the weight is comprised of both amplitude and phase, or an analogue phase antenna array implementation as shown in FIG. 7, which comprises a phase-only weight. The weights are selected by an algorithm or function within the WTRU to form an antenna pattern, i.e., a transmit beam or a receive beam, with the main lobe of the beam (the maximum gain of the antenna pattern) pointed to a direction in both azimuth and elevation plan (3D direction) that is intended by the algorithm and function. A receive beam sweep is performed by applying a set of weights, sequentially, one at a time, and each time the applied weight is changed an antenna pattern is generated whose main lobe will be placed at a new direction. The covered direction of each beam over time will constitute a sweep coverage which can be the sum of the antenna pattern coverage. For example, consider if an antenna array is configured to form a 15-degree receive beam in azimuth plane and to provide a 90 degree coverage. In such a case, there will be six weights and each weight will move the main lobe of the beam by 15 degrees. If each antenna pattern is maintained for one TTI, this beam sweep of 90 degree coverage will take 6 TTIs. In contrast, an omnidirectional antenna is a class of antenna which radiates radio wave power uniformly in all directions in one plane, with the radiated power decreasing with elevation angle above or below the plane, dropping to zero on the antenna's axis.
[0079] The mWTRU receive beam forming may be regarded as a narrow spatial filtering as shown in FIG. 3. FIG. 3 illustrates a comparison of frequency and spatial filtering. FIG. 3 demonstrates the effect of a spatial or angular filtering (bottom), compared with frequency domain filtering (top).
[0080] Similar to frequency filtering to remove unwanted frequency components, spatial filtering may allow an mWTRU to detect a channel impulse response at a distinct angular direction captured by the narrow receive beam. This may result in a flat effective channel by excluding angular incoming paths outside of its beamwidth. A Release 12 LTE WTRU may be assumed to have an omni- directional receive beam pattern and consequently may perceive a superimposed channel impulse response over the entire angular domain. Therefore, an aligned mmW transmit beam and mmW receive beam pair (i.e., mmW or narrow transmit and receive beam pair) may provide an additional degree of freedom in the angular domain compared with the current LTE system. Accordingly, the mmW downlink system design for the SCmB deployment is focused on integrating the directivity of a narrow transmit and receive beam pair into cellular system procedures including LI control signaling, mmW data scheduling, narrow beam paring, beam measurement, mmW LI control information feedback, and the like.
[0081] mmW system parameters and assumptions will now be described. It should be noted that many design parameters may be changed. These parameters and assumptions are not intended to be limiting but serve to illustrate possible sets of parameters of an example mmW system.
[0082] The carrier frequency may be 28 GHz, and may be intended for a system numerology in an example. Alternatively, the design may be extended to other mmW frequencies such as 38 GHz, 60 GHz, 72 GHz, and the like. The system bandwidth may be variable up to 1 GHz with aggregation to higher bandwidths. The estimated root mean square (RMS) delay spread may be 100-200 ns with a narrow beam pattern. The latency may be 1 ms. The waveform may be an orthogonal frequency division multiplex (OFDM)-based waveform or a broad-band-single-carrier-based waveform. The connectivity may be LTE small cell eNB with mmW add-on channels with two separate antennas and RF chains connected to two different antennas. The minimum downlink data rate may be 30 Mbit/s for at least 95% of the mWTRUs. Mobility may be an optimized data connection at 3 km/h and may maintain a
connection at 30 km/h. The coverage may meet the data rate and mobility requirements with less than a 100-m cell radius.
[0083] Waveform selection will now be described. Waveforms for the mmW air interface may include broad-band Cyclic Prefixed Single Carrier (CP-SC), OFDM, single carrier (SC)-OFDM, multi-carrier (MC)-code division multiple access (CDMA), generalized OFDM, FBMC, and others may be used for the air interface of a system such as an above-6 GHz system (e.g., cmW or mmW). A frame structure for the system may depend on the applied waveform. A transmission time interval (TTI) length such as ΙΟΟμβ may be used, for example, to achieve low latency. A system bandwidth such as one in the range of 50MHz to 2GHz may be used, for example, to achieve high data rates.
[0084] The OFDM frame structure will now be described. A mmW frame structure of an OFDM-based waveform may offer flexibility, coordinating between the LTE and mmW channels, and may enable common functional block sharing in an mWTRU.
[0085] A mmW sampling frequency may be selected as an integer multiple of the LTE minimum sampling frequency of 1.92 MHz, which may lead to an mmW OFDM sub-carrier spacing Af being an integer multiple of the LTE sub-carrier spacing of 15 kHz, i.e. Af = 15*K kHz. The selection of the integer multiple K and the resulting Af may take account for the sensitivity to the doppler shift, different types of frequency errors and the ability to remove channel time dispersion. The orthogonality between sub-carriers may deteriorate, and inter-sub-carrier interference (ISI) may increase when the doppler shift increases in proportion to the sub-carrier spacing. For example, the maximum doppler shift at 30 km/h and 28 GHz is 778 Hz. The latest 28- GHz channel time dispersion measurement in a dense urban area, e.g., Poly NYU, indicates that the RMS delay spread o is between 100ns and 200ns up to a 200-m cell radius. The 90% coherence bandwidth may be estimated at 1/50σ of 100 kHz and the 50% coherence bandwidth at l/5o of 1 MHz.
[0086] A sub-carrier spacing Af between 100 kHz and 1 MHz may thus be reasonable. A sub-carrier spacing of 300 kHz (K=20) may be robust against
the doppler shift and other types of frequency errors, and may considerably reduce the implementation complexity. The corresponding symbol length (1/
[0087] A cyclic prefix (CP) length may normally be required to span over the entire length of the channel time dispersion in order to eliminate inter- symbol-interference. On the other hand, as a CP does not carry useful data, a long CP may cause excessive system overhead. One example of CP length for a symboi of 3.33 μβ may be selected at 1/14 of Tsymboi, 0.24 μβ and the corresponding CP overhead may be 7% as calculated by TCP / (TCP + Tsymboi).
[0088] In order to achieve low latency, the transmission time interval
(TTI) length of the mmW transmission may be reduced significantly compared to the 1-ms TTI length of the LTE system. It may be beneficial to have an mmW sub-frame length of 1 ms to align with the LTE 1-ms sub-frame timing. The mmW sub-frame may contain multiple mmW TTIs whose length is tied to other parameters such as sub-carrier spacing, symbol length, CP length, FFT size, and the like.
[0089] An example with a conservative CP length (e.g., 4x channel delay spread) is shown below in TABLE 1, which is outlines, in one example, mmW downlink OFDM numerology. It should be noted the CP length selection may be based on the assumption that the delay spread over all potential mmW frequency bands is lower than 200 ns.
TABLE 1: mmW DOWNLINK OFDM NUMEROLOGY
[0090] FIG. 4 depicts an example OFDM-based frame structure. In the example, the system bandwidth is lGHz and a sub-carrier spacing of 300 kHz with a corresponding symbol length of 3.33 μβ is used. An example cyclic prefix (CP) length of 1/4 of Tsymboi which equals 0.833 μβ is used. According to FIG. 4, each frame may include one or more sub-frames, each sub-frame may include one or more time slots, and each time slot may include one or more symbols with CPs disposed therebetween. It should be noted that the following frame structure discussion and examples assume an OFDM-based mmW waveform, which may be readily incorporated into the OFDM-based LTE
small cell network. However, this is not intended to be limiting and is for explanation purposes only. For example, the system procedure designs proposed in the subsequent sections are not bound by this specific frame structure and may be applied to other waveform candidates.
[0091] mmW physical channels will now be described. The SCmB deployment may employ new mmW physical layer channels and reference signals as described below in addition to the existing LTE physical channels.
[0092] A beam- specific reference signal (BSRS) is a unique sequence transmitted per transmit beam that may be used for beam acquisition, timing/frequency synchronization, channel estimation for the physical downlink directional control channel (PDDCCH), beam tracking and measurement, and the like. It may implicitly carry beam identity information including a BSRS sequence index. It should be noted that there may be different types of BSRSs. The BSRS resource allocation may be pre-defined.
[0093] An adaptive antenna reference signal (AARS) is a unique sequence scheduled and transmitted dynamically for beam pair measurement specific for one antenna port. The beam identity information may be embedded in the sequence index of the AARS implicitly or carried in a small payload in the AARS.
[0094] The PDDCCH may carry all data related control information for an mWTRU to identify, demodulate and decode an associated physical downlink directional data channel (PDDDCH) correctly. The PDDCCH may be carried in an mmW narrow beam or broad beam, and may apply different multiple access mechanisms.
[0095] For example, there may be a common PDDCCH transmitted in the downlink mmW broad beam covering a sector or cell and a dedicated PDDCCH only transmitted in a narrow transmit/receive beam pair when mWTRU- specific data transmissions are on-going. The dedicated PDDCCH may carry scheduling information for an associated PDDDCH on a per-TTI basis and may not carry beam specific information. A common PDDCCH may include cell-specific information including sector/segment identity or beam identity. In addition, an mWTRU may read the common PDDCCH to
determine if it is scheduled for narrow beam pairing procedure in order to begin narrow beam data transmission subsequently.
[0096] A PDDDCH may carry payload information received in the form of a media access control (MAC) protocol data unit (PDU) from the mmW MAC layer. The complete resource allocation of this channel may be determined by the downlink scheduling information carried on the PDDCCH. The PDDDCH intended for an mWTRU may be transmitted in a narrow transmission beam and received in a properly paired narrow receive beam, i.e., a narrow beam pair. Due to this spatial isolation, PDDDCHs for different WTRUs in different beam pairs may reuse time, frequency or code resources. Multiple PDDDCHs may also operate in one beam pair using multiple access in the time, frequency or code domain. In addition, a common PDDDCH may be used to carry data in broad mmW antenna patterns associated with the common PDDCCH.
[0097] Demodulation reference signals (DMRS) are symbols embedded in the transmission for channel estimation for PDDDCH. They are placed in both the time and frequency domain according to pre-defined patterns to ensure correct interpolation and reconstruction of the channel.
[0098] All channels and reference signals in a narrow beam pair may be beamformed identically and may be considered to be transmitted via one physical antenna port. Given the directivity of the transmission of these channels, carrying broadcast or multicast information may not be an optimal application. The SCmB deployment with mmW downlink data transmission may adopt a channel mapping as illustrated in FIG. 5. FIG. 5 is a diagram of an mmW downlink logical, transport and physical channel mapping.
[0099] mWTRU beamforming will now be described. An mWTRU may use a phase antenna array to achieve the beamforming gain necessary to compensate for the high path loss at mmW frequencies, at which the short wavelength may allow a compact form factor of the device design. While an element spacing of 0.5λ is typically used in theoretical performance analysis, in practice, a larger spacing such as 0.7λ may be applied. The phase antenna may apply different beamforming algorithms.
[0100] FIG. 6 is a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing a fully digitized beamforming approach. A fully digitized beamforming approach may have a dedicated radio frequency (RF) chain 602 (e.g., 602a, 602b, 602c and 602d), including an RF processor 603 and an analog-to- digital converter (ADC) 604 for each antenna element 605. Each RF chain 602 is operatively coupled to a broadband (BB) processor 606. The signal 607 processed by each antenna element 605 may be controlled independently in phase and amplitude to optimize the channel capacity. The configuration, as shown in FIG. 6, has the same number of RF chains 602, RF processors 603 and ADCs 604 as that of antenna elements 605, although, this is not required. While offering very high performance, this mWTRU antenna configuration may impose a very high cost and complexity in implementation and cause high energy consumption in operation. Thus, fully digitized beamforming may not be initially adopted and may become feasible in the future with advanced technology.
[0101] FIG. 7 is a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing analogue beamforming with one phase antenna array (PAA) 701 and one RF chain 702. The RF chain may include an RF processor 703 and an ADC 704 coupled to a BB processor 706. Analogue beamforming, as shown in FIG. 7, may apply only one RF chain for a PAA. Each antenna element 705 configured to received signal 707 may be connected to a phase shifter 708 that may be used to set the weight W for beam forming and steering. Thus, the required number of RF chains may be significantly reduced. This may reduce the energy consumption as well.
[0102] It should be noted that in this case, only the phase of the signal at each antenna element is adjusted in beamforming. The phase shifting and combining may be implemented in different stages including RF (as shown in FIG. 7), broadband (BB) analogue, and local oscillator (LO). Each solution may be evaluated in terms of signal loss, phase error, power consumption, and the like.
[0103] The mWTRU analogue beamforming algorithms may include fixed codebook-based beamforming, continuous phase shifting beamforming, and the like. In fixed codebook-based beamforming, a grid of beams may
comprise of a set of fixed beams. Each beam may be formed by the mWTRU applying a beamforming weight vector v chosen from a pre-defined codebook v £ {v1, v2,v3 ... vN} where N denotes the number of fixed beams. Each vector may include pre-calibrated phase shifts for all phase shifters and, thus, may represent a unique analogue beam direction, i.e., "beam". The number of beams may depend on the half-power-beam-width (HPBW) of the beamforming and desired coverage.
[0104] Continuous phase shifting beamforming may be used to calculate the desired weight of each phase shifter based on the estimated short-term channel information and may be converted using a high resolution digital-to- analogue converter (DAC) in order to be applied to the phase shifter. It may provide continuous and adaptive beamforming to track the channel conditions. The algorithm may perform well in scenarios with increased multipath, high angular spread and low WTRU mobility.
[0105] An mWTRU may combine both the digitized and analogue beamforming by employing a hybrid approach including analogue beamforming performed over the phase array antenna elements each associated with a phase shifter and all connected to one RF chain and digital precoding applied on the baseband signal of each RF chain when there is more than one RF chain. Multiple -input multiple -output (MIMO) schemes may be implemented using digital precoding.
[0106] The basic system parameters of hybrid beamforming, for example, digitized and analogue beamforming are: number of data stream, NDATA, number of RF chains (TRX), NTRX; number of antenna ports, NAP; number of antenna elements, NAE; and the number of phase antenna arrays,
[0107] For NPAA < NAP < NTRX < NAE, one PAA may be comprised of multiple antenna elements, e.g., a PAA of size 4x4 has 16 antenna elements. An antenna port may be defined such that the channel over which a symbol on the antenna port is conveyed may be inferred from the channel over which another symbol on the same antenna port is conveyed. There may be one resource grid per antenna port. The LTE R12 antenna port configurations
may be used. Cell- specific reference signals may support a configuration of one, two, or four antenna ports and may be transmitted on antenna ports p = 0, p £ {0,1} and p £ {0,1,2,3}, respectively. Multicast-broadcast single- frequency network (MBSFN) reference signals may be transmitted on antenna port p = 4. WTRU-specific reference signals associated with physical downlink shard channel (PDSCH) may be transmitted on antenna port(s) p = 5, p = 7, p = 8, or one or several of p £ {7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14}. Demodulation reference signals associated with enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) may be transmitted on one or several of p £ {107,108,109,110}. Positioning reference signals may be transmitted on antenna port p = 6. CSI reference signals may support a configuration of one, two, four or eight antenna ports and may be transmitted on antenna ports p = 15, p £ {15,16}, p £ {15,16,17,18}, and p £ {15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22}, respectively. Each antenna port may carry beamformed reference signals uniquely associated with each respective antenna port. The reference signals may be used to identify the antenna port. When the number of TRX signals equal the number of antenna elements, for example, one RF chain per antenna element, the antenna configuration becomes the fully digitized solution as shown in FIG. 6. One PAA may be connected to one RF chain, as shown in FIG. 7, or multiple RF chains depending on the system requirement and configuration. For example, in FIG. 8, which is a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing analog beamforming with one PAA 801 and two RF chains 802a and 802b, one PAA of size 4x4 is connected to two RF chains and each RF chain has a set of 16 phase shifters. The PAA may form two narrow beam patterns within a +45° and -45° coverage in the azimuth plane. In this configuration, NPAA < NAP = NTRX < NAE.
[0108] FIG. 9 is a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing analog beamforming with two PAAs 901a and 901b and two RF chains 902a and 902b. In the example shown in FIG. 9, there are two PAAs and each PAA has a dedicated RF chain, for example, NPAA = NAP = NTRX < NAE . This configuration may allow spatial independence between the two simultaneous beams by placing the PAAs at different orientations e.g. in the azimuth plane.
An aligned PAA arrangement may provide an aggregated larger coverage compared to the configuration in FIG. 8. Both configurations with two RF chains may apply MIMO with two data streams.
[0109] For NAE > NPAA > NAP = NTRX, multiple PAAs 1001a and 1001b may be connected to a single RF chain 1002 by using a switch 1009 as depicted in FIG. 10. FIG. 10 is a diagram of an example mWTRU utilizing analogue beamforming with two PAAs 1001a, 1001b and one RF chain 1002. Each PAA 1001a, 1001b may form a narrow beam pattern covering from +45° to -45° in the azimuth plane. They may be oriented separately so a single-beam may also provide a good coverage by using a narrow beam at a different direction at different time instances.
[0110] For NDATA < NTRX < NAE, when NDATA = NTRX = 1, an mWTRU may have a single-beam configuration and may operate one beam at a time. The mWTRU beamforming may form the narrow beam pattern such as the one shown in FIGS. 11A and 11B for a 16x16 PAA at the strongest angular direction, e.g., a LOS path obtained from beam measurement. FIG. 11A is an example illustration of a 2D narrow beam pattern. FIG. 11B is an example illustration of a 3D narrow beam pattern.
[0111] The mWTRU may form a broad beam pattern, e.g., a wide main lobe such as the one shown in FIG. 12 to cover a range of continuous angular directions including both strong and weak ones in-between. FIG. 12 is an example illustration of a 3D broadside broad beam pattern. It should be noted that the antenna gain may be reduced considerably with a broad beam pattern and the link budget may worsen.
[0112] When NDATA = 1 < NTRX, for example when NTRX = 2, an mWTRU may have two simultaneous beam patterns and the beam patterns may be different and also may be used for different applications. For example, the mWTRU may place two narrow beam patterns at different angular incoming directions to receive one data stream. For example coherent beam combining may be used to utilize the spatial diversity and mitigate the blockage effect and/or weak line-of-sight (LOS) conditions. The mWTRU may form one narrow beam and one broad beam for different applications. For example, the narrow
beam may be used for data transmission and the broad beam for control signaling.
[0113] When 1 < NDATA = NTRX, e.g., the transmission may apply MIMO to increase the capacity, for example in high signal to noise ratio (SNR) channel conditions. The mWTRU may place two narrow beam patterns at different angular incoming directions to receive two data streams in parallel.
[0114] The SCmB beam forming schemes may also include fixed beam, adaptive beam forming, e.g., codebook-based and non-codebook-based, and classical beam forming, e.g., direction- of- arrival (DoA) estimation. Each scheme may require different procedures and may work well in certain scenarios. For example the DoA estimation may require smaller angular spread and an mWTRU may need to transmit an LTE uplink reference signal to ensure DoA accuracy. The fixed beam system may require beam cycling and switch procedures.
[0115] It should be noted that the mWTRU antenna configuration and beamforming discussed below are based on a single-beam mWTRU antenna configuration with analogue beamforming as illustrated in FIG. 7. This is not intended to be limiting, and is only intended to serve as an example for illustrative purposes.
[0116] Due to the high path loss at mmW frequencies, an mmW data transmission may apply both transmit and receive beamforming. The resulting narrow beam pair may be considered as spatial filtering and may limit the mWTRU to receiving only the incoming angular paths captured within the narrow beam pair. For a single-beam mWTRU, this may significantly increase the susceptibility to blocking caused by WTRU device orientation, moving objects in the surrounding environment or entering shadowing of a building, vegetation, street furniture, and the like.
[0117] Periodical downlink reference signal transmission has been applied to support network functions including cell discovery, channel state measurement and broadcast data transmission. The same static mechanism may result in excessive signaling overhead when using narrow antenna pattern sweeping in which in each sweep direction the transmission is
repeated. Moreover, the concentration of energy within a narrow antenna pattern may lead to energy waste when no users are located within the downlink antenna pattern coverage at each sweep direction. The efficiency of the traditional pre-defined downlink reference signal transmission may be sub- optimal due to the inherent nature of the narrow antenna pattern transmission.
[0118] In a system which may use beamforming in the DL and/or in the
UL, initial or other access may be performed using Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH) and/or a random access procedure. Mechanisms are described herein to enable PRACH transmission and/or performance of a random access procedure in a beamformed system, for example, to improve NLOS coverage in the UL and/or to enable the receiving node to select an UL beam (e.g., a preferred or best UL beam).
[0119] Terms used herein will now be described. A beam may be one of the lobes, e.g., main/side/grating lobes of a transmit radiation pattern and a receive gain pattern of an antenna array. A beam may also denote a spatial direction that may be represented with a set beamforming weights. A beam may be identified or associated with a reference signal, an antenna port, a beam identity (ID), a scrambling sequence number and may be transmitted and/or received at a specific time and/or frequency and/or code and/or spatial resources. A beam may be formed digitally, in an analogue manner or both (hybrid beamforming). The analogue beamforming may be based on fixed code-book or continuous phase shifting.
[0120] A data channel beam may be used to transmit data channel, data channel beam, PDSCH, mPDSCH, mmW PDSCH, mmW data channel, directional PDSCH, beamformed data channel, spatial data channel, data channel slice or high frequency data channel. A data channel beam may be identified or associated with a reference signal, an antenna port, a beam identity (ID), a scrambling sequence number and may be transmitted and/or received at a specific time and/or frequency and/or code and/or spatial resources.
[0121] A control channel beam may be used to transmit control channel, control channel beam, PDCCH, mPDCCH, mmW PDCCH, mmW control channel, directional PDCCH, beamformed control channel, spatial control channel, control channel slice or high frequency control channel. A control channel beam may be identified or associated with a reference signal, an antenna port, a beam identity (ID), a scrambling sequence number and may be transmitted and/or received at a specific time and/or frequency and/or code and/or spatial resources. Control channel beam duration may be a number of OFDM symbols in a TTI occupied by one control channel beam. Control region may be the number of OFDM symbols in a TTI occupied by all the control channel beams transmitted in the TTI.
[0122] A measurement beam may be used to transmit a signal or channel for beam measurement including beam reference signal, beam measurement reference signal, common reference signal (CRS), channel state information - reference signal (CSI-RS), channel state information - interference measurement (CSITM), etc. A measurement beam may be identified or associated with a reference signal, an antenna port, a beam identity (ID), a scrambling sequence number and may be transmitted and/or received at a specific time and/or frequency and/or code and/or spatial resources.
[0123] In some embodiments described herein, mB, SCmB, eNB, cell, small cell, Pcell, Scell may be used interchangeably. In some embodiments, operate may be used interchangeably with transmit and/or receive. In some embodiments, component carrier, mmW carrier may be used interchangeably with serving cell.
[0124] In some embodiments, UE may be substituted for eNB and/or vice versa and still be consistent with concepts disclosed herein. In some embodiments, UL may be substituted for DL and/or vice versa and still be consistent with concepts disclosed herein.
[0125] In some embodiments, a channel may refer to a frequency band which may have a center or carrier frequency and a bandwidth. Spectrum may include one or more channels which may or may not overlap. Channel,
frequency channel, wireless channel, and mmW channel may be used interchangeably. Accessing a channel may be the same as using the channel (e.g., transmitting and/or receiving on or using) .
[0126] In some embodiments, a channel may refer to an mmW channel or signal such as an uplink or downlink physical channel or signal. Downlink channels and signals may include one or more of mmW synchronization signal, mmW broadcast channel, mmW cell reference signal, mmW beam reference signal, mmW beam control channel, mmW beam data channel, mmW hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (ARQ or HARQ) indicator channel, mmW demodulation reference signal, Primary Sychronizatin Signal (PSS), Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS), DeModulation Reference Signal (DMRS), CRS, CSI-RS, Pysical Broadcast Channel (PBCH), Physical
Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH), Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel EPDCCH and
Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH). Uplink channels and signals may include one or more of mmW PRACH, mmW control channel, mmW data channel, mmW beam reference signal, mmW demodulation reference signal, PRACH, Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH), Sounding Reference Signal (SRS), DMRS and Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH). Channel and mmW channel may be used interchangeably. Channels and signals may be used interchangeably. PRACH and preamble may be used
interchangeably.
[0127] In some embodiments, data/control may mean data and/or control signals and/or channels. Control may include synchronization, and control data may include synchronization data. The data/control may be mmW data/control. Data/control and data/control channels and/or signals may be used interchangeably. Channels and signals may be used interchangeably. The terms control channel, control channel beam, PDCCH, mPDCCH, mmW PDCCH, mmW control channel, directional PDCCH, beamformed control channel, spatial control channel, control channel slice, high frequency control channel may be used interchangeably. The terms data channel, data channel beam, PDSCH, mPDSCH, mmW PDSCH, mmW data channel, directional
PDSCH, beamformed data channel, spatial data channel, data channel slice, high frequency data channel may be used interchangeably.
[0128] In some embodiments, channel resources may be resources (e.g.,
3GPP LTE or LTE-A resources) such as time and/or frequency and/or code and/or spatial resources which may, e.g., at least sometimes, carry one or more channels and/or signals. In some embodiments, channel resources may be used interchangeably with channels and/or signals.
[0129] The terms mmW beam reference signal, mmW reference resource for beam measurement, mmW measurement reference signal, mmW channel state measurement reference signal, mmW demodulation reference signal, mmW sounding reference signal, reference signal, CSI-RS, CRS, DM-RS, DRS, measurement reference signal, reference resource for measurement, CSI-IM, and measurement RS may be used interchangeably. The terms mmW cell, mmW small cell, SCell, secondary cell, license-assisted cell, unlicensed cell, and LAA cell may be used interchangeably. mmW cell, mmW small cell, PCell, primary cell, LTE cell, and licensed cell may be used interchangeably.
[0130] The terms interference and interference plus noise may be used interchangeably.
[0131] A UE may determine the UL and/or DL directions of one or more subframes according to one or more received and/or configured time division duplex (TDD) UL/DL configurations. UL/DL and UL-DL may be used interchangeably.
[0132] In some embodiments, transmit power, power, antenna array transmit power may be used interchangeably.
[0133] In some embodiments, cmW and mmW may be used
interchangeably.
[0134] A beam paring procedure in accordance with an embodiment will now be described. A SCmB may transmit a sector- wide mmW broad beam to provide coverage and multiple mmW narrow beams, for example, a grid of narrow beams for data transmission. Each narrow transmit beam may carry BSRS, for example, as described herein. BSRS may be used for one or more purposes such as downlink beam initial acquisition, for example, initial
acquisition, tracking, measurement, and the like. Each narrow transmit beam may carry AARS which may be used for beam pairing procedures. When a transmission narrow beam is scheduled to an mWTRU for data transmission, the beam may also carry BSRS, dedicated PDDCCH, PDDDCH and associated DMRS at the assigned resource allocation.
[0135] The beam pairing procedure may include one or more of beam forming, beam steering, beam switching, and the like. Beam pairing may involve transmission and/or reception antenna pattern control. The control may include manipulation based on angle of arrival (AoA) and/or angle of departure (AoD) in one or both azimuth and elevation planes. AoA may be used herein to represent AoA in the azimuth plane and/or elevation plane. AoA in the azimuth plane is referred to as azimuth/horizontal AoA. AoA in the elevation plane may be referred to as elevation/zenith AoA (EoA/ZoA). AoD may be used herein to cover AoD in the azimuth and/or elevation plane. AoD in the azimuth plane may be referred to as azimuth/horizontal AoD in the elevation plane, referred as elevation/zenith AoD (EoD/ZoD).
[0136] As noted above, the term "beam" may be one of the lobes, for example, as the main lobe of the radiation of an antenna array, for example, an antenna pattern. The beam width may be characterized using half power beamwidth (HPBW). The HPBW may be the angle between two directions on either side of a main lobe, in which the radiation intensity is one half of the maximum value of the radiation pattern. The beam width may depend on an antenna array's configuration in terms of number of elements, element spacing, element pattern, and the like. In general, an antenna array with a large number of antenna elements, e.g., a uniform rectangular array (URA) of 16x16 elements, may generate a narrower beamwidth compared to an antenna array with fewer antenna elements, e.g., an URA of 4x4 elements.
[0137] When an mWTRU camps on an SCmB, it may subsequently receive a system information broadcast (SIB) specific to the mmW downlink beam configuration parameters that may include but are not limited to the following: mmW sector identity, the number of downlink transmit narrow beams per sector, BSRS frequency allocation, BSRS sequence configuration,
BSRS periodicity, common PDDCCH transport format, common PDDCCH frequency allocation, common PDCCCH periodicity, and the like.
[0138] The above mentioned configuration parameters may provide an mWTRU with information, for example, some or all necessary information, to detect a reference signal, for example, BSRS, and/or receive a control channel, for example, a common PDDCCH in a mmW beam, for example, a mmW broad beam. Alternatively, the common PDDCCH configuration may be predetermined.
[0139] FIG. 13 is a diagram of an example mmW SCmB downlink broad- beam and narrow-beam configuration. In order for an mWTRU to detect, identify, and measure a downlink transmit measurement reference beam, each transmit narrow beam may carry a unique identity that may be implemented using: an AARS sequence index and a small data package. The AARS sequence index may be the identity (ID) of each transmit beam. It may be embedded in the reference sequence design, which may be determined by physical layer operation. For example, the AARS of all narrow transmit beams 1301 of the same sector, as shown in FIG. 13, may apply a sequence of good autocorrelation and cross-correlation properly, e.g., one Zadoff-Chu (ZC) base sequence with different cyclic shift, Walsh code, Golay sequence, and the like. A SCmB may broadcast in LTE SIB the ZC base sequence index of each sector. Based on the reported beam measurement, the SCmB may determine which mmW sector and which mmW transmit beams may be associated with the reporting mWTRU. The small data package may include the identity of each transmit beam. For example, a numeric beam ID and sector ID may be carried in a small payload or data package. The AARS may provide the required timing, frequency synchronization, and channel estimation, which may enable the demodulation and decoding of the payload information.
[0140] Beam pairing using AARS is disclosed herein. When an mWTRU has performed a random access channel (RACH) procedure and begins receiving the common control channel carried in the cell-wide broad mmW antenna pattern in a CONNECTED mode, it may perform a beam pairing procedure. FIG. 14 is a diagram of an example narrow beam pairing
procedures, including initial narrow beam pairing acquisition 1401, active narrow beam transmission start 1402, steady-state narrow beam measurement 1403, and beam-pair switch during data transmission 1404.
[0141] During initial narrow beam pairing acquisition 1401, the mWTRU may receive a beam measurement request in a common control channel along with L1FDBK scheduling 1401a, the mWTRU may measure Downlink Measurement Reference Beam and provide metric for beam pair index 1401b, and the WTRU may report beam measurement results in the scheduled uplink control channel 1401c.
[0142] During active narrow beam transmission start 1402, the mWTRU may receive narrow beam scheduling in a common control channel 1402a, the mWTRU may receive in a dedicated data channel in the scheduled beam pair 1402b, the mWTRU may receive per-TTI scheduling in the dedicated control channel 1402c, and the mWTRU may transmit regular L1FDBK (ACK/NACK, CSI of the used beam pair) 1402d.
[0143] During steady-state narrow beam measurement 1403, the mWTRU may receive data and narrow beam measurement gap scheduling 1403a, the mWTRU may receive data in a dedicated data channel in a Common Reference Beam 1403b, the mWTRU may receive per-TTI scheduling in the dedicated control channel 1403c, and the mWTRU may receive in the dedicated data channel in the scheduled beam pair 1403d, a scheduled gap period to measure Downlink Measurement Reference Beam may be realized 1403e, and mWTRU may update beam measurement results in an uplink control channel 1403f.
[0144] During a beam-pair switch during data transmission 1404, the mWTRU may receive new narrow beam scheduling in a common control channel 1404a, the mWTRU may receive in a dedicated data channel in the scheduled beam pair 1404b, the mWTRU may receive per-TTI scheduling in the dedicated control channel 1404c, and the mWTRU may transmit regular L1FDBK (ACK/NACK, CSI of the used beam pair) 1404d.
[0145] In an embodiment, the mWTRU may perform an on-demand beam measurement procedure. A measurement request and configuration
may be provided by an SCmB. The mWTRU may receive a beam measurement request (BMR) on the common control channel, for example, common PDDCCH from the SCmB. The BMR may include one or more parameters and/or sets of parameters which may include one or more of an adaptive antenna reference signal (AARS) sequence, time and frequency resource allocations, uplink grants for BMR feedback, reporting quality metric thresholds, number of quality metrics to report, a new or updated BMR indicator, a BMR trigger, and the like. The time and/or frequency resource allocation for the AARS may be considered as a time and/or frequency schedule for the AARS. The mWTRU may decode the common PDDCCH and receive a BMR from the SCmB using a WTRU-specific network identity such as a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI). The mWTRU may receive the resource allocation and transport format of the common PDDCCH in higher layer signaling such as in a SIB (or in SIBs) which may be broadcast by the SCmB. The mWTRU may sweep receive beams and/or perform measurements. The mWTRU may sweep one or more narrow receive antenna patterns per the BMR time and frequency resource schedule. The mWTRU may measure the scheduled AARS sequence, obtain the beam-pair- specific quality metric per the BMR quality metric to report, filter the quality metric per the BMR reporting quality metric threshold and report the processed measurement results to the SCmB using the uplink grant scheduled in the BMR. The mWTRU may decode the beam pair schedule information on the common PDDCCH. The mWTRU may form the scheduled narrow or multi- lobe broad receive antenna pattern. The mWTRU may decode the dedicated PDDCCH within the formed beam pair to acquire the per-TTI PDDDCH scheduling information. The mWTRU may receive the PDDDCH from the SCmB accordingly.
[0146] In another embodiment, the SCmB may perform an on-demand beam pairing procedure. A dynamically tailored AARS transmission may reduce the signaling overhead and also save the small cell eNB power consumption by sending a reference signal to mWTRU specifically for a beam pairing procedure. The SCmB may receive and measure AoA of an mWTRU's
uplink transmission in broad antenna pattern and. based on the measured results, the SCmB may estimate a coarse mWTRU- specific AoD. The SCmB may dynamically schedule and transmit an mWTRU- specific AARS in a narrow antenna pattern radiated toward the mWTRU. The SCmB may send a BMR on the common control channel (common PDDCCH) to the mWTRU and schedule the mWTRU to receive the transmitted AARS. The SCmB may monitor the BMR uplink grant resource allocation per the BMR and receive an uplink beam measurement reporting from the mWTRU per the BMR uplink grant information. The SCmB may process the beam measurement quality metrics with scheduling statistics, including but to limited to QoS and mWTRU- specific historical throughput and determine a narrow beam pair scheduling information in common PDDCCH. The SCmB may send the narrow or multi-lobe broad downlink antenna pattern to the mWTRU and transmit PDDDCH to the mWTRU.
[0147] An mWTRU may perform an automated periodical and/or triggered beam measurement procedure. The common PDDCCH may be decoded by the mWTRU and a BMR using a WTRU-specific network identity may be received, such as a cell-radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI). It should be noted that all information required to receive the common PDDCCH, including resource allocation and a transport format, may be pre- configured in LTE SIB. The BMR may include all information of the transmitted AARSs. An mWTRU may form one or more narrow receive antenna patterns and initiate receive sweeping per the sweeping pattern, periodicity and other configuration parameters according to the mWTRU capability and network configurations. The mWTRU may receive the network configurations on beam sweeping in higher layer signaling such as SIB (or SIBs) which may be broadcast. For example, the mWTRU depicted in FIG. 15 may sweep a receive beam over the entire coverage area. The mWTRU may sweep and cover the range of spatial angles, Ψ. The range may depend on the beamwidth, the orientation of the antenna array, the number of antenna elements of the PAA, and other additional factors. The spatial angle may be
represented by the azimuth angle and elevation angle. FIG. 15 is a diagram of an mWTRU receive antenna pattern sweep for spatial path detection.
[0148] The mWTRU may correlate AARSs over a pre-configured observation time at each sweeping position, for example, a receive beam direction. The mWTRU may use a control word to denote the receive beam direction. The mWTRU may convert the control word by a DAC to apply the phase shifters each connected to an antenna element. The beamwidth may be kept very narrow in order to provide higher resolution in detection of AoA paths and each control word may uniquely represent an AoA.
[0149] The mWTRU may compare the AARS correlation result with a pre-defined or scheduled threshold to determine a ranking of AARS. The mWTRU may apply another control word to the phase shifter using another receive beam direction and repeat the AARS correlation. The AARS may have a property that may be used for a unique identification. For example, an AARS sequence may use cyclic shift value as a specific transmit beam identity.
[0150] The AARS sequence may carry explicit transmit beam identity and other related information in a small data packet. The mWTRU may synchronize in timing and frequency with the detected AARS and may demodulate and decode the payload to obtain the transmit beam identity and other information.
[0151] The mWTRU may quantize the measured BSRS antenna reference signal strength and/or signal-to-noise ratio into a transmit beam quality metric according to a pre-defined look-up table. The mWTRU may link quantized measurement quality metric and a corresponding transmit beam identity to the applied beamforming control word.
[0152] The mWTRU may create a beam measurement record updated after each sweep, and store the beam measurement record in a memory of the mWTRU. The measurement record is shown in TABLE 2 below. According to the example in Table 2, the mWTRU may have detected two transmit beams, transmit beam 3 and transmit beam 9 at AoA Ψι and ¾½, which the mWTRU may calculate based on the beamforming control words, respectively. The
mWTRU may map each receive beamforming control word uniquely to a receive beam index, which may facilitate receive beam scheduling.
TABLE 2: EXAMPLE mWTRU INTERNAL BEAM MEASUREMENT RECORD
[0153] The mWTRU may report the detected transmit beam identity, associated receive beam index, and beam pair quality metric to the network. The report may be as shown in the example in Table 3.
TABLE 3: EXAMPLE BEAM MEASUREMENT REPORT
[0154] FIG. 16 is a call flow for a mmW beam pairing messaging procedure 1600a and a data transmission using a beam pair 1600b. For example, during beam pairing 1600a, the SCmB may estimate uplink AoA based on mmW or LTE uplink transmission and transmit narrow-beam AARSs at the corresponding AoD 1601, the SCmB may transmit a BMR in Common PDDCCH including AARS schedule information in a downlink mmW broad-beam transmission 1602, the mWTRU may sweep a receive beam, measure the scheduled AARS quality metric and record the beam pair measurement 1603, the mWTRU may transmit a beam measurement report using uplink grant given in the BMR using an uplink mmW/LTE broad-beam transmission 1604, the SCmB may evaluate multi-AoA reception suitability considering real-time system parameters including the transmit beam availability, QoS, reported transmit beam quality metric, data buffer status,
historically achieved capacity, etc. 1605, the SCmB may transmit beam pair scheduling in Common PDDCCH including steady-state measurement configuration using a downlink mmW broad-beam transmission 1606, and the mWTRU may form a receive beam to pair with the transmit beam according to the beam pairing scheduling either using narrow beam pair or multi-AoA beam pair 1607.
[0155] During data transmission using the beam pair 1600b, the SCmB transmits dedicated PDDCCH and PDDDCH carrying data traffic in narrow beam pair using a downlink mmW narrow beam pair transmission 1608, the mWTRU may receive the PDDDCH according to the per-TTI scheduling carried in dedicated PDDCCH and also perform steady-state beam measurement according to the pre-scheduled periodic measurement configuration 1609, the mWTRU may transmit Physical Uplink Dedicated Control Channel (PUDCCH) layer 1 feedback (L1FDBK) (e.g., an ACK/NACK, CSI, etc.) and a steady-state beam measurement report using an uplink mmW narrow beam pair transmission 1610, the SCmB may transmit dedicated PDDCCH and PDDDCH carrying data traffic in narrow beam pair using a downlink mmW narrow beam pair transmission 1611, the mWTRU may transmit PUDCCH L1FDBK (e.g., ACK/NACK, CSI) and a steady-state beam measurement report using an uplink mmW narrow beam pair transmission 1612, and so on.
[0156] The mWTRU may accelerate the AARS measurement by applying an mmW quasi or broad beam sweep and narrow down the angular search range before beam measurement. An mWTRU may perform the sweep periodically or the sweep may be triggered by network measurement requests from the SCmB in order to provide input to the scheduling procedure. The measurement request may be selective, by configuring a targeted beam measurement for one or a set of transmit beams. An mWTRU may receive from the SCmB a measurement gap configuration in LI control signaling and/or higher layer signaling. During the measurement gap, the mWTRU may interrupt a data transmission and perform a beam measurement.
[0157] Beam pairing using Random Access Channel (RACH) is disclosed herein. Beam pairing may be performed in connection with a RACH procedure, for example, initiated in IDLE mode. The beam pairing and/or RACH procedure may be performed when an mWTRU has not been configured with a network identity yet. For example, a RACH preamble transmission, which may use a narrow beam for the transmission, may be used to pair the beams for the data transmission.
[0158] In this embodiment, an mWTRU may perform a preamble transmission procedure which may be a fixed narrow antenna pattern preamble transmission procedure. BSRS may be substituted for Beam Measurement Reference Signal (BMRS) and vice versa and still be consistent with what is disclosure herein. A configuration may be provided and/or used. An mWTRU may receive a downlink BMRS transmission configuration and/or a RACH configuration. The configuration or configurations may be received from an SCmB. The configuration or configurations may be received in higher layer signaling such as in a SIB or SIBs which may be broadcast to the mWTRU. The configuration or configurations which may be received in a SIB or SIBs may be received in common PDDDCH or in a PDDDCH which may be indicated by a common PDDCCH. The configuration or configurations may be received via an mmW cell or an LTE cell for example in the case of carrier aggregation with an LTE cell. The configurations may be provided together or separately. The BMRS transmission configuration may include one or more parameters and/or sets of parameters which may include one or more of a BMRS sequence, BMRS or beam index time and/or frequency resource allocation for the BMRS, reporting quality metric thresholds, number of quality metrics to report, among others. A parameter or set of parameters may be associated with a beam such as a DL beam. The time and/or frequency resource allocation for the BMRS may be considered as a time and/or frequency schedule for the BMRS. The RACH configuration may comprise of a mapping between BMRS sequence or index (e.g., BMRS or beam index) and one or more (e.g., a set of) parameters for a RACH or preamble transmission such as the preamble transmission sequence, transmit time instance,
frequency resource allocation, initial power offset, transmit beam pattern or information from which to determine the transmit beam pattern, etc. For one or each RACH or preamble parameter such as the transmission sequence, transmit time, and/or frequency resource allocation, a set of parameters may be provided by the SCmB from which the mWTRU may choose, e.g., one, for its transmission of the RACH or preamble. The RACH configuration may include a mapping for each of a set of BMRS sequences or indices (e.g., BMRS or beam indices). The RACH configuration or RACH parameters may include a RACH acknowledgement configuration which may be associated with a BMRS. The RACH acknowledgement configuration may identify or include information to enable determination of the receive antenna pattern which may be used for reception of the RACH acknowledgement. Beam may be substituted for one or more of BMRS, BMRS sequence, BMRS index, and beam index and still be consistent with this disclosure. In some embodiments, one or more of beam, BMRS, BMRS sequence, BMRS index, and beam index may be used interchangeably.
[0159] The mWTRU may sweep receive beams and/or perform measurements. The mWTRU may sweep one or more receive beams or antenna patterns which may be narrow receive beams or antenna patterns. The mWTRU may perform the sweep per the configured BMRS time and/or frequency resource schedule. The mWTRU may measure a BMRS according to a BMRS sequence. The mWTRU may measure one or more BMRS that may (e.g., each) be associated with a beam and may determine a maximum measured BMRS. The mWTRU may determine the relative quality or level of two or more BMRS. For example, the mWTRU may determine the maximum measured BMRS and at least the next lower measured BMRS. The mWTRU may transmit to the SCmB a preamble based on the maximum measured BMRS. The mWTRU may transmit the preamble with a transmit beam or antenna pattern which may be formed at the direction of the maximum measured BMRS sequence. The transmit beam or antenna pattern may be in accordance with or based on the RACH configuration mapping (e.g., between BMRS and transmit beam pattern or beam pattern information).
[0160] The mWTRU may transmit the preamble at a time instance, e.g., the slot/sub-frame/symbol corresponding to the maximum measured BMRS sequence. The time instance (or instances from which the mWTRU may choose) for the transmission may be per the RACH configuration mapping (e.g., between BMRS and preamble transmission time or times).
[0161] The mWTRU may use a preamble sequence corresponding to the maximum measured BMRS sequence. The preamble sequence (or sequences from which the mWTRU may choose) for transmission may be per the RACH configuration mapping (e.g., between BMRS and preamble transmission sequence or sequences). The mWTRU may transmit a preamble at a frequency allocation corresponding to the maximum measured BMRS sequence. The frequency allocation or frequency allocations from which the mWTRU may chose for transmission may be per RACH configuration mapping (e.g. between BMRS and RACH frequency allocation or allocations). The mWTRU may transmit a preamble with an initial power calculated based on the initial power offset corresponding to the maximum measured BMRS sequence. The initial power offset may be per the RACH configuration mapping (e.g., between BMRS and initial power offset for preamble transmission). A slot/sub- frame/symbol may be used to represent timeslot and/or sub-frame and/or symbol.
[0162] The mWTRU may receive a preamble acknowledgement from the
SCmB. The mWTRU may receive a preamble acknowledgement within a receive antenna pattern which may be similar or identical to the preamble transmit antenna pattern and/or may be according to the RACH acknowledgement configuration. When an acknowledgement is received, the mWTRU may decode a dedicated PDDCCH which may be within the formed beam pair. The mWTRU may acquire the per-TTI PDDDCH scheduling information from the SCmB and may receive the PDDDCH accordingly. The mWTRU may transmit another preamble to the SCmB if and/or when no preamble acknowledgement is received, for example, within a certain time window or after a certain time window. If and/or when no preamble acknowledgement is received, for example, within a certain time window or
after a certain amount of time, the mWTRU may retransmit a (e.g., the same or another) preamble in another direction. Transmission in a direction may be the same as transmission within a transmit antenna pattern formed at a direction. The mWTRU may transmit or re-transmit a next nth subsequent preamble, for example, within a transmit antenna pattern formed at a direction of the (n mod m)th maximum measured BMRS sequence. N may be the number or index of the preamble transmission. If power ramping for a beam direction is used, n may or may only be incremented for the next beam direction. N may not be incremented for transmissions in the same direction at a different power. The mWTRU may transmit the preamble at a time instance, e.g., slot/sub-frame/symbol corresponding to the (n mod m)th maximum measured BMRS sequence. The correspondence of time instance to BMRS sequence may be per a RACH configuration mapping. The mWTRU may use a preamble sequence corresponding to the (n mod m)th maximum measured BMRS sequence. The correspondence of preamble sequence to BMRS may be per a RACH configuration mapping. The mWTRU may transmit the preamble at a frequency allocation corresponding to the (n mod m)th maximum measured BMRS sequence. The correspondence of frequency allocation to BMRS sequence may be per a RACH configuration mapping. The mWTRU may transmit the preamble with an initial power calculated based on the initial power offset corresponding to the (n mod m)th maximum measured BMRS sequence. The correspondence of initial power offset to BMRS sequence may be per a RACH configuration mapping, m may represent the number of measured BMRS whose metric is, e.g., as determined by the mWTRU above a pre-defined or configured quality (e.g. quality threshold). The terms preamble and preamble sequence may be used interchangeably.
[0163] The mWTRU may, for example, alternatively transmit or retransmit the next nth subsequent preambles within a transmit antenna pattern formed at the direction of ((n mod 2) -1) * antenna pattern HPBW away from the previous preamble transmission direction. The MWTRU may transmit the preamble at the time instance, e.g., the slot/sub-frame/symbol used for the previous preamble transmission. The mWTRU may use the
preamble sequence used for the previous preamble transmission. The mWTRU may transmit the preamble at the frequency allocation used for the previous preamble transmission and/or with a power used for the previous preamble transmission. The mWTRU may transmit the preamble at the frequency allocation used for the previous preamble transmission. The mWTRU may transmit the preamble with a power used for the previous preamble transmission. The mWTRU may continue to transmit or retransmit a next preamble until an acknowledgement is received or until the number of preamble transmissions exceeds a limit which may be provided or specified, for example, in a RACH configuration. The mWTRU may stop transmitting preambles when the number of preamble transmissions, for example, n, exceeds a limit specified or included in a RACH configuration.
[0164] The mWTRU may associate a downlink transmit antenna pattern with beam-specific information, for example, a unique beam-specific index. The beam- specific information may be mapped to one or multiple PHY layer preamble configurations including, but not limited to, the time slot/sub- frame/symbols on or during which the preamble transmission may occur, the preamble sequence that may be used, the initial power offset that may be applied, and the like. The RACH procedure may occur when the SCmB receives a preamble transmission in an mmW broad beam, for example, to increase the PRACH detection rate. The narrow beam pairing for data transmission may occur after ta RACH procedure.
[0165] In yet another embodiment, the mWTRU may perform a preamble transmission procedure with a variable transmit antenna pattern. The mWTRU may receive downlink RACH configuration from the SCmB. The RACH configuration may be received in a SIB on a common PDDDCH. The RACH configuration may include one or more cell- specific preamble transmission sequences, transmit time instances, frequency resource allocations, initial power offsets, and the like. The mWTRU may sweep one or more narrow receive antenna patterns and measure the cell- specific reference signal. The mWTRU may transmit to the SCmB a preamble within a transmit antenna pattern formed at the direction of the maximum measured
cell- specific reference signal. The mWTRU may transmit the preamble according to one or more parameters received in the RACH configuration, for example, the RACH configuration for the cell- specific preamble transmission. For example, the mWTRU may transmit the preamble at the time instance, e.g., the slot/sub-frame/symbol, using a preamble sequence, at the frequency allocation, and with an initial power offset selected from or provided in the RACH configuration.
[0166] A preamble acknowledgement may be received from the SCmB by the mWTRU within a receive antenna pattern which may be similar or identical to the preamble transmit antenna pattern according to the RACH acknowledgement configuration. When no acknowledgement is received, the mWTRU may transmit or re-transmit the next preamble to the SCmB within an antenna pattern that may be narrower than the previous preamble transmission, for example, by a pre-defined or configured antenna pattern thinning step size but centered at the same direction as the previous preamble transmission.
[0167] The mWTRU may stop transmitting preambles when the number of preamble transmissions, for example, n, exceeds a limit specified in a RACH configuration or when an acknowledgement is received. When an acknowledgement is received, the mWTRU may decode the common PDDCCH and may receive the associated PDDDCH accordingly.
[0168] Multi- direction data transmission and reception will now be described. In an embodiment, an SCmB may determine spatial AoD/AoA information based on a reported mWTRU beam measurement. The SCmB may evaluate the suitability of applying a different receive antenna pattern or narrow beam pair switch based on a range of criteria. The criteria may include but is not limited to real-time system parameters, for example, the transmit beam availability, QoS, reported transmit beam quality metrics, data buffer status, historically achieved capacity, and the like.
[0169] The SCmB may evaluate possible transmission schemes for data transmissions to the reporting mWTRU.
[0170] In an example, the SCmB may form a single narrow transmit
beam at the AoD corresponding to the strongest resulting AoA path. For example, the AoD associated with the transmit beam 3 in FIG. 15. The SCmB may schedule the mWTRU to use the detecting receive beam, for example, receive beam indexi for the data transmission. The SCmB may transmit the HARQ new and re-transmissions in the same transmit beam to the mWTRU.
[0171] The SCmB may apply multi-AoD transmission. The SCmB may form one or more single narrow transmit beams at each AoD corresponding to the AoA path with a reported quality metric above a pre-configured threshold. The SCmB may send data to the mWTRU in multiple transmit beams each radiated toward a different AoD.
[0172] In an alternate-AoD retransmission example, the SCmB may form a single narrow transmit beam at the AoD corresponding to the strongest resulting AoA path. Upon receiving a NACK from the mWTRU, the SCmB may form a single narrow transmit beam at another AoD, for example, corresponding to a AoA with a reported quality metric above a pre-configured threshold, the SCmB may transmit the HARQ retransmission to the mWTRU.
[0173] Both the multi-AoD transmission and alternate- AoD retransmission modes may be considered as an mWTRU multi-AoA reception. Multi-AoD transmission mode may enable a simultaneous mWTRU reception at multiple AoAs to take advantage of spatial diversity. Alternative-AoD transmission modes may combine the spatial diversity with a time diversity, because the mWTRU may change the receive beam to a different AoA for the HARQ retransmissions than for the one used for the new transmissions.
[0174] An mWTRU may transmit the measurement report to the SCmB in existing LTE uplink physical channels including PUCCH and PUSCH. The HARQ ACK/NACK may be carried in a new LTE physical channel operating at same TTI as mmW systems. An mWTRU may report the beam measurement and HARQ ACK/NACK in mmW uplink physical channels to the SCmB.
[0175] An mWTRU's beam measurement report may contain more than one detected transmit beam, a SCmB may evaluate the suitability of the proposed transmission schemes by considering certain real-time system
parameters including, but not limited to: reported transmit beam quality metrics, transmit beam availability at the SCmB, QoS, data buffer status, historically archived capacity of the mWTRU, and the like.
[0176] The multi-AoA reception may lead to improved robustness of the data transmissions due to spatial diversity. The sensitivity to radio link blockage may be significantly reduced when a LOS obstruction occurs in one of the AoA paths during the multi-AoD transmission or alternate-AoD retransmission, the radio link may be maintained.
[0177] In another embodiment, the SCmB may schedule in common
PDDCCH, one or more of the proposed transmission modes. A SCmB may send the transmission mode scheduling information in common or dedicated PDDCCH which includes but is not limited to: Transmission mode (for example with 2 -bit field, transmit beam information (for example transmit beam identity, beam reference signal, etc., receive beam information (for example the reported mWTRU beam identity, beam index, etc.), trigger information for the activation of alternate-AoD HARQ transmission. A SCmB may transmit the mWTRU PDDDCH using scheduled transmit beams.
[0178] In another embodiment, an mWTRU may decode the scheduling information in the common or dedicated PDDCCH and obtain the receive antenna pattern control words corresponding to the scheduled transmit and/or receive beams. The mWTRU may translate the multiple control words to one multi-lobe receive antenna pattern control word with the main lobe directed at the scheduled and/or receive beam direction and apply the resulting control word to generate a multi-lobe receive antenna pattern to pair with the scheduled downlink beam transmission.
[0179] FIG. 17 is a diagram of an mWTRU multi-AoA reception using a single multi-lobe beam. The SCmB may perform a multi-AoD transmission as shown in FIG. 17. The SCmB may form two narrow transmit beams at the AoDs corresponding to the reported transmit beams and send the data in both transmit beams. The SCmB, may use a multi-lobe transmit beam with each lobe directed at the AoDs corresponding to the reported transmit beams.
[0180] An mWTRU may perform a multi-AoA reception procedure as described below. The mWTRU may decode a transmission mode scheduling information carried in the LTE control channels or mmW common/dedicated PDDCCH and receive scheduled transmit and/or receive beam information, trigger configuration, and the like. The mWTRU may obtain one or more receive beam indices based on the beam measurement record, for example, as shown in TABLE 2, and determine the information of mWTRU receive beamforming control word and a corresponding AoA path for each receive beam index. For example, the scheduled receive beam index may be included in the mWTRU beam measurement corresponding to the beamforming control word and AoA as shown in TABLE 4 below.
TABLE 4: mWTRU MEASUREMENT RECORD LOOK-UP RESULT
[0181] The mWTRU may calculate the receive beamforming control word based on AoAs of the main lobes and the weight factor of each main lobe according to the transmit and/or receive beam scheduling. The mWTRU may use a larger weight factor to obtain a high antenna gain at the main lobe at the AoA corresponding to the scheduled receive beam, for example, Indexi, Ψι, in Table 4, at which the AoA path may have the highest measured quality metric.
[0182] The mWTRU may apply the generated beamforming control word and form a multi-lobe receive beam with main lobes directed at the AoA paths corresponding to the scheduled transmit and/or receive beams. The mWTRU may decode and demodulate the PDDDCH received in the multi-lobe receive beam. FIG. 18A is a 2D diagram of a single multi-lobe beam pattern. FIG. 18B is a 3D diagram of a single multi-lobe beam pattern.
[0183] The mWTRU may adaptively form a beam pattern with multiple distinct strong lobes, as shown in 18A and 18B, to receive at different incoming angular directions. The mWTRU may apply the multi- direction and reception to adapt to the channel condition and improve the radio link robustness.
[0184] A beam switching procedure will now be described. In another embodiment, the mWTRU may perform during active data transmission an event-triggered beam switching procedure triggered by one or a sequence of pre-defined events. The trigger events may include, but are not limited to: the mWTRU may transmit a number of NACKs to a new data transmission above a pre-defined threshold, and/or the mWTRU may measure a BSRS/BMRS/DMRS or other reference signal qualities below a pre-defined threshold over a pre-defined number of measurements. The mWTRU may send a beam switch request to a SCmB using LI uplink control signaling or higher layer signaling, e.g., RRC signaling in uplink data channels. The beam switching request may comprise of, but is not limited to, a beam switch request bit, recommended new beam pair indexes, types of triggered events, and the like.
[0185] The mWTRU may monitor the common or dedicated PDDCCH and decode the updated beam pair scheduling information received from the SCmB. The mWTRU may form the switched narrow or multi-lobe broad receive antenna pattern, decode the dedicated PDDCCH within the switched beam pair to acquire per-TTI PDDDCH scheduling information and receive the PDDDCH.
[0186] The mWTRU may receive a beam measurement request from the
SCmB on the common PDDCCH, which may include AARS scheduling information of beam pair switch candidates, measurement gap, uplink grant, etc. The mWTRU may measure the scheduled candidate AARS during the measurement gap and report the updated beam pair measurement to the SCmB using the uplink grant.
[0187] FIGS. 19A-B are diagrams of an example beam switching procedure 1900a in FIG. 19A and a data transmission using the new beam
pair 1900b in FIG. 19B. For example, during a beam switching procedure, the mWTRU is in an RRC-connected state 1901. The mWTRU may (1) measure quality metric of BSRS/BMRS/DMRS or other reference signals below a predefined threshold, and (2) number of transmitted NACKs for new data transmissions above a pre-defined threshold 1902. The mWTRU may transmit PUDCCH L1FDBK with a new field indicating beam switch request using an uplink mmW/LTE broad-beam transmission 1903. The SCmB may evaluate the availability of beam pair resources and also the previous periodical beam pair measurement to decide the beam switch candidates 1904. The SCmB may transmit a Beam Update Request in Common PDDCCH, AARS of beam pair candidates, uplink grant and data interruption period using a downlink mmW broad-beam transmission 1905. The mWTRU may, during the data interruption period, sweep receive an antenna pattern and measure the scheduled AARS quality metric and record the beam pair measurement 1906. The mWTRU may transmit a PUDCCH L1FDBK beam update measurement report using an uplink mmW/LTE broad-beam transmission 1907. The SCmB may, during the data interruption period, sweep a receive antenna pattern and measure the scheduled AARS quality metric and record the beam pair measurement 1908. The SCmB may transmit beam pair scheduling in a Common PDDCCH including steady-state measurement configuration using a downlink mmW broad-beam transmission 1909. The mWTRU may switch to a new beam pair according to the beam pairing scheduling either using narrow beam pair or multi-AoA beam pair 1910.
[0188] During data transmission using the new beam pair 1900b, the
SCmB may transmit dedicated PDDCCH and PDDDCH carrying data traffic in narrow beam pair using a downlink mmW narrow beam pair transmission 1911. The mWTRU may receive the PDDDCH according to the per-TTI scheduling carried in the dedicated PDDDCH and also per steady-state beam measurement according to the pre-scheduled periodic measurement configuration 1912. The mWTRU may transmit PUDCCH L1FDBK (e.g., ACK/NACK, CSI, etc.) and a steady-state beam measurement report using an uplink mmW narrow beam pair transmission 1913.
[0189] In another embodiment, the SCmB may schedule in common
PDDCCH, dedicated PDDCCH or LTE LI control channels for a directional HARQ transmission. The directional HARQ transmission scheduling information may include but is not limited to transmit and/or receive beam indices of HARQ new transmission and all pre-configured retransmissions. The SCmB may transmit the HARQ new transmission at the AoD corresponding to the scheduled new transmission transmit and/or receive beam index and upon receiving NACKs, transmit the HARQ retransmissions at the AoDs corresponding to scheduled retransmission transmit and/or receive beam indices.
[0190] In another embodiment, an mWTRU may decode the transmission mode scheduling information on the common PDDCCH, dedicated PDDCCH or LTE PDCCH. The mWTRU may receive a directional HARQ transmission scheduling and upon decoding an error of the HARQ new data transmission perform beam pair switch for one or all HARQ retransmissions according to the scheduled transmit and/or receive beam indices.
[0191] The SCmB may form a narrow transmit beam at the AoD corresponding to the AoA path with the highest reported quality metric and transmit the PDDDCH new transmission. Upon a new transmission failure, the SCmB may change the AoD of the retransmissions by steering the transmit beam to a different AoD corresponding to a different AoA path at the mWTRU, for example with the next highest reported quality metric.
[0192] FIG. 20 is a diagram of an mWTRU multi-AOA reception using a single narrow beam for a new transmission in TTI N. FIG. 21 is a diagram of an mWTRU multi-AoA reception using a single narrow beam for retransmission in TTI N+X. As shown in FIGS. 20 and 21, in TTI N the SCmB may apply a transmit beam at the AoD corresponding to transmit beam 3 for a new transmission. For retransmission in TTI N+X the SCmB may apply a transmit beam at the AoD corresponding to transmit beam 9. The time interval between HARQ new transmission and retransmissions may depend on a range of mmW HARQ parameters including but not limited to the
number of HARQ processes, mWTRU processing time of the largest HARQ data block size, the maximum round-trip propagation delay of the dimensioned mmW cell size, and the like.
[0193] The mWTRU may obtain the receive beam indices in an internal beam measurement record, for example, as shown in TABLE 2 (above), and retrieve the information of the mWTRU receive beamforming control word and corresponding detected AoA path for each receive beam index. For example, the scheduled receive beam Indexi and Index2, according to the mWTRU beam measurement record may correspond to the beamforming control word and AoA as shown in TABLE 4 (above).
[0194] The mWTRU may receive a new data indicator (NDI) in the scheduling information in the common or dedicated PDDCCH, apply the beamforming control word used for the transmit and/or receive beam scheduled for the HARQ new transmission and form a narrow receive beam at the corresponding AoA path. In the example shown in FIG. 20, the mWTRU may receive the HARQ new transmission in mmW TTI N using the scheduled primary receive beam at AoA path Ψι, which is the strongest detected AoA path from the measurement.
[0195] The mWTRU may then decode and demodulate the PDDDCH in the paired transmit and receive beams.
[0196] Referring to FIG. 21, upon decoding an error of the new transmission in TTI N, the mWTRU may apply TTI N+X in the beamforming control word used for the transmit and/or beam scheduled for the HARQ retransmissions and form a narrow receive beam at the corresponding AoA path. In the example shown in FIG. 21, the new transmission in mmW TTI N may be blocked and in TTI N+X, the mWTRU may form a narrow receive beam at AoA path Ψ2, which is the 2nd strongest detected AoA path from the measurement done. The beam steering time may be negligible compared to the mWTRU baseband processing time when designing the retransmission delay value of X.
[0197] The mWTRU may demodulate and decode the HARQ retransmissions in the switched transmit and receive beam pairs that are different than the pair used for the new transmission.
[0198] The SCmB may not pair the transmit and receive beams for the new transmission at the strongest reported AoA path because the beam scheduling may depend on many factors, e.g., the transmit beam availability.
[0199] In another embodiment, a HARQ directional transmission may be triggered by scheduled trigger events. A SCmB, upon receiving a predefined number of ACKs for HARQ retransmission, may send scheduling information to remove an alternate-AoD HARQ retransmission scheme and schedule the beam pair used for the new transmission to apply for retransmissions. An mWTRU upon receiving the scheduling information to remove directional HARQ transmission, may stop the receive antenna pattern steering between new data transmission and retransmissions, and use the beam pair for the HARQ new transmission. The AoA path corresponding to the scheduled primary beam may be blocked as shown in FIG. 21 and may not be recovered. During the data transmission, the mWTRU beam measurement may require configuration of a measurement gap and may not produce in-time measurement reports to indicate the blocking condition to the SCmB.
[0200] The directional HARQ scheme may result in consecutive NACKs for the new transmissions and ACKs for the retransmissions. In this case, the SCmB may waste energy if continuing with the new transmissions. Instead, it may consider removing the directional HARQ transmission scheme and form a narrow transmit beam for HARQ new transmission and retransmissions. The SCmB may reconfigure the HARQ directional transmission to be a regular
HARQ transmission. The SCmB may reconfigure the HARQ directional transmission to a regular HARQ transmission when receiving a pre-defined consecutive number of NACKs for new transmissions and ACKs for retransmissions. The SCmB may set the transmission scheme selection field in common or dedicated PDDCCH to a bit combination corresponding to the regular transmission mode and use the transmit and/or receive beam for HARQ retransmission for HARQ new transmissions.
[0201] Upon receiving the transmission mode reconfiguration from the
SCmB, the mWTRU may fix the receive beam at the AoA path corresponding to previous retransmission AoA paths and receive the HARQ new transmissions and retransmissions using the same transmit and receive beam pair.
[0202] In another embodiment, the SCmB may schedule periodical data interruptions in RRC dedicated signaling, the dedicated PDDCCH, the common PDDCCH or the LTE PDCCH. During these interruptions, the data transmission may be suspended for an mWTRU to measure selective beam pairs, including beam pairs of the previously reported best quality metric or available beam pair candidates for scheduling.
[0203] A SCmB may transmit beam specific reference signals in one or more wide beams, multi-lobe (multi-AoD) beams, and/or narrow beams with different periodicity. A SCmB may dynamically schedule and transmit beam specific reference signals using resources (e.g., time, frequency and code) dedicated to at least one mWTRU.
[0204] The SCmB may periodically transmit beam specific reference signals corresponding to one or more beams and the SCmB may determine the periodicity of beam specific reference signals according to mWTRUs density under coverage of those beams. The SCmB may choose to transmit more often the beam specific reference signals corresponding to beams that are reported by other mWTRUs in their measurement results.
[0205] The SCmB may transmit the beam specific reference signals corresponding to one or more beams, when these beams are reported by mWTRUs in the measurement report. The SCmB may schedule the beam reference signal resources (e.g., time, frequency and code) using common or dedicated PDDCCH. An SCmB may indicate the BSRS sequence index in the reference signal scheduling or implicitly indicate the BSRS sequence index in the subframe number, slot number and/or the number of REs containing the dedicated PDDCCH. The SCmB may use a beam measurement request MAC CE to indicate the presence of narrow beam reference signals The mWTRU may receive the associated reference signal time and frequency resource
allocation in SIB or dedicated RRC signaling. In another example, the SCmB may use the BSRS sequence index of broad beam reference signals to implicitly indicate the presence of corresponding narrow beam reference signals. The mWTRU may calculate the time and frequency resources of the narrow beam reference signals based on the resources used for wide beam reference signals. In another example, SCmB may use a new beam presence indicator channel to indicate the presence of one or more beam specific reference signals in the current subframe. A beam presence indicator channel may carry information regarding the identity of the beam. The mWTRU may receive time and frequency resource allocation of the present reference signals in SIB or RRC signaling.
[0206] To enable multi-AoD transmissions, the SCmB may dynamically schedule the mWTRUs to measure multi-lobe transmissions. Upon receiving measurement reports from the mWTRU with at least two or more narrow beams, the SCmB may choose to activate measurements for the multi-lobe covering the AoD transmission. The SCmB may choose the same methods described above to schedule dynamic multi-lobe measurements.
[0207] In another embodiment, an mWTRU may perform measurements on one set of previously measured beams when one or a set of pre-configured events are met. An mWTRU may be initially configured to measure only the reference signals corresponding to the wide beam or the serving beam. The mWTRU may perform measurements on one or more backup beams when one or more of the following events are triggered: (1) when the number of NACKs received (with an Rx beam corresponding to the serving Rx-Tx beam pair) is above a pre-defined threshold; (2) when the receive signal strength indicator (RSSI)/reference signal receive power (RSRP)/reference signal receive quality (RSRQ)/channel quality indicator (CQI) of the serving beam pair is below a defined threshold and/or the RSSI/RSRP/RSRQ/CQI of the alternate beam pair is above a defined threshold or better than the serving beam pair by at least a configured offset; (3) when the number of OUT OF SYNC indications are above a configured threshold within a configured time window; and/or (4)
when the number of ARQ NACKs received at the RLC layer is above a defined threshold.
[0208] An SCmB may signal a measurement configuration to the mWTRU that may include measurement objects, measurement cycles and measurement scope, in addition to measurement identity and quantity configuration. An mWTRU may receive an initial configuration for {Measurement object, Measurement Scope and Measurement cycle} in accordance with TABLE 5, below.
TABLE 5: EXAMPLE MEASUREMENT CONFIGURATIONS
[0209] Where a measurement object indicates to the set of beam IDs, the measurement cycle may capture the periodicity/frequency of measurement. The measurement scope may determine the operation to be performed on the measurement object.
[0210] In one example, the SCmB may explicitly reconfigure the measurement scope and cycle parameters according to the mWTRU measurement report. For example, depending on the measurement report from the mWTRU, the SCmB may promote from the measurement scope and may provide a lower value for the measurement cycle for the non- serving narrow beam.
[0211] Alternatively, the SCmB may configure the mWTRUs to implicitly scale the measurement configuration if one or more triggers for measurement events occur. For example, when the number of NACKs received
when using serving narrow beams is above a given threshold, an mWTRU may promote the measurement scope of the serving wide-beam to report autonomously. Additionally the non- serving wide beams of the serving cell may be promoted from {None→Measure→Measure and Report→Measure, Track and Report}. In a similar fashion, the measurement cycle may also be scaled according to the number of NACKs received or the signal threshold of the serving beam.
[0212] In another embodiment, a WTRU may implicitly or explicitly perform beam switching from a serving beam pair to an alternate beam pair based on configured criteria. The mWTRU may also report the implicit beam switch to the SCmB. The mWTRU may maintain and update an internal beam measurement result table. Each row or measurement record in the table may contain quantized measurement results for a unique Rx beam and Tx beam pair. The Rx or Tx beams may be identified using a unique ID. Such a beam ID may be used to identify different beam characteristics, patterns or patch antenna configurations. For example, different IDs may be assigned for narrow beam nl, narrow beam n2, wide beam wl and a multi-lobe beam pattern (for multi-AoA reception or for multi-AoD transmission) covering both narrow beam nl and narrow beam n2. In some cases, different beam IDs may be used to identify beams generated from one or more patch antennas. Optionally, the measurement results stored in the table may be averaged using a moving average filter whose coefficients are configured by the SCmB. In one solution, the table may be sorted in the decreasing order of the quantized measurement result. An mWTRU may be configured to use the Rx beam corresponding to the topmost entry in the measurement table. Additionally, an mWTRU may be configured to implicitly switch from a serving Rx-Tx beam pair to the alternate Rx-Tx beam pair in the measurement table if the Tx beam ID is the same between the serving and alternate beam pair. Such an implicit transition may be triggered when one or more of the following criteria is satisfied: (1) when the number of NACKs received (with Rx beam corresponding the serving Rx-Tx beam pair) is above a pre-defined threshold; (2) when the RSSI/RSRP/RSRQ/CQI of the serving
beam pair is below a defined threshold and/or the RSSI/RSRP/RSRQ/CQI of the alternate beam pair is above a defined threshold or better than the serving beam pair by at least a configured offset; (3) when the number of OUT OF SYNC indications are above a configured threshold within a configured time window; and/or when the number of ARQ NACKs received at the RLC layer is above a defined threshold.
[0213] Upon receiving the new data transmission using the serving beam pair, the mWTRU may be configured to receive each successive retransmissions and may attempt using an alternate receive beam as long as following two conditions are satisfied: (1) the Tx beam corresponding to the alternate Rx beam is same as the Tx beam in the serving beam pair; and (2) the quantized measurement results corresponding to the alternate Rx-Tx beam pair is at least above a predefined threshold.
[0214] In the case where the number of candidate Rx beams for a given
Tx serving beam is less than the maximum number of HARQ retransmission attempts, the mWTRU may cycle through the candidate Rx beam for each retransmission attempt.
[0215] Optionally, the mWTRU may be configured to report the implicit beam switch to the SCmB. The mWTRU may use either new MAC CE element or use LI signaling to report the implicit beam switch. The mWTRU may transmit an explicit beam switch request to the SCmB when one or more of the beam switch criteria as described above is satisfied. Such an explicit report may be mandatory if the serving and alternate beam pair differ by at least the Tx beam ID corresponding to SCmB. The SCmB may then respond with beam switch acknowledgment or reject messages, based on its internal RRM/Scheduler algorithms. The beam switch acknowledgment message may carry an explicit identifier for the new beam pair to use. Such an identifier may indicate one or more of the following: (1) the index of the preferred beam pair in the table of the last transmitted beam measurement report; (2) the transmit beam ID corresponding to the SCmB; and/or (3) the receive beam ID corresponding to the mWTRU.
[0216] Random access (RA) resource sets are disclosed herein. One or more RA resource sets may be provided, e.g., by signaling, and/or used. An mWTRU may select or determine an RA resource set based on an SCmB DL measurement or DL transmit beam. An RA resource set may be associated with an SCmB UL receive beam. An mWTRU may perform an RA procedure using the selected or determined RA resource set. An mWTRU may select and/or use multiple RA resource sets where each RA resource set may be associated with a different SCmB UL receive beam. An mWTRU may perform an RA procedure via UL transmissions using one or more, for example, each, of the selected or determined RA resource sets. The mWTRU may use the different resource sets via UL transmissions to attempt to gain successful access to the SCmB. The SCmB may use the RA UL transmissions from the mWTRU to determine, for example, a best receive beam for UL communication with the mWTRU
[0217] In one embodiment, the mWTRU may try an RA resource set individually, for example, until successful or maximum attempts have been reached. An mWTRU may try another RA resource set if, for example, only if a previous RA resource set was unsuccessful, for example, if maximum attempts was reached without success.
[0218] In another embodiment, UL transmission by the mWTRU using different RA resource sets may be performed serially or sequentially, for example, at different times one transmission after the other. An RA attempt may include tries with the multiple resource sets and may be considered successful, if a random access response (RAR) is successfully received from the SCmB for at least one transmission.
[0219] An RA or PRACH resource set may be or include a transmission sequence which may be referred to as a preamble, a resource in time and/or frequency, and/or RA response (RAR) window information. The terms RA resource set and PRACH resource set may be used interchangeably.
[0220] An RA resource set may include a set of one or more PRACH resources and one or more associated PRACH parameters. Different PRACH
resources in the same RA resource set may have the same or different associated parameters.
[0221] For example, an RA resource set may include a set of PRACH preambles, resource information related to a set of resources in time and/or frequency and RAR window information. Time for a PRACH resource or RA resource set may be, for example, allocated, configured, or identified in at least one of subframes, frames, system frame numbers (SFNs), TTIs, or symbols. Frequency may be, for example, in, allocated, configured, or identified in at least one of subcarriers, whole carriers, or resource blocks which may represent a set of subcarriers and symbols. The frequency allocation for a PRACH resource may be the full system bandwidth or part of the system bandwidth. An RA resource set may or may also include transmission and/or random access procedure parameters. RAR window information may including timing and location and/or directional information corresponding to receipt of an expected RAR transmission from the SCmB (i.e., corresponding to a time of expected receipt of the RAR and a location and/or direction from which the expected RAR is to be received from). Since the RAR window is received in a downlink beam, the expected direction and/or location for the RAR window of the expected RAR may be explicitly or inherently determined from the corresponding same direction and/or location of the downlink beam associated with the selected RA set and also other information received in the RA resource set, e.g., a frequency and time "location" of the window.
[0222] An RA resource set may be associated with one or more DL transmit beams and/or one or more UL receive beams.
[0223] An mWTRU may select or determine at least one RA resource set and perform an RA procedure using the at least one RA resource set. For a selected RA resource set, the procedure may include one or more of selecting a preamble from the set preambles in the selected RA resource set, selecting or determining a physical resource (e.g., directional UL transmit beam) in time and/or frequency from the set of physical resources in the selected RA resource set, determining a RAR window from RAR window information provided in the selected RA resource set, transmitting to the SCmB the selected preamble
on the determined physical resource, monitoring during the determined RAR window at a determined location (e.g., a specified direction or zone) for a corresponding RAR, and/or receiving an RAR associated with the selected RA resource set and/or the preamble transmission. The mWTRU may use linkage or mapping information to select or determine the physical resource (e.g., a directional UL transmit beam) to use for a particular RA transmission, such that the linkage or mapping information may indicate a linkage or mapping of the selected preamble to the physical resource or may indicate a linkage or mapping of an RA resource set of the selected preamble to the physical resource. Thus, the mWTRU may determine which physical resource to select based on a selected RA resource set or selected preamble and the linkage or mapping information.
[0224] The RA procedure may include additional steps such as power ramping, retransmission, contention resolution, and the like. The SCmB and/or the mWTRU may perform beamforming the UL and/or DL.
[0225] SCmB downlink transmit and uplink receive beam linkage is disclosed herein. An SCmB may maintain a linkage and/or mapping between one or more downlink transmit beams and one or more uplink receive beams. The linkage and/or mapping may be determined by the spatial coverage. For example, a downlink transmit beam that may cover a specific SCmB downlink AoD range may be linked and/or mapped to one or multiple receive beams that may provide a corresponding spatial coverage for an SCmB uplink AoA.
[0226] For a downlink transmit beam, the downlink transmit beam linkage and/or mapping to uplink receive beam may be one to one, one-to- many, or many-to-one. Different downlink transmit beams may have different types of mapping, for example, one beam may have a one-to-one mapping while another may have a one—to-many mapping.
[0227] The beamwidth of an uplink receive beam may not be the same as the beamwidth of a downlink transmit beam. For example, given a certain coupling loss and uplink transmit power lower than that of the downlink, the SCmB receive beam may be narrower than the transmit beam to provide more
gain to close the uplink link budget. In this example, the downlink transmit beam mapping to uplink receive beam may be one to many.
[0228] The mapping may be static, for example, configured when an
SCmB is be started. The mapping may be semi- statically or dynamically reconfigured, for example, when the SCmB beamforming algorithm changes depending on certain network status, e.g., load per beam, user density, etc. The SCmB may send this SCmB transmit and receive beam linkage to mWTRUs via system information broadcast or via dedicated signaling.
[0229] The SCmB downlink transmit beam of the linked beams may be a control channel beam, a measurement beam or a data channel beam. The SCmB uplink receive beam of the linked beams may be used to receive PRACH, uplink control channel, uplink reference signal or uplink data channel.
[0230] Methods and systems for RA resource set linkage to one or more beams and/or times are disclosed herein. One or more RA resource sets may be provided and/or used. A RA resource set may be associated with or correspond to at least one SCmB beam such as at least one SCmB DL transmit beam for a downlink transmission transmitted by the SCmB and/or at least one SCmB UL receive beam for an uplink transmission to be received by the SCmB. A group of one or more RA resource sets may be associated with and/or correspond to at least one SCmB beam such as at least one SCmB DL transmit beam and/or at least one SCmB UL receive beam. A group may have one or more members.
[0231] In an example, a group of RA resource sets may be associated with a SCmB DL transmit beam, e.g., by configuration. The SCmB DL transmit beam may correspond to one or more SCmB UL receive beams. A RA resource set, for example, each RA resource set in the group may correspond to an SCmB UL receive beam. Multiple SCmB DL transmit beams may be associated with a same UL receive beam. A RA resource set may be in more than one group of RA resource sets. A RA resource set may be associated with more than one SCmB DL transmit beam.
[0232] An SCmB may provide and/or configure the RA resource sets, for example, in signaling such as RRC or broadcast signaling and/or in system information such as in a SIB. An mWTRU may receive and/or use one or more of the RA resource sets or groups of RA resource sets, for example, received in signaling or configuration from an SCmB.
[0233] An association between a group of RA resource sets and an
SCmB DL transmit beam may be implicit or explicit. For example, an SCmB may transmit broadcast signaling when transmitting using a particular DL beam, for example, when transmitting with particular beamforming which may create a directional beam in azimuth and/or elevation. The broadcast signaling may include a configuration for a group of RA resource sets. The broadcast of the group when using the particular DL transmit beam may implicitly associate the group with the DL transmit beam. In another example, the association between a group of RA resource sets and a DL transmit beam may be explicitly indicated in signaling.
[0234] A random access resource set may be associated per SCmB uplink receive beam. Each RA resource set may be associated with a specific SCmB uplink receive beam, for example, the PRACH time allocation of a RA resource set may be determined by the associated SCmB uplink receive beam sweeping schedule, the maximum PRACH transmit power may be based on the gain of the associated SCmB uplink receive beam, etc.
[0235] RA resource sets may be provided by the SCmB to all mWTRUs via system broadcast signaling and/or dedicated signaling. The signaling may include a mapping between RA resource set number or index to SCmB downlink transmit beam or/and SCmB uplink receive beam. The SCmB downlink transmit beam and uplink receive beam may be indicated with a beam reference signal index, a beam identity (ID), a scrambling code index, etc.
[0236] With this mapping configuration, an mWTRU may for example establish one of or both mappings described in Equation 1 and Equation 2:
mB downlink transmit beam→ Random access resource set
Equation 1
niB downlink transmit beam→ SCmB uplink receive beam→ Random access resource set
Equation 2
[0237] As SCmB downlink transmit beam mapping to SCmB uplink receive beam may be one-to-one, one-to-many or many-to-one, one SCmB downlink transmit beam may be associated with multiple SCmB uplink receive beam and as a result the SCmB downlink transmit beam may be mapped to multiple RA resource sets.
[0238] RA resource set selection is disclosed herein. In one embodiment,
RA resource set selection may be independent of beam information. An mWTRU may select or determine a RA resource set or a group of RA resource sets from configuration information from the SCmB, for example, provided in a SIB, which may associate the RA resource set or the group of RA resource sets, for example, implicitly or explicitly, with a DL beam, DL measurement or measurement set, or DL transmission. That is, information representative of a DL beam may be used by the processor of the mWTRU, for example, to make the selection of the RA resource set or group of RA resource sets. In addition or alternatively, the RA resource set or the group of RA resource sets may be implicitly or explicitly associated with, for example, an UL beam, an UL measurement or measurement set, or an UL transmission. That is, information representative of a UL beam may be used by the processor of the mWTRU, for example, to make the selection of the RA resource set or group of RA resource sets. An mWTRU may select one or more RA resource sets or one or more groups of RA resource sets based on configuration information received from the SCmB, measurement information received from the SCmB and/or measurement information acquired (i.e., measured) by the mWTRU from a DL beam.
[0239] For example, the mWTRU may select or determine an RA resource set or a group of RA resource sets based on at least one of: (i) a DL measurement, for example, a DL beam measurement) which may for example cross a threshold, (ii) the highest DL measurement, for example, a highest DL
beam measurement of a set of DL measurements, where each of DL beam measurements may, for example, cross a threshold (iii) RA resource set configuration which may be provided or broadcast by an SCmB, for example, in system information, and (iv) time of the DL measurement or time a DL signal or channel is received by the mWTRU.
[0240] For example, the mWTRU may receive a DL control channel and/or a reference signal at a particular time and/or take a measurement thereof at a particular time. A SIB, which may identify (e.g., implicitly or explicitly) and/or include configuration of a RA resource set or a group of RA resource sets, may be associated with the DL control channel or the reference signal. If the mWTRU successfully receives the control channel and/or determines the measurement is above a threshold, the mWTRU may receive the associated SIB and/or the associated configured group of RA resource sets. The mWTRU may select or determine the group of RA resource sets as the group associated with, or provided in, the SIB associated with the DL control channel or the measurement.
[0241] In another example, the mWTRU may receive multiple DL control channels and/or measure multiple reference signals each at a particular time. The mWTRU may choose the DL control channel or reference signal with the best quality, for example, highest signal, SNR, or signal-to- interference-plus-noise ratio (SINR), and receive the associated SIB and/or the associated configured group of RA resource sets. The mWTRU may select or determine the group of RA resource sets as the group associated with, or provided in the SIB associated with, the chosen or best quality channel or signal.
[0242] RA resource set selection with beam information is disclosed herein. An mWTRU may select or determine a group of RA resource sets based on an SCmB DL beam. An mWTRU may determine or select an SCmB DL beam based, for example, on at least one of successful synchronization, successful reception of a transmission from the beam such as a SIB or control channel, a measurement of the beam, and/or a measurement of the beam exceeding a threshold. The association of beams with signals and channels
such as synchronization signals, broadcast channels, control channels, and measurement signals may or may not be known to the mWTRU. For example, an mWTRU may not know the association until after reading one or more SIBs. An mWTRU may synchronize to an SCmB and read SIBs and/or control channels based on time relationships. For simplicity in some embodiments and examples described herein, the mWTRU may determine or select a beam and use that beam for other determinations or associations. The mWTRU may instead, or in addition, determine and/or use an aspect of a beam, for example, the transmission or reception time of a signal or channel which may be beamformed and still be consistent with the examples disclosed herein.
[0243] For example, the SCmB may sweep DL beams in time. The mWTRU may find one or more satisfactory DL transmissions, for example, based on successful synchronization, successful reception, or a measurement exceeding a threshold. A DL transmission may correspond to a DL beam. The mWTRU may choose one or more of the satisfactory DL transmissions or the associated DL beams, for example, the best or highest quality N (N>=1) DL transmissions or DL beams. For each of the N chosen transmissions or beams, the mWTRU may determine one or more times during which to acquire one or more associated SIBs, for example, from a fixed or known timing relationship and the mWTRU may acquire the one or more SIBs. An SIB associated with a DL transmission or DL beam may include an identification and/or a configuration of a RA resource set or a group of RA resource sets. The RA resource set, sets or group of sets may be provided to the mWTRU separate to, along with or included in the SIB.
[0244] The mWTRU may select or determine a RA resource set or a group of RA resource sets as the set or the group associated with or provided in the SIB associated with each of the chosen N, DL transmissions DL beams.
[0245] RA resource set selection, for example, selection of multiple groups is disclosed herein. An mWTRU may determine one or more groups of RA resource sets. For example, an mWTRU may determine a group of RA resource sets for each DL beam for which a measurement exceeds a threshold. An mWTRU may determine a primary group and one or more secondary
groups. The primary group may correspond to the best beam (i.e., the beam with the highest quality measurement).
[0246] FIG. 22 illustrates an example of RA acquisition and selection procedure. A DL control channel, DL beam and/or reference signal may be transmitted by the SCmB and received by the mWTRU (2201). The mWTRU may determine, in accordance with the procedures disclosed herein, whether the DL control channel, DL beam and/or reference signal meets a requirement (e.g., based on a threshold test, best quality, successful synchronization, etc.) (2202). Based on the determination of meeting the requirement, the mWTRU determine to request configuration information (e.g., to be provided in a SIB) corresponding to the DL control channel, DL beam and/or reference signal from the SCmB (2203). The mWTRU may transmit the request for configuration information to the SCmB (2204). Upon receiving the request for configuration information, the SCmB may transmit the corresponding configuration information and RA resource sets which correspond to the configuration information to the mWTRU (2205). Upon receiving the configuration information and RA resource sets, the mWTRU may select a RA resource set based on the configuration information (2206). It will be appreciated that the configuration information and RA resources sets may be transmitted to the mWTRU in separate transmissions at separate times, and, in some cases, the RA resource sets may be provided to the mWTRU prior to or subsequent to the request for configuration information.
[0247] FIG. 23 illustrates an example RA acquisition, selection and confirmation procedure. An RA resource set or sets and/or SIB is transmitted by the SCmB and received by the mWTRU (2301). The mWTRU selects an RA resource set from those RA sets received, and begins to perform an RA procedure based on the selected RA set (e.g., further selecting a preamble provided in the selected RA resource set, further selecting a physical resource such as a directional mWTRU uplink (UL) transmit beam for transmitting the selected preamble based on the selected preamble, further determining a RAR window for monitoring for a specific RAR, etc.) (2302). The mWTRU may then transmit the selected preamble to the SCmB using the selected directional
mWTRU UL transmit beam (2303). Upon receiving the preamble, the SCmB may generate or select a Random Access Response (RAR) based on the received preamble (2304), and may transmit the RAR to the mWTRU using a corresponding directional SCmB DL beam (2305). The RAR may be transmitted by the SCmB as the mWTRU monitors for the RAR during a RAR window determined by the mWTRU, where the RAR window corresponds to, for example, a time period and a location (e.g., direction) in which the mWTRU monitors for a specific, expected RAR. The SCmB may use configuration information based on the RA resource used in the received uplink preamble (e.g., the one selected by the mWTRU) to determing a transmission timing of the selected RAR such that the transmission timing coincides with the RAR window. The mWTRU may select an UL beam based on the received RAR (2306).
[0248] It will be appreciated that the examples illustrated in FIGS. 22 and 23 may be combined in various ways and the ordering of steps may be rearranged without departing from the general concepts disclosed herein. For example, some or all of steps 2201-2206 may be incorporated into FIG. 23 to occur prior to step 2303.
[0249] Random access resource set contents are disclosed herein. An RA resource set may include a set of one or more PRACH resources, for example, preambles and/or resources in time and/or frequency, and one or more associated PRACH parameters, for example, transmission and/or RA procedure parameters.
[0250] The PRACH transmission sequences may be or may include preambles included in a RA resource set and may be or may be based on Zadoff-Chu (ZC) sequences. Each preamble sequence may have a unique index number associated with a specific cyclic shift of the ZC sequence. The set of preamble sequences for each RA resource set may be configured or may be determined based on pre-configured criteria. For example, each RA resource set may have a designated ZC base sequence and each preamble in the resource set may use a different cyclic shift based on the designated ZC base sequence.
[0251] An RA resource set may include a PRACH format for use with one or more, including all, of the preambles in the RA resource set. The PRACH format may indicate preamble transmission parameters such as the duration of the PRACH transmission in number of symbols, a number of TTIs, or a number of sub-frames, the length of a guard period, the length of a cyclic prefix, etc. The indication of the preamble transmission parameters may be explicit with enumerated parameters or may be represented by one or more indices into a pre-defined configuration that may define a combination of PRACH format parameters. The PRACH format of a RA resource set may be related to certain characteristics of an SCmB uplink receive beam which may be associated with the RA resource set, for example, a beamforming gain.
[0252] Transmission and/or RA procedure parameters which may be associated with an RA resource set may include one or more of the following: a PRACH maximum power, a PRACH minimum transmit beamforming gain, a PRACH maximum transmit bandwidth, an SCmB antenna gain offset, an initial PRACH receive target power, or a power offset between the PRACH and an uplink control and/or data channel TDD configuration indication.
[0253] PRACH maximum power may be the maximum power for a
PRACH transmission for a RA resource set and may be specific to characteristics of an SCmB uplink receive beam associated with the RA resource set. The PRACH maximum power may not be the same as the maximum transmit power specified for uplink control or data channels or the total mWTRU maximum transmit power, for example, since an mWTRU may apply different beamforming for PRACH than that of the uplink control or data channels. The PRACH maximum power may be related to the PRACH beamforming gain (e.g., minimum transmit beamforming gain) associated with each RA resource set. The PRACH maximum power may be referred to as PRACH maximum equivalent isotropically radiated power (EIRP).
[0254] A PRACH minimum transmit beamforming gain and/or a
PRACH maximum transmit beamwidth may be parameters associated with an RA resource set. A PRACH transmission may target an SCmB uplink receive beam associated with the RA resource set. The uplink receive beam
may have a spatial coverage and gain. The minimum transmit beamforming gain or PRACH maximum transmit beamwidth may enable the PRACH transmission to be contained spatially in the direction towards the targeted SCmB uplink receive beam. One or more of a PRACH maximum EIRP, a PRACH minimum transmit beamforming gain, and a PRACH maximum transmit beamwidth may together specify or determine a distribution of PRACH power in the spatial domain, for example, how much power may be focused at which direction. The power may be constrained by the PRACH maximum EIRP.
[0255] An SCmB antenna gain offset parameter of an RA resource set may indicate the gain imbalance between the SCmB downlink transmit beam and uplink receive beam pair which may be associated with the RA resource set. It may be used, for example, by an mWTRU to estimate uplink path loss from a measured DL path loss to set or determine PRACH transmit power(e.g., an initial PRACH transmit power), which may be based on DL or UL path loss.
[0256] Initial PRACH receive target power may be provided to enable an mWTRU to determine the initial PRACH transmit power. The desired PRACH target power at the SCmB uplink receive beam may be based on at least one of the uplink receive beam gain, an interference and noise level received in the uplink receive beam, an SCmB antenna downlink and uplink gain imbalance, etc.
[0257] Power offset between the PRACH and an uplink control and/or a data channel may be a RA resource set parameter. The power offset may be the difference between the power of the preamble and a subsequent uplink control and/or data channel transmission, used for one or more MSG3 transmissions. An mWTRU may adjust the uplink control and/or data channel transmit power according to this power offset and/or the beamforming gain which may be applied to the uplink data channel.
[0258] A TDD configuration indication may be used to indicate the TDD configuration. An SCmB downlink transmit beam and uplink receive beam may have a specific TDD configuration that may be semi-static or dynamic.
The RA resource set may have a TDD indication using one or more indices into a pre-defined configuration that may define a set of TDD configurations.
[0259] Transmission and/or RA procedure parameters which may be associated with an RA resource set may include one or more of a PRACH power ramping factor, an RA response window start, an RA response window size or duration, a maximum number of preamble transmissions, or a maximum retransmission interval.
[0260] When increasing the power for a PRACH retransmission for a beamformed PRACH, the mWTRU may apply the ramping factor and/or beamforming gains by decreasing the PRACH transmit beamwidth. The mWTRU may increase the power by a value smaller that the ramping factor and apply beamforming gain such that the combined result is equivalent to applying the ramping factor.
[0261] An RA response window start may be a number of time units, for example, in frames, subframes, TTIs, symbols, between the end of the transmitted preamble and the start of the corresponding RA response window. This may be a fixed value for all RA resource sets or may vary between RA resource sets, for example, based on SCmB downlink transmit beam and/or uplink receive beam scheduling or timing. The RA response window start may be a function of the scheduling or timing relationship between an SCmB DL transmit beam and an SCmB UL receive beam pair.
[0262] An mWTRU may stop preamble transmissions when the number of transmitted preambles reaches the maximum number of preamble transmissions, for example, for an RA resource set or over all selected RA resource sets. There may be a maximum number of preamble transmissions for a resource set and/or a maximum number of preamble transmissions over all selected RA resource sets for one random access procedure.
[0263] A maximum retransmission interval may be a number of time units, for example, in frames, subframes, TTIs, and/or symbols between the end of a RA response window in which no RA response may be received and the start of a PRACH retransmission when a PRACH retransmission may be scheduled.
[0264] One or multiple RA resource set elements, for example, the
PRACH resources and/or parameters, may be different between RA resource sets. Different RA resource sets may have at least some of the same elements, for example, preamble sequence indices, time and frequency resource allocations, PRACH formats, etc. The SCmB may re-allocate and re-configure RA resource set semi- statically or dynamically.
[0265] Individual beam-specific PRACH transmission is described herein. An association between an RA resource set and an mWTRU uplink transmit beam is further described herein. The mapping between an SCmB downlink transmit beam and an uplink receive beam may provide a transmission reciprocity between the SCmB downlink AoD and the uplink SCmB AoA at the SCmB. The mWTRU beamformed random process procedure may use this reciprocity information conveyed in the SCmB downlink transmit and uplink receive beam mapping to select an RA resource set and accordingly an mWTRU uplink transmit beam to optimize the success rate of the RA transmission based on the mWTRU's reception of downlink transmit beam.
[0266] An mWTRU may calculate one or multiple mWTRU transmit beamforming weights based on SCmB downlink transmit beam AoA information. The weights may align the broadside direction of the associated mWTRU uplink transmit beam with the SCmB downlink transmit beam angle.
[0267] The calculation may be based on the mWTRU's receiver beamforming weights when mWTRU receive beamforming may be applied to receive the SCmB downlink transmit beam, for example, a conversion from mWTRU receive beamforming weights to mWTRU uplink transmit beamforming weights. An mWTRU may not apply receive beamforming in the reception of the SCmB downlink transmit beam, and the calculation of the uplink transmit beamforming weights may be based on AoA estimate algorithms.
[0268] The beamforming weights may result in an mWTRU uplink transmit beam or multiple transmit beams that have an mWTRU uplink AoD
overlapping or within the downlink AoA of the used SCmB downlink transmit beam. In other words, the mWTRU may transmit an mWTRU uplink transmit beam at the direction where it may receive an SCmB downlink transmit beam.
[0269] An mWTRU may, for example, establish one of or both mappings described in Equation 3 and Equation 4:
SCmB downlink transmit beam→ RA resource set + mWTRU uplink transmit beam
Equation 3
SCmB downlink transmit beam→ SCmB uplink receive beam→ RA resource set + mWTRU uplink transmit beam.
Equation 4
[0270] The mapping may be different depending on the SCmB downlink transmit beam. It may be based on SCmB downlink control channel beam, data channel beam and/or measurement beam.
[0271] An RA resource set and associated UL transmit beam selection are disclosed herein. An mWTRU may select a RA resource set and an associated mWTRU uplink transmit beam based on an SCmB downlink control beam. For example, an mWTRU may receive an mmW synchronization signal, a broadcast channel (e.g., mmW PSS/SSS/PBCH/SIB) in one specific SCmB downlink transmit beam. This downlink transmit beam may be one of a set of control channel beams provided by the SCmB in the cell that is selected by an mWTRU as a result of the preceding mmW cell search procedure according to certain criteria.
[0272] One criterion, for example, may be this SCmB downlink control beam may have the best measured quality metric in terms of digital and/or analog measurements including signal energy, SNR, SINR, RSRQ, RSRP, CQI, etc. Another criterion, for example, may be this SCmB downlink control beam may be the first downlink control beam to have a measured quality metric in in terms of digital and/or analog measurements including signal
energy, SNR, SINR, RSRQ, RSRP, CQI, etc. higher than a pre-configured threshold.
[0273] As the downlink control beam measurement may be stale at the initiation of random access procedure, an mWTRU may determine a RA resource set based on an SCmB downlink measurement beam which it may measure in a pre-PRACH-measurement configured by the network, for example, in SIB or through dedicated signaling.
[0274] The pre-PRACH-measurement configuration may be conveyed in the SCmB downlink data channel beam scheduled by the SCmB downlink control data beam in which the mWTRU may receive a mmW synchronization signal, a broadcast channel and mmW downlink control channels.
[0275] The SCmB may provide, and the mWTRU may receive, one or more measurement configurations. Each configuration may correspond to an SCmB downlink measurement beam and associated measurement parameters of a measurement object, which may completely define the mmW beam reference signal, mmW reference resource for beam measurement, mmW measurement reference signal, mmW channel state measurement reference signal, mmW demodulation reference signal, mmW sounding reference signal, reference signal, CSI-RS, CRS, DM-RS, DRS, measurement reference signal, reference resource for measurement, CSTIM, etc.
[0276] The parameters included in the measurement configuration may include: a measurement object, for example, an SCmB downlink measurement beam identity, which may be an sequence number explicitly signaled or an index into a pre-defined configuration; a measurement occasion, for example, SFN, sub-frame, TTI number, symbol number, etc.; a measurement duration or gap, for example, a number of symbols, TTIs, sub-frames, frames, etc.; a measurement frequency allocation, for example, the entire system bandwidth, part of the system bandwidth, the number of system carriers, etc.; a measurement type, for example a quality metric such as energy, SNR, SINR, RSRP, RSRQ, CQI, etc.; a measurement threshold, for example, a quantitative indicator of the configured quality metric that may trigger a pre-defined event such as downlink measurement beam ranking; a measurement transmit
power, for example, to use to estimate the path loss associated with the SCmB downlink measurement beam; and other parameters specific to the type of measurement. The frequency allocation parameter may be the same as or close to the frequency allocation of the RA resource set corresponding to this downlink measurement beam.
[0277] A mapping between SCmB downlink measurement beam and
SCmB uplink UL receive beam may be provided in the same measurement configuration signaling or separately in SIB or dedicated signaling.
[0278] An mWTRU may perform a pre-PRACH measurement according to the received measurement configuration and evaluate the measured quality metric. The determination of which measured SCmB downlink measurement beam to be used to select a corresponding RA resource set and an associated mWTRU uplink transmit beam may be based on a set of pre-defined criteria. One criterion may be based on the pre-PRACH-measurement result. For example, one SCmB downlink measurement beam may have the best measured quality metric and the mWTRU may select this SCmB downlink measurement beam for RA resource set determination. In another example, an mWTRU may randomly select an SCmB downlink measurement beam from all the beams that may have a measured quality metric higher than the configured measurement threshold.
[0279] Another criterion may be based on a pre-PRACH-measurement result and the RA resource set configuration associated with each downlink measurement beam. For example, one SCmB measurement beam may not have the best measured quality metric and may have a quality metric above the configured measurement threshold. One or more of a plurality of corresponding RA resource sets may have certain parameters that may, in a way, optimize the PRACH transmission success rate or may benefit the random process procedure.
[0280] For example, the RA resource set or sets may have the next, nearest or earliest available PRACH transmission time allocation in the upcoming SFN, sub-frame, TTI, symbol, etc. The mWTRU may select this downlink measurement beam or beams and in turn select an associated RA
resource set or sets in order to start as early as possible the random access procedure. In another example, the RA resource set or sets may have a frequency allocation where the mWTRU may have measured very low noise level in the pre-PRACH-measurement or any previous measurement in connection with initial access procedure or other system procedures.
[0281] An mWTRU may select one of the RA resource sets for use as a primary RA resource set to initiate a random access procedure. In addition, the mWTRU may select one or multiple RA resource sets for use as a secondary RA resource for the same random access procedure. The selection of the secondary RA resource sets may follow pre-configured rules/criteria. For example, the secondary RA resource sets may corresponding to downlink measurement beams which are above the configure measurement threshold and have certain ranking based on the pre-PRACH measurement.
[0282] The pre-PRACH-measurement may also be performed in any form of downlink DL beam measurement prior to the initiation of a random process procedure. The disclosed RA resource set selection may be performed in an identical manner based on those downlink DL beam measurements.
[0283] RA procedure initialization is disclosed herein. A RA procedure may be initiated by an mWTRU, for example, when the WTRU is initially accessing the mmW network or by an explicit order carried in mmW downlink control channel. The explicit order may provide indications and/or additional RA procedure configurations regarding some or all of the RA resource set parameters, for example, a preamble mask that may be used by an mWTRU to identify certain random access procedure.
[0284] An mWTRU may select a primary RA resource set and one or multiple secondary RA resource sets based on an SCmB downlink control or measurement beam. For each RA resource set, an mWTRU may initialize a random access procedure for determining each of the RA resource set parameters listed below.
[0285] An mWTRU may flush an uplink data buffer (e.g., a MSG3 buffer) and initiate a preamble counter for a primary RA set and all secondary RA sets for one random access procedure. MSG3 is an uplink data packet the
mWTRU may transmit when an expected Random Access Response (RAR) is received.
[0286] Random access resource selection is disclosed herein. The mWTRU may determine the value of each of the parameters of the selected RA set to use for the PRACH transmission, for example, the preamble sequence index, the PRACH format, the frequency resource allocation, and the transmission time. For a random access procedure ordered in a downlink control channel, an mWTRU may receive additional random access resource configuration, for example, regarding preamble sequence selection, frequency selection, transmission time allocation, and the like to determine the value of certain RA resource set parameters.
[0287] In one example, there may be multiple preambles in the selected
RA resource set and the mWTRU may randomly select one of them. Certain rules and/or criteria may apply to the preamble selection within the selected RA resource set. For example, preambles of the selected RA resource set may belong to different pre-defined groups that may be conveyed to all mWTRUs via SIB or dedicated signaling. Preamble grouping may for example be based on estimated path loss, a purpose of the intended random process procedure, mWTRU beamforming capability, mWTRU power class, and the like. An mWTRU may choose a preamble from the selected RA resource set according to the pre-configured rules and/or criteria applicable to the preamble grouping. An mWTRU may receive an explicit preamble index or indices in the downlink control channel when the random access procedure may be ordered.
[0288] When there are multiple frequency resource allocations to select in one RA resource set, an mWTRU may choose one at random. An mWTRU may have previous interference and/or noise measurement in some or all of the frequency resource allocation and may select the frequency resource allocation accordingly, for example, select the frequency resource allocation where the measured interference and/or noise measurement may be low.
[0289] An mWTRU may determine the initial PRACH transmission opportunity based on the SFN, sub-frame, TTI and symbol configuration of the
selected RA set using certain rules. For example, available PRACH transmissions may be in certain upcoming uplink sub-frames and/or TTIs in certain SFNs. The TDD configuration specific to the same selected RA set may be used as a mask to select the transmission opportunity. In addition, a downlink control channel ordered random access procedure may specify information that may be used to determine the PRACH transmission opportunity, for example a time mask, explicit SFN/sub-frame/TTI/symbol number, etc.
[0290] A dynamic TDD configuration may be applied to the SCmB downlink transmit and uplink receive beam pair associated with the selected RA set. An mWTRU may use the most recently obtained dynamic TDD configuration to determine an initial PRACH transmission in the period in which the dynamic TDD configuration may be applicable. For example, when the dynamic TDD configuration may be conveyed in the beginning of each sub- frame which contains a number of TTIs or slots, the initial PRACH transmission opportunity determination may be done for each sub-frame.
[0291] An mWTRU may determine randomly with equal probability a
PRACH transmission opportunity from a period in which multiple PRACH transmission opportunities may be allowed according to the RA set time resource allocation and TDD configuration. An mWTRU may select the first allowed PRACH transmission opportunity.
[0292] An mWTRU may identify the uplink transmit beam associated with the selected RA set using a mapping described herein. The uplink transmit beam may be represented by a set of weights that may be applied to the mWTRU antenna array phase shifters.
[0293] Random access preamble transmissions are disclosed herein. An mWTRU may transmit the initial PRACH using the selected RA resource parameters. For example, an mWTRU may generate the selected PRACH/preamble sequence. The mWTRU may generate an identity that may be used to identify the mWTRU in the initiated random access procedure, for example, a RA-RNTI. The RA-RNTI may be based on the determined frequency resource allocation for example frequency offset index, the PRACH
transmission opportunities for example sub-frame/TTI/symbol number or other parameters.
[0294] The mWTRU may derive a path loss specific to the selected RA set using measured downlink transmit control or measure beam quality metric for example, energy, RSRP, RSSI, etc., antenna gain offset, and the downlink transmit control or measurement beam transmit power that may be conveyed in system broadcast signaling and/or dedicated signaling.
[0295] The mWTRU may determine the initial PRACH power using the derived path loss, initial PRACH receive power, and the maximum PRACH power. For example, PpRACH=min{Maximum PRACH power, Initial PRACH receive power+path loss} dBm. The mWTRU may generate beamforming weights based on the mWTRU uplink transmit beam associated with the selected RA set, the calculated initial PRACH power, and the PRACH minimum transmit beamforming gain (PRACH maximum transmit beamwidth) of the selected RA set.
[0296] In an example, the mWTRU uplink transmit beamforming weights associated with the selected RA set may determine the angle of the departure of the initial PRACH transmission, for example, the broadside of the formed mWTRU uplink transmit beam. The calculated PRACH power and the minimum transmit beamforming gain may determine the beamforming gain of the initial PRACH transmission. The mWTRU may calculate the resulting initial PRACH transmit beamforming weights accordingly and the corresponding transmit power applied at each antenna element.
[0297] The mWTRU may apply the generated beamforming weights, form an mWTRU uplink transmit beam associated with the selected RA resource set, and transmit the selected PRACH sequence over the determined frequency resource in the determined transmission time allocation, for example one or more SFNs, sub-frames, TTIs, or symbols.
[0298] Random access response (RAR) reception is disclosed herein.
After the initial PRACH transmission, an mWTRU may receive the RAR in the RA response window specified in the selected RA resource set. The mWTRU may determine the RA response window start using the RA response
window start parameter and TDD configuration provided by the selected RA resource set. The mWTRU may determine the resulting actual RA response window start using certain rules. For example, when a PRACH transmission may occur in TTI n and the RA response window start may be three TTIs, the expected RA response window may start in TTI n+3 when the semi- static TDD configuration may indicate TTI n+3 may be a downlink TTI. When TTI n+3 may be an uplink TTI, the resulting RA response window start may be the first downlink TTI after the scheduled RA response window start, for example, in this case the first downlink TTI after TTI n+3.
[0299] The mWTRU may monitor a downlink control channel transmitted in the downlink control channel beam used for downlink SIB scheduling. The mWTRU may determine whether the RA response may be transmitted corresponding to the PRACH transmission using the identity information associated with the PRACH transmission or the mWTRU's identity information. For example, the mWTRU may decode the downlink control channel using the RA-RNTI corresponding to the initiated PRACH transmission or the C-RNTI that the mWTRU may be already assigned.
[0300] An mWTRU may receive a dynamic TDD configuration on a basis of a frame, sub-frame, or TTI and the mWTRU may determine the RA response window start and monitor the RA response according to the dynamic TDD configuration, RA response window start, and downlink control channel beam scheduling. The SCmB may have all this information and may transmit the RA response at the frame, sub-frame, TTI, or symbol where the mWTRU may expect it according to the RA response window information provided in a selected RA resource set.
[0301] An mWTRU may receive an RA response in the SCmB downlink transmit beam which may be selected by the mWTRU from the downlink measurement beams that are measured in a pre-RACH-measurement. The mWTRU may determine the RA response window start using the RA response window start parameter provided by the selected RA resource set, TDD configuration of the selected RA resource set or dynamic TDD configuration. In the determined RA response window start frame, sub-frame, TTI, or
symbol, the mWTRU may decode a downlink control channel using RA-RNTI or C-RNTI to receive RA response scheduling information. This downlink transmit beam may not be the one as the downlink control channel beam from which mWTRU may receive system broadcast scheduling information and as a result the mWTRU may decode different downlink control information format in the downlink transmit beams.
[0302] The RA response may be carried in a downlink data channel beam that may be different from the downlink control channel beam. An mWTRU may detect a downlink control channel using RA-RNTI or C-RNTI in the determined RA response window and successfully decode the downlink data channel in the scheduled downlink data channel beam. The mWTRU may successfully decode the downlink data channel and may receive uplink control and/or data channel scheduling information, uplink transmission timing information, etc. The uplink transmission timing information may include, for example, a minimum delay between the latest PRACH transmission and the uplink control and/or data channel transmission, timing advance and uplink and downlink timing offset, and the like. The control and/or data channel scheduling information may include transport format, resource allocation in a time, frequency, or code domain, demodulation reference signal configuration, HARQ transmission configuration, and the like. The mWTRU may denote the transmit power of the corresponding PRACH transmission and apply as a reference to set the uplink data transmission power. For example, the uplink control/data channel power may be the reference PRACH transmission power plus the power offset between PRACH and uplink control/data channel of the RA resource set selected for the reference PRACH transmission. The mWTRU may derive the timing of the scheduled uplink control and/or data channel in terms of a frame, sub- frame, TTI, symbol based on TDD configuration of the selected RA resource set or dynamic TDD configuration.
[0303] The mWTRU may transmit the scheduled uplink control and/or data channel using the mWTRU uplink transmit beam applied for the corresponding PRACH transmission. The mWTRU may calculate new
transmit beamforming weights based on those of the corresponding PRACH transmission with a gain adjustment based on the power offset between the PRACH and control and/or data channel. In another example, the mWTRU may reuse the same transmit beamforming weights and adjust the transmit power at the antenna element to account for the same offset.
[0304] A PRACH retransmission procedure using the selected primary
RA resource set is disclosed herein. An mWTRU may not detect an RA response in the determined RA response window, for example, the downlink control channel beam may not carry any downlink control channel for the RA- RNIT or C-RNTI of the mWTRU. The mWTRU may select a PRACH resource for a preamble retransmission when the total number of transmitted preambles may not exceed the maximum number of preamble transmission specified for the selected RA set or the on-going random process procedure.
[0305] The mWTRU may select an RA resource for the PRACH retransmission within the selected RA resource set for the preceding PRACH transmission, for example, the primary RA resource set determined in the beginning of the RA procedure. The order in which the mWTRU may select RA resources from the primary RA resource set for the PRACH retransmission may be according to one or more of the examples disclosed herein.
[0306] The mWTRU may randomly select a different preamble sequence, for example, a ZC sequence with a different index (cyclic shift) when there may be multiple sequences in the primary RA resource set. The mWTRU may select a retransmission preamble sequence according to the same pre-configured rules and/or criteria used for the preceding PRACH transmission sequence selection. The random access procedure may be ordered by a downlink control channel including preamble sequence configuration and the mWTRU may randomly select a retransmission preamble sequence.
[0307] The mWTRU may select a frequency resource allocation for the
PRACH retransmission according to certain frequency hopping pattern that may be received in SIB or dedicated signaling. The mWTRU may use the same frequency resource allocation as the preceding PRACH transmission.
[0308] The mWTRU may determine the PRACH retransmission opportunity based on the based on the frame, sub-frame, TTI and symbol configuration, TDD configuration of the selected primary RA set or the dynamic TDD configuration the mWTRU may receive prior to the PRACH retransmission resource selection. In addition, the retransmission timing may be according to the maximum retransmission interval specified for the primary RA resource set. For example, when an mWTRU does not receive an RA response by the end of the RA response window, which may be frame, sub- frame, TTI, symbol number n, the mWTRU may retransmit a preamble sequence no later than frame, sub-frame, TTI, symbol n + a maximum retransmission interval.
[0309] The mWTRU may use the mWTRU uplink transmit beam, for example in terms of the uplink transmit beamforming weights, of the preceding PRACH transmission for the PRACH retransmission.
[0310] Methods for PRACH retransmission using a re-selected RA resource set are disclosed herein. The mWTRU may select an RA resource for the PRACH retransmission from one of the secondary RA resource sets determined in the beginning of the RA procedure. The order in which the mWTRU may select another RA resource set from the secondary RA resource sets for the PRACH retransmission may be according to one or more of the following as disclosed herein. The mWTRU may randomly select a secondary RA resource set that may be associated with the same downlink control channel beam or measurement beam as the primary RA resource set. The mWTRU may randomly select a secondary RA resource set from all the identified secondary RA resource sets. The mWTRU may select a secondary RA resource set according to the ranking of the secondary RA resource sets based on the quality metric measured on the downlink control channel and/or measurement beam associated with the secondary RA resource set. The mWTRU may select a secondary RA resource set according to an order configured via SIB or dedicated signaling. The mWTRU may select a secondary RA resource set according to certain property and/or restriction and/or of the secondary RA resource sets. For example, certain secondary RA
resource sets may have high minimum transmit beamforming gain(e.g., very narrow beamwidth) and may be used by mWTRUs with advanced beamforming capability. An mWTRU without this capability may not select the secondary RA resource set. The mWTRU may determine the RA resource including sequence, frequency, time resource allocation and the mWTRU uplink transmit beam associated with this newly selected RA resource set for the PRACH retransmission.
[0311] Methods for random access PRACH retransmission are disclosed herein. The mWTRU may retransmit PRACH using the same RA resource as the preceding PRACH transmission, for example, the primary RA resource set. The retransmission power may be an initial PRACH power + (PRACH transmission counter * PRACH power ramping factor size). The mWTRU may maintain a PRACH transmission counter for each of the determined primary and secondary RA resource sets. In addition, the mWTRU may maintain a total PRACH transmission counter including all transmitted preambles using different RA resource sets. When the mWTRU uses a different RA resource set for PRACH retransmission, it may still use the initial PRACH receive target power and the estimated path loss per RA resource set to set the initial PRACH power.
[0312] The mWTRU may perform a random access procedure using one or a plurality of RA resource sets and the mWTRU may accordingly transmit PRACH using different mWTRU uplink transmit beams targeted at the associated SCmB uplink receive beams.
[0313] Methods for sequential beam- specific PRACH transmission are disclosed herein. Multiple PRACH resource sets may be associated with each SCmB DL beam by a SIB configuration. Each PRACH resource set may correspond to an SCmB UL receive beam, for example, one SCmB DL beam may be associated with multiple SCmB UL beams. Multiple SCmB DL beams may be associated with the same UL receive beam or beams.
[0314] An mWTRU may obtain or select multiple PRACH resource sets
(i.e., RA resource sets) based on a best DL beam or beams, for example, a DL beam used for Sync, SIB, and the like, or one or more DL beams above a
threshold. An mWTRU may select multiple RA resource sets or one or more groups of RA resource sets based on any of the RA resource set selection procedures disclosed herein (e.g., based on configuration received from the SCmB, measurement information received from the SCmB and/or measurement information acquired (i.e., measured) by the mWTRU from a DL beam). The mWTRU may determine a ranking of the DL beams based on, for example, configuration received from the SCmB, measurement information received from the SCmB and/or measurement information acquired (i.e., measured) by the mWTRU from a DL beam). A best RA resource set may be determined from determining a best DL beam from among DL beams, and selecting the RA resource set that is mapped to the best DL beam. A next best RA resource set may be determined from determining a next best DL beam from among DL beams, and selecting the RA resource set that is mapped to the next best DL beam, and so on. Given a choice of multiple PRACH resource sets, mWTRU selects a physical resource (e.g., a directional mWTRU UL transmit beam) from each of the selected RA sets and transmits RA preambles acquired from the RA resource sets sequentially in time using the selected physical resources. The mWTRU may rank and arrange the preambles in a sequential transmit order for the transmissions based on, for example, the ranking of the DL beams such that the rank of the preambles corresponds to the rank of the DL beams. Each RA resource set may be associated with a corresponding PRACH, which is a channel used to carry random access preambles used for initiation of a RA procedure. That is, a RACH or PRACH transport channel is mapped to a specific RA preamble. An mWTRU may select a RACH or PRACH (e.g., a directional UL transmit beam linked to the selected RA resource set) based on a selected preamble or selected RA resource set for transmitting the preamble to the SCmB in an RA transmission. If the SCmB receives a preamble (or preambles) from the mWTRU, the SCmB may analyze the preamble (or preambles) and select a RAR (or RARs) to transmit back to the mWTRU as a confirmation of receiving the preamble (or preambles). In addition, the SCmB may select a directional DL beam (or beams), e.g., a directional SCmB DL beam or beams, associated with the RA
resource set (or sets) based on the received preamble (or preambles) to transmit the RAR (or RARs) to the mWTRU, and may transmit the RAR (or RARs) within the directional SCmB DL beam (or beams).
[0315] In an example, mWTRU may transmit RA preambles using multiple PRACHs and then wait for one or more RAR from the SCmB. As the mWTRU waits for the one or more RAR, the mWTRU monitors for specific RAR or RARs during a determined RAR window or windows. RAR windows may or may not overlap. Non- overlapping windows enables an mWTRU to use different receive beams without additional DL beam timing information. If using overlapping windows, an mWTRU may be provided with DL beam timing information, for example, a symbol or TTI location. Accordingly, multiple RA preambles may be transmitted sequentially, with a best determined RA preamble (e.g., extracted from the best determined RA resource set) transmitted first, and the next best transmitted subsequently and so on. Based on all received RARs, the mWTRU may determine and select an UL beam based on a best RAR received.
[0316] In another example, an mWTRU may transmit one RA preamble using a corresponding PRACH, wait for a predetermined amount of time for a corresponding RAR, and, if a failure is determined (e.g., that the SCmB did not receive the RA preamble, and/or that a RAR is not received by the mWTRU), after a possible retransmission, the mWTRU transmits the next RA preamble using a PRACH associated with the next RA preamble. Accordingly, multiple RA preambles may be transmitted sequentially, with a best determined RA preamble (e.g., extracted from the best determined RA resource set) transmitted first, and the next best transmitted subsequently and so on, until a RAR is received by the mWTRU.
[0317] In another example, an mWTRU may transmit one RA preamble using a corresponding PRACH, wait for a corresponding RAR or may determine that a failure has occurred. If the mWTRU determines that a failure has occurred (e.g., that the SCmB did not receive the RA preamble, and/or that a RAR is not received by the mWTRU), the mWTRU may sequentially transmit all of the selected RA preambles or all of the remaining
RA preambles using PRACHs associated with the selected RA preambles. Accordingly, multiple RA preambles may be transmitted sequentially, with a best determined RA preamble (e.g., extracted from the best determined RA resource set) transmitted first, and the next best preamble or preambles sequentially transmitted subsequently, and based on all received RARs, the mWTRU may determine and select an UL beam based on a best RAR received.
[0318] An mWTRU may have different PRACH parameters for each RA resource set and may maintain for example a separate PREAMBLE_RETRANS_COUNTER for a preamble transmission for each of the SCmB UL receive beams. If the mWTRU changes an UL transmit beam during an RA procedure, the mWTRU may need PREAMBLE_RETRANS_COUNTER per (UL transmit beam, UL receive beam) pair.
[0319] Receipt of a RAR may indicate a best uplink beam or beams.
From the received RARs, an mWTRU may choose which uplink beam to use based on a rule, an implementation or information included in the received RAR or RARs (e.g., a determined signal quality of a received PRACH). Each RAR may be associated with an uplink beam, and, if multiple RARs are received, the mWTRU may determine which RAR from among the received multiple RARs is best based on a rule, an implementation or information included in the received RARs. Upon selection of a best RAR, the mWTRU may determine and select a best uplink beam for communication based on the corresponding best RAR mapped thereto. The uplink transmit beam (i.e., directional WTRU UL transmit beam or directional UL transmit beam) selected based on the received RAR or RARs corresponds to one of the UL transmit beams of one or more UL transmit beams used to transmit the preambles from the WTRU to the SCmB. An SCmB may have the capability to determine when PRACHs are transmitted from the same mWTRU in sequence. An explicit preamble group to symbol/TTI mapping may be configured and an mWTRU may use a same preamble for PRACH transmission in the sequence.
[0320] A hashing function may be used to map to parts of an
International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI). The hashing function is according to: IMSI → PRACH sequence, and may involve multiple PRACH sequences.
[0321] Multiple PRACH resource sets may be associated with each
SCmB downlink beam and an mWTRU may receive the association configuration in SIB. As each PRACH resource set may correspond to an SCmB uplink receive beam, for example, one SCmB downlink beam is associated with multiple SCmB uplink beam. Multiple SCmB downlink beams may be associated with the same uplink receive beam or beams. An mWTRU may receive multiple PRACH resource set configurations based on best downlink beam, for example, a downlink beam used for synchronization and Physical Broadcast Channel (PBCH) reception and/or SIB reception, etc., or one or more downlink beams may be measured above a threshold. An mWTRU may select multiple PRACH resource sets and select a physical resource (e.g., a PRACH) from each of the sets based on resource information provided in the RA resource sets and transmit preambles corresponding to each resource set sequentially in time. An mWTRU may transmit multiple preambles using PRACHs and monitor for one or more RARs. The RAR windows may or may not overlap. Non-overlapping RAR windows may enable an mWTRU to use different receive beams without additional downlink beam timing information. An mWTRU may transmit one PRACH and monitor for an RAR and, if the PRACH transmission fails after retransmission, the mWTRU may try the next preamble until a RAR is received. An mWTRU may transmit one preamble and monitor for a RAR. If the PRACH transmission fails after a retransmission, the mWTRU may try all selected preambles using sequential PRACH transmissions. The mWTRU may analyze all received RARs and determine a best uplink beam based on all received RARs.
[0322] An mWTRU may have different PRACH parameters for each resource set and may maintain for example separate PREAMBLE_RETRANS_COUNTER for preamble transmission for each of the SCmB uplink receive beams. When an mWTRU changes an UL transmit
beam during RA procedure, it may have PREAMBLE_RETRANS_COUNTER per (UL transmit beam, UL receive beam) pair. As noted above, a hashing function may be used to map to parts of an International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI). The hashing function is according to: IMSI ^ PRACH sequence, and may involve multiple PRACH sequences. Accordingly, an mWTRU may apply a hashing function to map parts of IMSI to determine a PRACH sequence or to determine multiple PRACH sequences.
[0323] It will be appreciated that FIG. 22 and FIG. 23 may be modified to employ sequential beam- specific PRACH transmissions by using the processes disclosed above to (1) receive multiple DL control channels, DL beams and/or references signals in, for example, step 2201, (2) select multiple RA resource sets in, for example, steps 2206 or 2302, (3) select multiple preambles and multiple directional mWTRU uplink (UL) transmit beams in, for example, step 2302, (4) sequentially transmit multiple preambles using the multiple directional mWTRU uplink (UL) transmit beams in, for example, step 2303, (5) generate multiple RARs in, for example, step 2304, (6) transmit multiple RARs in, for example, step 2305, and (7) select a UL beam based on one or more RARs received in, for example, step 2306.
[0324] Methods for beam-specific PRACH transmission which employ parallel transmission and PRACH spatial diversity are disclosed herein. Features and procedures for employing parallel transmission may be similar to those disclosed above for sequential transmission, including, but not limited to, RA resource selection, preamble selection, UL beam selection, etc., with the exception that selected RA preambles may be transmitted by the mWTRU in parallel (e.g., at substantially the same time). RARs may also be transmitted in parallel by the SCmB and received in parallel by the mWTRU. Selected preambles may be grouped by the SCmB into a primary group and a secondary group, where the preambles of the primary group are transmitted in parallel and, subsequently, the preambles of the secondary group are transmitted in parallel.
[0325] It will be appreciated that FIG. 22 and FIG. 23 may be modified to employ beam-specific PRACH transmission which employ parallel
transmission and PRACH spatial diversity by using the processes disclosed above to (1) receive multiple DL control channels, DL beams and/or references signals in, for example, step 2201, (2) select multiple RA resource sets in, for example, steps 2206 or 2302, (3) select multiple preambles and multiple directional mWTRU uplink (UL) transmit beams in and group the preambles into primary and secondary groups, for example, step 2302, (4) transmit multiple preambles in parallel using the multiple directional mWTRU uplink (UL) transmit beams in, for example, step 2303, (5) generate multiple RARs in, for example, step 2304, (6) transmit multiple RARs in, for example, step 2305, and (7) select a UL beam based on one or more RARs received in, for example, step 2306.
[0326] The beamformed PRACH transmission, especially with a relatively narrower beam, may be sensitive to dynamic blocking or device orientation change that may happen to obstruct the uplink PRACH transmission. An individual beamformed PRACH transmission using different RA resource sets for retransmission or a sequential PRACH transmission may increase the PRACH success rate in those situations. But the mWTRU may use one uplink transmit beam at a time due to single RF chain analog beamforming. An mWTRU may have more than one RF chain and thus may be able to transmit multiple uplink beams simultaneously.
[0327] The mWTRU may select two primary RA resource sets with a condition that these two primary RA resource sets may have a simultaneous PRACH transmission time allocation in terms of a frame, sub-frame, TTI, or symbol. The advantage may be to have two simultaneous PRACH transmissions to optimize the PRACH transmission success rate while reducing the latency. The mWTRU may perform a random access procedure with multiple simultaneous PRACH transmissions using different RA resource sets and thus different mWTRU uplink transmit beams.
[0328] Power allocation for parallel PRACH transmissions is disclosed herein. The initial PRACH and retransmission power of each of the primary RA resource sets may be calculated per RA resource set as performed for an individual PRACH transmission. When the magnitude of the simultaneous
PRACH transmission power exceeds the maximum total power specified for the mWTRU, the mWTRU may adjust the power level according to the predefined rules. For example, the mWTRU may scale back the power level of the simultaneous PRACH transmission.
[0329] PRACH format selection and preamble grouping for heterogeneous beam types are disclosed herein. PRACH format selection may be for heterogeneous beam types, for example, omni, wide, or narrow beam types.
[0330] Based on the beam type selected for Sync/PBCH, an mWTRU may select the PRACH format, for example, a different guard period, a different sequence length, or the like.
[0331] Preamble sequences may be grouped based on PRACH transmission antenna gain settings according to mWTRU classes or tiers, in terms of for example a low, medium, or high class or tier.
[0332] The preamble sequence grouping may convey channel and/or beam information. For example, a group of preambles may be used by mWTRUs which may receive a PRACH configuration in a downlink wide beam. Also another group of preambles may be used by mWTRUs who may receive PRACH configuration in a downlink narrow beam.
[0333] The network may transmit synchronization signals and PBCHs in different types of beams, for example, broad beams covering a cell or narrow beams covering a part of a cell. Each beam may have an associated PRACH format that may include PRACH parameters such as a guard period, preamble sequence length, CP length, and the like. An mWTRU may receive the configuration of a PRACH format of each type of beam in a SIB or a plurality of SIBs.
[0334] RAR modifications to support millimeter wave beams are disclosed herein. An RAR window determination method is further described herein. As disclosed with regard to RAR reception, an mWTRU may monitor a RAR window according to a TDD configuration, downlink control channel beam scheduling, an RAR window start, or an RAR window size of the selected
RA resource set. In addition, the mWTRU may use the dynamic TDD configuration to determine the RAR window start.
[0335] Information for use in an RAR grant is disclosed herein. An mWTRU may decode a RAR successfully in the RAR window and receive a downlink data channel that may contain an uplink channel information including: an uplink control and/or data channel transport format; an uplink control and/or data channel time resource allocation; uplink transmission timing information; uplink control and/or data channel frequency resource allocation; an uplink PRACH quality metric; or a downlink channel state information request.
[0336] An uplink control and/or data channel transport format may include the coding and modulation scheme of the uplink control and/or data channel. An uplink control and/or data channel time resource allocation may, for example, be a maximum delay between the RAR and transmission of the scheduled uplink control or data channel. The mWTRU may determine the uplink control and/or data channel time resource allocation based on the maximum delay and the TDD configuration. Uplink transmission timing information may for example use the timing advance carried in the RAR to adjust the uplink control and/or data channel transmission timing. The uplink control and/or data channel frequency resource allocation may indicate the frequency resource may be the same as what may be used for the PRACH transmission which the SCmB may have certain channel information from the PRACH reception. With regard to an uplink PRACH quality metric, the RAR may include signal quality metrics for the received PRACH at the SCmB, sequential for uplink beam selection. Using a downlink channel state information request information element, the mWTRU may upon request, transmit a measured downlink channel state per beam in the scheduled uplink control or data channel.
[0337] The mWTRU may transmit the uplink control and/or data channel using an mWTRU uplink transmit beam based on the transmit beam used for the PRACH transmission associated with the received RAR. The uplink transmit beamforming weights for the control and/or data channel may
be adjusted for the power difference between the PRACH and control/data channel but with an identical broadside AoD.
[0338] Methods for uplink reference signal transmission scheduled by an RAR are disclosed herein. An mWTRU may receive an uplink reference signal transmission scheduling in the decoded RA response prior to the uplink control and/or data channel scheduling and transmission. The SCmB may not have information regarding the mWTRU beamforming capability and may request an uplink beamformed reference signal transmission to evaluate the mWTRU's uplink transmission. For example, the SCmB may schedule an uplink reference signal transmission which may be pre-defined to use the narrowest uplink transmit beam the mWTRU may form. With the knowledge of the highest beamforming gain of an mWTRU, the SCmB may schedule the mWTRU uplink transmission accordingly. The SCmB may not have the knowledge of how many uplink transmit beams an mWTRU may form with the scheduled reference signal transmission period. And the mWTRU may determine which beams to use for the reference signal transmission.
[0339] For example, the SCmB may schedule six symbols for reference signal transmission with each beam transmitting over two symbols and an mWTRU may be able to have five non-overlapping transmit beams within the PRACH transmission beamwidth. The mWTRU may randomly select three beams out of the five and transmit them in the reference signal transmission period with different reference signal sequence. Another mWTRU may only transmit one beam within the PRACH transmission beamwidth and it may repeat this beam three times in the reference signal transmission with the same reference signal sequence.
[0340] An mWTRU may receive an uplink reference signal transmission from an SCmB for scheduling an RAR. The uplink reference signal transmission may include an uplink reference signal power offset relative to the PRACH transmission associated with the RAR, a reference signal transmission within the PRACH transmission beamwidth, an uplink reference signal configuration, an uplink reference signal transmission start, an uplink reference signal transmission period for uplink transmit beam, a number of
uplink reference signal transmission period, uplink timing information, and an uplink reference signal transmission frequency resource allocation.
[0341] With regard to uplink reference signal sequence configuration, for example, an SCmB may provide a base ZC sequence and an mWTRU may randomly generate a set of cyclic shifts with each cyclic shift used for one uplink transmit beam. The SCmB may provide an explicit set of sequence indices into a pre-configured sequence configuration and the mWTRU may select a different sequence for each uplink transmit beam according to certain pre-defined rule. For example, the mWTRU may apply the indices in ascending or descending order to the uplink transmit beams.
[0342] Using an uplink reference signal transmission start indicator, the
SCmB may coordinate the TDD configuration and schedule a reference signal transmission start in an uplink frame/sub-frame/TTI/symbol.
[0343] Using an uplink reference signal transmission period for uplink transmit beam indicator, the SCmB may schedule a period of a number of frame/sub-frame/TTI/symbol in which one uplink transmit beam may be used for the scheduled reference signal transmission.
[0344] Using a number of uplink reference signal transmission period, the SCmB may schedule how many beams an mWTRU may use in the reference signal transmission. The mWTRU may be able to form more or less than the number of the uplink transmit beams scheduled and may apply certain rules or criteria to select which transmit beam or beams to use for the reference signal transmission.
[0345] Uplink timing information may be signaled. The uplink timing relative to the downlink timing information may be used by the mWTRU to set the uplink start timing. Another example may be the timing advance that an mWTRU may use to adjust the uplink start timing.
[0346] A reference signal transmission within the PRACH transmission beamwidth may be a flag to inform the mWTRU to select transmit beam within the PRACH transmit beam associated with the RA response. An mWTRU may select other transmit beams when the flag may not be set.
[0347] The mWTRU may determine which uplink transmit beam or beams to use for the scheduled uplink reference signal transmission, for example, the ones within the transmit beam used for the PRACH transmission associated with the RA response. For each uplink transmit beam, the mWTRU may determine the transmit power based on the scheduled offset and the PRACH transmit power. The mWTRU may calculate the beamforming weights of each transmit beam based on the angle of departure of the PRACH transmission and the determined reference signal power. The mWTRU may select a different reference signal sequence based on the scheduled sequence set and assign it to each determined uplink transmit beam. The mWTRU may generate the selected reference signal sequence and transmit over the scheduled frequency resource allocation at the scheduled reference signal transmission start. Each uplink transmit beam may be transmitted over the scheduled period in terms of a frame, sub-frame, TTI, or symbol.
[0348] The SCmB may measure a quality metric of each transmitted reference sequence and determine a ranking of the uplink transmit beam of the mWTRU based on the quality metric. The sequence index or cyclic shift may be used to identify and schedule the associated uplink transmit beam by the SCmB.
[0349] The MAC protocol and procedures for beamforming based random access are disclosed herein. In an example, a MAC PDU for MAC- assisted beamforming based RA. In this example, a MAC PDU for MAC- assisted beamforming based random access is provided. Although mmW is used as an example(s) for illustration purpose, the same example(s) may apply to cmW or any other spectrum or bands, including those above 6 GHz or sub- 6GHz bands.
[0350] FIG. 23 is an example random access beamforming index
(RABFI) / random access preamble identifier (RAPID) mmW MAC subheader. An example mmW-MAC PDU subheader may comprise several header fields including RABFI and RAPID as shown in FIG. 23.
[0351] FIG. 24 is an example mmW MAC RAR. For example, a mmW-
MAC RAR may comprise several fields including a timing advance command, UL grant, C-RNTI, or temporary C-RNTI as shown in FIG. 24.
[0352] FIG. 25 is an example mmW MAC PDU comprising of an example mmW MAC header and example mmW MAC RARs. An example mmW-MAC PDU may comprise a mmW-MAC header, zero or more mmW- MAC Random Access Responses (mMAC RAR), and optionally padding as shown in FIG. 25.
[0353] An example mmW-MAC header disclosed herein is of variable size. Therefore, it is flexible to accommodate variable number of users for initial access.
[0354] An example mmW-MAC PDU header is comprised of one or more mmW-MAC PDU subheaders; wherein each subheader corresponds to a mmW-MAC RAR except for the backoff indicator subheader. If included, the backoff indicator subheader may only be included once and may be the first subheader included within the mmW-MAC PDU header.
[0355] Padding may occur after the last mmW-MAC RAR. The presence and length of padding may be implicit based on the size of transport block, size of mmW-MAC header and number of RARs.
[0356] The RABFI may be used as an identifier for the selected beam.
For example, the size of the RABFI field may be a few bits or more.
[0357] The RAPID may be used to identify the transmitted random access preamble. In an example, the size of the RAPID field may be a few bits, for example, 6 bits or more.
[0358] The UpLink Grant field may indicate the resources to be used on the uplink. For example, the size of the UL Grant field may be a several bits (e.g., 20 bits or more).
[0359] The C-RNTI/Temporary C-RNTI field may be used to indicate the identity or temporary identity that is used by the MAC entity during random access. For example, the size of the C-RNTI/Temporary C-RNTI field may be several bits, for example, 16 bits or more.
[0360] The Extension field, E, may be a flag indicating if more fields are present in the example MAC header or not. The E field may be set to "1" to indicate at least another set of E/T/RABFI/RAPID fields follows. The E field may be set to "0" to indicate that a MAC RAR or padding starts at the next byte.
[0361] The Type field, T, may be a flag indicating whether the example
MAC subheader contains a random access ID or a backoff indicator. The T field may be set to "0" to indicate the presence of a backoff indicator field in the subheader (BI). The T field may be set to "1" to indicate the presence of a RABFI and random access preamble ID field in the subheader RAPID.
[0362] R may be a reserved bit, set to "0"
[0363] The Timing Advance Command field may indicate the index value used to control the amount of timing adjustment that the MAC entity has to apply.
[0364] Although features and elements are described above in particular combinations, one of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that each feature or element can be used alone or in any combination with the other features and elements. In addition, the methods described herein may be implemented in a computer program, software, or firmware incorporated in a computer- readable medium for execution by a computer or processor. Examples of computer-readable media include electronic signals (transmitted over wired or wireless connections) and computer-readable storage media. Examples of computer-readable storage media include, but are not limited to, a read only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a register, cache memory, semiconductor memory devices, magnetic media such as internal hard disks and removable disks, magneto -optical media, and optical media such as CD- ROM disks, and digital versatile disks (DVDs). A processor in association with software may be used to implement a radio frequency transceiver for use in a WTRU, UE, terminal, base station, RNC, or any host computer.
[0365] EMBODIMENTS:
[0366] 1. A method for beam pairing, the method comprising:
transmitting, by a small cell (SC) millimeter wave (mmW) capable evolved node B (eNB) (SCmB), a sector wide mmW broad beam.
[0367] 2. The method of embodiment 1, wherein the sector wide mmW broad beam provides coverage.
[0368] 3. The method of embodiment 1, further comprising:
transmitting, by the SCmB, a grid of narrow beams, wherein the grid of narrow beams are for data transmission.
[0369] 4. The method of embodiment 3, wherein each of the narrow beams carry at least one of a beam-specific reference signal (BSRS), an adaptive antenna reference signal (AARS), a dedicated physical downlink directional control channel (PDDCCH), a physical downlink directional data channel (PDDDCH), and an associated demodulation reference signal (DMRS) at the assigned resource allocation.
[0370] 5. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: receiving, at a mmW capable wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU), a system information broadcast (SIB) specific to mmW downlink beam configuration parameters.
[0371] 6. The method of embodiment 5, wherein the mmW downlink beam configuration parameters include at least one of the following: an mmW sector identity; a number of downlink transmit narrow beams per sector; a BSRS frequency allocation; a BSRS sequence configuration; a BSRS periodicity; a common PDDCCH transport format; a common PDDCCH frequency allocation; and/or a common PDCCCH periodicity.
[0372] 7. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the mmW downlink beam configuration parameters allow an mWTRU to detect a BSRS and receive a common PDDCCH in the mmW broad beam.
[0373] 8. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the narrow beams include a unique identify.
[0374] 9. The method of embodiment 8, wherein the unique identity may be one of an AARS sequence index or s small data package.
[0375] 10. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: performing a radio access channel procedure, by an mWTRU; and receiving a common control channel in a cell-wide broad mmW antenna pattern in CONNECTED mode.
[0376] 11. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: performing a beam pairing procedure, by the mWTRU.
[0377] 12. The method of embodiment 11, wherein the beam pairing procedure performed by the mWTRU comprises: receiving, by the mWTRU, a beam measurement request (BMR) on the common PDDCCH.
[0378] 13. The method of embodiment 12, wherein the BMR includes at least one of the following: an AARS sequence, a time and frequency resource allocation, an uplink grant for BMR feedback, a reporting quality metric threshold, a number of quality metrics to report, a new or updated BMR indicator, and or a BMR trigger.
[0379] 14. The method of embodiment 12, wherein the beam pairing procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: sweeping, by the mWTRU, one or more narrow receive antenna patterns, wherein the one or more narrow receive antenna patterns are swept according to the BMR time and frequency resource schedule.
[0380] 15. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the beam pairing procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: measuring, by the mWTRU, the scheduled AARS; reporting, by the mWTRU, an obtained beam-pair-specific quality metrics; and reporting, by the mWTRU, a threshold, wherein the threshold is reporting utilizing the uplink grant schedule in the BMR.
[0381] 16. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the beam pairing procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: decoding, by the mWTRU, the beam pair schedule information on the common PDDCCH; forming, by the mWTRU, a narrow or multi-lobe broad receive antenna pattern; decoding, by the mWTRU the dedicated PDDCCH within the formed beam pair; acquiring, by the mWTRU, per-transmission
time interval (TTI) PDDDCH scheduling information; and receiving, by the mWTRU, the PDDDCH.
[0382] 17. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: performing a beam forming procedure, by the SCmB.
[0383] 18. The method of embodiment 17, wherein the beam forming procedure performed by the SCmB comprises: estimating, by the SCmB, mWTRU specific angle of departure (AoD), wherein the AoD is based on the measured angle of arrival (AoA) of an uplink transmission in a broad antenna pattern of the mWTRU; dynamically scheduling, by the SCmB, an mWTRU specific AARS in a narrow beam pattern; transmitting, by the SCmB, the mWTRU specific AARS in the narrow beam pattern; transmitting, by the SCmB, a BMR on the common PDDCCH; receiving, by the SCmB, uplink beam measurement reporting per the BMR uplink grant information; processing, by the SCmB, beam measurement quality metrics; determining, by the SCmB, narrow beam pairing scheduling; transmitting, by the SCmB, the narrow beam pair scheduling information on the common PDDCCH; determining, by the SCmB, the schedule narrow or multi-love broad downlink antenna pattern; and transmitting, by the SCmB, on the dedicated PDDDCH.
[0384] 19. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: decoding, by the mWTRU, the common PDDCCH; and receiving, by the mWTRU, a BMR request using an mWTRU specific network identity.
[0385] 20. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: forming, by the mWTRU, an mmW narrow receive beam; and performing, by the mWTRU, receive beam sweeping.
[0386] 21. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: correlating, by the mWTRU, AARSs scheduled on the common PDDCCH at each sweeping position, wherein the AARSs are denoted by a control word during a pre-configured correlation time period.
[0387] 22. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: detecting, by the mWTRU, the strongest AARS when an AARS correlation result is higher than a pre-defined or schedule threshold.
[0388] 23. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: synchronizing, by the mWTRU, with the detected strongest AARS in time and frequency.
[0389] 24. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: quantizing, by the mWTRU, the measures BSRS signal strength into a transmit beam quality metric utilizing a pre-defined look-up table; and linking, by the mWTRU, the quality metric and a beamforming control word.
[0390] 25. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: creating, by the mWTRU, a beam measurement record; and updating, by the mWTRU, the beam measurement record after each sweep.
[0391] 26. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: reporting, by the mWTRU, a detected transmit beam identity, receive beam index, and quality metric to a network entity.
[0392] 27. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: sweeping, by the mWTRU, a narrow receive antenna pattern to detect strong AoA paths over an entire phase antenna array coverage area; correlating, by the mWTRU, with the scheduled AARS at teach receive antenna pattern steering direction; decoding, by the mWTRU, an attached small data payload to acquire a transmit beam identity; associating, by the mWTRU, the detected AARS, the decoded transmit beam identity, and a quantized quality metric with the applied receive antenna pattern steering control word; updating, by the mWTRU, an internal beam pair measurement record; and reporting, by the mWTRU, the beam pair measurement record to a network entity.
[0393] 28. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: performing, by the mWTRU, a fixed narrow antenna pattern preamble transmission procedure.
[0394] 29. The method of embodiment 28, wherein the fixed narrow antenna pattern preamble transmission procedure comprises: receiving, by the mWTRU, a downlink beam measurement reference signal (BMRS)
transmission configuration and random access channel (RACH) configuration in a system information broadcast (SIB) on a common PDDDCH; sweeping, by the mWTRU, at least one narrow receive antenna patterns in accordance with a time and frequency resource schedule of the SIB; measuring, by the mWTRU, the BMRS according the BMRS sequence; and transmitting, by the mWTRU, a preamble.
[0395] 30. The method of embodiment 29, wherein the fixed narrow antenna pattern preamble transmission procedure further comprises: receiving, by the mWTRU, a preamble acknowledgment within a receive antenna pattern identical to the preamble transmit antenna pattern.
[0396] 31. The method of embodiment 29, wherein the fixed narrow antenna pattern preamble transmission procedure further comprises: on a condition that no preamble acknowledgement is received, by the mWTRU, retransmitting, by the mWTRU, a next nth subsequent preambles within a transmit antenna pattern.
[0397] 32. The method of embodiment 31, wherein the fixed narrow antenna pattern preamble transmission procedure further comprises: stopping, by the mWTRU, the preamble retransmission on a condition that the number of preamble retransmission exceed a certain threshold.
[0398] 33. The method of embodiment 30, wherein the fixed narrow antenna pattern preamble transmission procedure further comprises: decoding, by the mWTRU, the dedicated PDDCCH within the formed beam pair; acquiring, by the mWTRU, the per-TTI PDDDCH scheduling information; and receiving, by the mWTRU, the PDDDCH.
[0399] 34. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: performing a preamble transmission procedure, by the mWTRU, with a variable transmit antenna pattern.
[0400] 35. The method of embodiment 34, wherein the preamble transmission procedure performed by the mWTRU, with a variable transmit antenna pattern comprises: receiving, by the mWTRU, a downlink RACH configuration SIB on the common PDDDCH; sweeping, by the mWTRU, at
least one narrow receive antenna pattern; measuring, by the mWTRU, cell- specific reference signals; and transmitting a preamble.
[0401] 36. The method of embodiment 35, wherein the preamble transmission procedure performed by the mWTRU, with a variable transmit antenna pattern further comprises: receiving, by the mWTRU, a preamble acknowledgement within a receive antenna pattern, wherein the receive antenna pattern is identical to the preamble transmit antenna pattern.
[0402] 37. The method of embodiment 35, wherein the preamble transmission procedure performed by the mWTRU, with a variable transmit antenna pattern further comprises: on a condition that no acknowledgement is received by the mWTRU, retransmitting the next preamble within an antenna pattern that is narrower than the previous preamble transmission by a predefined antenna pattern.
[0403] 38. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: determining, by the SCmB, a corresponding angle of departure (AoD) based on the reported mWTRU beam measurement; and evaluating, by the SCmB, whether to apply a different receive antenna pattern or a narrow beam pair switch.
[0404] 39. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: scheduling, by the SCmB, a multi-lobe mmW receive antenna pattern on the common PDDCCH, a primary and at least one secondary receive beam index; and transmit, by the SCmB, the same associated PDDDCH at least two AoDs.
[0405] 40. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: decoding, by the mWTRU, the scheduling information on the common PDDCCH using multi-lobe mmW receive antenna patterns and looking up control words maintained in a database corresponding to the scheduled primary and at least one secondary receive beam index.
[0406] 41. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: performing a multi-AoA reception procedure, by the mWTRU.
[0407] 42. The method of embodiment 41, wherein the multi-AoA reception procedure performed by the mWTRU comprises: decoding, by the mWTRU, multi-AoD transmission scheduling information; looking up, by the mWTRU, the receive beam indices in an internal beam measurement record and retrieving the information; calculating, by the mWTRU, new received multi-lobe- single-beam beamforming control words based on the AoAs of the intended main lobes and the weight factor of each of the main lobes generated at the AoA; applying, by the mWTRU, the generated multi-lobe-single-beam beamforming control word and forming a multi-lobe single receive beam with main lobes directed at the AoA paths corresponding to the schedule primary and at least one secondary receive beam; and decoding and demodulating, by the mWTRU, the PDDDCH received in the multi-lobe receive beam.
[0408] 43. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: performing an event-triggered beam switching procedure, by the mWTRU.
[0409] 44. The method of embodiment 43, wherein the event- triggered beam switching procedure performed by the mWTRU comprises: sending a beam switch request, by the mWTRU, using an uplink grant scheduled for data transmission feedback; decoding, by the mWTRU, the updated beam pair scheduling information on the common PDDCCH; forming, by the mWTRU, the scheduled narrow or multi-lobe broad receive antenna pattern; decoding the dedicated PDDCCH within the formed beam pair to acquire the per-TTI PDDDCH scheduling information; and receiving, by the mWTRU, the PDDDCH.
[0410] 45. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: scheduling, by the SCmB, the common PDDCCH, the dedicated PDDCCH, the LTE PDCCH for a directional HARQ transmission.
[0411] 46. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: decoding, by the mWTRU, the scheduled common PDDCCH, the dedicated PDDCCH, the LTE PDCCH for a directional HARQ transmission.
[0412] 47. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: sending, by the SCmB, scheduling information to remove alternative-AoD HARQ retransmission schemes; and switching a beam pair for a new transmission, on a condition that a pre-defined number of ACKs for HARQ retransmissions are received.
[0413] 48. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: halting, by the mWTRU, in response the received scheduling information, receive antenna pattern steering between new data transmissions and retransmissions; and switching, by the mWTRU, the beam pair of an antenna pattern to one of the retransmission directions.
[0414] 49. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: scheduling, by the SCmB, periodic data interruptions in RRC dedicated signaling, dedicated PDDCCH, common PDDCCH, or LTE PDCCH to enable the mWTRU to measure selective beam pairs.
[0415] 50. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: transmitting, by the SCmB, beam specific reference signals corresponding to one or more wide beams, multi-lobe beams, and/or narrow beams, wherein the one or more wide beams, multi-lobe beams, and/or narrow beams have different periodicity.
[0416] 51. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: performing, by the mWTRU, opportunistic measurements on one or more backup beams.
[0417] 52. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: performing beam switching, by the mWTRU, from a serving beam pair to an alternate beam pair based on preconfigured criteria; and reporting, by the mWTRU to the SCmB, the beam switching.
[0418] 53. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: performing a beam pairing procedure by the mWTRU.
[0419] 54. The method of embodiment 53, wherein the beam paring procedure performed by the mWTRU comprises: receiving, by the mWTRU, a BMR on a common control channel, wherein the common control channel is the PDDCCH.
[0420] 55. The method of embodiment 54, wherein the BMR comprises at least one of a AARS sequence, a time and frequency resource allocation, an uplink grant for BMR feedback, a reporting quality metric threshold, a number of quality metrics to report, a new or updated BMR indicator, and/or a BMR trigger.
[0421] 56. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the beam paring procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: measuring, by the mWTRU, a scheduled AARSs per BMR time and a frequency resource schedule according to the AARS sequence; and reporting, by the mWTRU, an obtained beam-pair- specific quality metric and reporting threshold, wherein the uplink grant scheduled in the BMR is utilized for the reporting.
[0422] 57. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the beam paring procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: decoding, by the mWTRU, the beam pair schedule information on the common PDDCCH; forming, by the mWTRU, a scheduled narrow or multi- lobe broad receive antenna pattern; and decoding, by the mWTRU, the dedicated PDDCCH within the formed beam pair to acquire the per-TTI PDDDCH scheduling information; and receiving the PDDDCH accordingly.
[0423] 58. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: performing a narrow-beam preamble transmission procedure.
[0424] 59. The method as in embodiment 58, wherein the narrow- beam preamble transmission procedure performed by the mWTRU comprises: receiving a downlink BMRS transmission configuration and RACH configuration in SIB on the common PDDDCH.
[0425] 60. The method of embodiment 59, wherein the BMRS transmission configuration comprises: a BMRS sequence, a time and frequency resource allocation, a reporting quality metric threshold, and a number of quality metrics to report.
[0426] 61. The method of embodiment 59, wherein the RACH configuration comprises: a mapping between the BMRS sequence and the
preamble transmission sequence, a transmit time instance, a frequency resource allocation, and an initial power offset.
[0427] 62. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the narrow-beam preamble transmission procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: sweeping, by the mWTRU, one or more narrow receive antenna patterns per the SIB BMRS time and frequency resource schedule and measuring the BMRS according to the BMRS sequence.
[0428] 63. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the narrow-band preamble transmission procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: transmitting, by the mWTRU, a preamble.
[0429] 64. The method of embodiment 63, wherein the preamble is transmitted by the mWTRU within a transmit antenna pattern formed at the direction of the maximum measured BMRS sequence at a time instance corresponding to the maximum measured BMRS sequence per RACH configuration.
[0430] 65. The method of embodiment 63, wherein the preamble is transmitted by the mWTRU using a preamble sequence corresponding to the maximum measured BMRS sequence per RACH configuration mapping.
[0431] 66. The method of embodiment 63, wherein the preamble is transmitted by the mWTRU at a frequency allocation corresponding to the maximum measured BMRS sequence per RACH configuration mapping.
[0432] 67. The method of embodiment 63, wherein the preamble is transmitted by the mWTRU with an initial calculated power based on an initial power offset corresponding to the maximum measured BMRS sequence per RACH configuration mapping.
[0433] 68. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the narrow-band preamble transmission procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: receiving, by the mWTRU, a preamble acknowledgement within a receive antenna pattern identical to the preamble transmit antenna pattern according to the RACH acknowledgement configuration.
[0434] 69. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the narrow-band preamble transmission procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: retransmitting, by the mWTRU, nth subsequent preambles, on a condition that no acknowledgement is received by the mWTRU.
[0435] 70. The method of embodiment 69, wherein the nth subsequent preambles are retransmitted within a transmit antenna pattern formed at the direction of the nth maximum measured BMRS sequence.
[0436] 71. The method of embodiment 69, wherein the nth subsequent preambles are retransmitted at a time instance corresponding to the nth maximum measured BMRS sequence per RACH configuration mapping.
[0437] 72. The method of embodiment 69, wherein the nth subsequent preambles are retransmitted using a preamble sequence corresponding to the nth maximum measured BMRS sequence per RACH configuration mapping.
[0438] 73. The method of embodiment 69, wherein the nth subsequent preambles are retransmitted at the frequency allocation corresponding to the nth maximum measured BMRS sequence per RACH configuration mapping.
[0439] 74. The method of embodiment 69, wherein the nth subsequent preambles are retransmitted with an initial power calculated based on the initial power offset corresponding to the nth maximum measured BMRS sequence per RACH configuration mapping.
[0440] 75. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the narrow-band preamble transmission procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: re-transmitting, by the mWTRU, all subsequent preambles using a same preamble configuration within the same transmit antenna pattern as a first preamble with an increased power according to RACH power step configuration.
[0441] 76. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the narrow-band preamble transmission procedure performed by the
mWTRU further comprises: stopping, by the mWTRU, the number of preamble transmission that exceed a limit specified in RACH configuration.
[0442] 77. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the narrow-band preamble transmission procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: on a condition that an acknowledgement is received:
decoding, by the mWTRU, the dedicated PDDCCH within the formed beam pair to acquire the per-TTI PDDDCH scheduling information; and
receiving, by the mWTRU, the PDDDCH.
[0443] 78. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, further comprising: performing a beam switching procedure, by the mWTRU, based on a received event trigger configuration.
[0444] 79. The method of embodiment 78, wherein the beam switching procedure performed by the mWTRU comprises: triggering, by the mWTRU, the beam switching procedure based on a received event trigger configuration.
[0445] 80. The method of embodiment 79, wherein the event triggering configuration comprises: a number of NACKs to a new data transmission above a pre-defined threshold.
[0446] 81. The method of embodiment 79, wherein the event triggering configuration comprises: the measured BSRS/BMRS/DMRS is determined to be below a pre-defined threshold over a pre-defined number of measurements .
[0447] 82. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the beam switching procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: transmitting, by the mWTRU, a beam switching request using an uplink grant scheduled for data transmission feedback, wherein the beam switching request includes a recommended new beam pair index and a type of triggered event.
[0448] 83. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the beam switching procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: decoding, by the mWTRU, updated beam pair scheduling
information on the common PDDCCH, forming, by the mWTRU, the scheduled narrow or multi-lobe broad receive antenna pattern; decoding, by the mWTRU, the dedicated PDDCCH within the formed beam pair to acquire per- TTI PDDDCH scheduling information; and receiving, by the mWTRU the PDDDCH.
[0449] 84. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the beam switching procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: receiving, by the mWTRU, a beam update request on the common PDDCCH, wherein the beam update requests comprises an AARS of beam pair switch candidates, a data interruption period, and an uplink grant.
[0450] 85. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the beam switching procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: measuring, by the mWTRU, the scheduled candidate beam pairs during the data interruption period.
[0451] 86. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the beam switching procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: reporting, by the mWTRU, the updated beam pair measurement using the uplink grant.
[0452] 87. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the beam switching procedure performed by the mWTRU further comprises: receiving, by an mWTRU, a new beam pair scheduling on the common PDDCCH.
[0453] 88. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein one or more random access (RA) resource sets are provided by signaling from an SCmB and an mWTRU selects an RA resource set based on an SCmB DL measurement or DL transmit beam.
[0454] 89. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an RA resource set is associated with an SCmB UL receive beam.
[0455] 90. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU performs an RA procedure using a selected or determined RA resource set.
-Ill-
[0456] 91. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU selects multiple RA resource sets, wherein each RA resource set in the multiple RA resource sets is be associated with an SCmB UL receive beam.
[0457] 92. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU may perform an RA procedure using one or more of a selected or determined RA resource set.
[0458] 93. The method as in any of the preceding sembodiments, wherein an mWTRU uses one or more different resource sets in an attempt to gain access to an SCmB successfully.
[0459] 94. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an SCmB may use one or more transmissions from an mWTRU to determine a best receive beam for UL communication with the mWTRU.
[0460] 95. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU attempts to use an RA resource set individually, until successful or until a maximum number of attempts has been reached.
[0461] 96. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein UL transmission by an mWTRU using different RA resource sets is performed serially.
[0462] 97. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an RA attempt may include attempts with the multiple resource sets and may be considered successful if an RAR is successfully received for at least one transmission.
[0463] 98. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an RA or PRACH resource includes a transmission sequence which includes a preamble and a resource in time or frequency.
[0464] 99. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an RA resource set includes a set of one or more PRACH resources and one or more associated PRACH parameters.
[0465] 100. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an SCmB maintains a linkage or mapping between one or more downlink transmit beams and one or more uplink receive beams.
[0466] 101. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein for a DL transmit beam, the DL transmit beam linkage and mapping to UL receive beam may be one to one, one-to-many, or many-to-one.
[0467] 102. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein a beamwidth of an uplink receive beam is not the same as the beamwidth of a downlink transmit beam.
[0468] 103. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein a mapping between one or more downlink transmit beams and one or more uplink receive beams is static and configured when an SCmB is started.
[0469] 104. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein a group of RA resource sets is associated with a SCmB DL beam.
[0470] 105. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an SCmB provides one or more RA resource sets using signaling including RRC, broadcast signaling, or in a system information block (SIB).
[0471] 106. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an association between a group of RA resource sets and an SCmB DL beam is implicit.
[0472] 107. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an association between a group of RA resource sets and an SCmB DL beam is explicit.
[0473] 108. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an RA resource set is associated with a specific SCmB uplink receive beam.
[0474] 109. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU selects a group of RA resource sets from a configuration from an SCmB.
[0475] 110. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an RA resource set includes a set of one or more PRACH resources.
[0476] 111. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein one or more PRACH transmission sequences, include preambles which are included in a RA resource set or are based on ZC sequences.
[0477] 112. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein transmission or RA procedure parameters which are associated with an RA resource set includes one or more of the following: a PRACH maximum power, a PRACH minimum transmit beamforming gain, a PRACH maximum transmit bandwidth, an SCmB antenna gain offset, an initial PRACH receive target power, a power offset between PRACH, an uplink control and/or data channel, or a TDD configuration indication.
[0478] 113. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein transmission and/or RA procedure parameters which are associated with an RA resource set includes one or more of the following: a PRACH power ramping factor, a RA response window start, a RA response window size, a maximum number of preamble transmissions, or a maximum retransmission interval.
[0479] 114. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein when an mWTRU increases power for a PRACH retransmission for a beamformed PRACH, and the mWTRU applies a ramping factor and/or a beamforming gain.
[0480] 115. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an RA response window start is a number of time units measured in frames, subframes, TTIs, or symbols, between the end of a transmitted preamble and the start of a corresponding RA response window.
[0481] 116. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein a mapping between an SCmB downlink transmit beam and an uplink receive beam may provide a transmission reciprocity between an SCmB DL angle of departure (AoD) and an UL SCmB angle of arrival (AoA) at the SCmB.
[0482] 117. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU calculates one or more mWTRU transmit beamforming weights based on an SCmB downlink transmit beam AoA information.
[0483] 118. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU selects a RA resource set and an associated mWTRU UL transmit beam based on an SCmB downlink control beam.
[0484] 119. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein one criterion for selecting an SCmB includes one or more metrics chosen from: signal to noise ratio (SNR), signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio (SINR), reference signal receive quality (RSRQ), reference signal receive power (RSRP), channel quality indicator (CQI).
[0485] 120. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an SCmB provides and an mWTRU receives one or more measurement configurations, wherein each configuration corresponds to an SCmB downlink measurement beam and associated measurement parameters of a measurement object.
[0486] 121. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein measurement parameters include any one or more of the following: a measurement object, a measurement occasion, a measurement gap, a measurement frequency allocation, a measurement type, a measurement threshold, measurement transmit power, or another measurement parameter specific to a type of measurement.
[0487] 122. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU performs a pre-PRACH measurement according to a received measurement configuration and evaluates the measured quality metric.
[0488] 123. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU selects one an RA resource set as a primary RA resource set to initiate a random access procedure.
[0489] 124. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an RA procedure is initiated by an mWTRU, wherein when the mWTRU is initially accessing an mmW network or by an explicit order carried a mmW downlink control channel.
[0490] 125. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU decides the value of one or more parameters of the selected RA set to use for a PRACH transmission, wherein the parameters include a preamble sequence index, a PRACH format, a frequency resource allocation and a transmission time.
[0491] 126. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU determines an initial PRACH transmission opportunity based on one or more of a system frame number (SFN), sub-frame, TTI and symbol configuration of a selected RA set, using certain rules.
[0492] 127. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU derives a path loss specific to a selected RA set using measured downlink transmit control or a measured beam quality metric.
[0493] 128. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU determines an initial PRACH power using a derived path loss, initial PRACH receive power, and the maximum PRACH power.
[0494] 129. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein after an initial PRACH transmission, an mWTRU receives a random access response (RAR) in an RA response window specified in a selected RA resource set.
[0495] 130. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU monitors a DL control channel transmitted in the downlink control channel beam used for DL system broadcast information scheduling.
[0496] 131. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU receives an RA response in the SCmB downlink transmit beam and based on the downlink measurement beam the mWTRU selects the pre-PRACH-measurement.
[0497] 132. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU may not detect a RAR in the determined RA response window.
[0498] 133. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU retransmits PRACH using the same RA resource as a preceding PRACH transmission.
[0499] 134. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein a hashing function is used to map parts of an IMSI to a PRACH sequence.
[0500] 135. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein a beamformed PRACH transmission is sensitive to dynamic blocking or a device orientation change that obstructs the UL PRACH transmission.
[0501] 136. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an initial PRACH and retransmission power of each of one or more primary RA resource sets is calculated per RA resource set.
[0502] 137. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU decodes an RAR successfully in the RA response window and receives a downlink data channel that contains UL channel information.
[0503] 138. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mWTRU receives an uplink reference signal transmission scheduling in a decoded RA response prior to an UL control or data channel scheduling and transmission.
[0504] 139. The method as in any of the preceding embodiments, wherein an mmW-MAC PDU comprises a mmW-MAC header and zero or more mmW-MAC RARs.
[0505] 140. A small cell (SC) millimeter wave (mmW) capable wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) (mWTRU), configured to perform a method as in any one of embodiments 5-16, 19-37, 40-44, 46, 48, 51, 52-139.
[0506] 141. A small cell (SC) millimeter wave (mmW) capable evolved node B (eNB) (SCmB), configured to perform a method as in any one of embodiments 1-4, 17, 18, 38, 39, 45, 47, 49-50, and 88-139.
[0507] 142. A network element configured to perform a method as in any one of embodiments 1-4, 17, 18, 38, 39, 45, 47, 49- 50, and 88-139.
[0508] 143. A base station (BS) configured to perform a method as in any one of embodiments 1-4, 17, 18, 38, 39, 45, 47, 49- 50, and 88-139.
[0509] 144. A wireless transmit/receive unit configured to perform a method as in any one of embodiments 5-16, 19-37, 40-44, 46, 48, 51, 52-87, and
88-139.
[0510] 145. An integrated circuit (IC) configured to perform a method as in any one of embodiments 1-139.
[0511] 146. A wireless transmit/receive unit (mWTRU), comprising:
[0512] a receiver for receiving a media access control (MAC) protocol data unit (PDU), wherein the MAC PDU comprises a mmW-MAC header, zero or more milimeter wave (mmW)-MAC Random Access Responses (mMAC RARs) and optionally padding, wherein the mmW-MAC header comprises a backoff indicator subheader and a plurality of random access beamforming index (RABFI) / random access preamble identifier (RAPID) subheaders.
Claims
1. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) comprising:
a receiver configured to receive a plurality of random access (RA) resource sets, wherein each of the plurality of RA resource sets is associated with a node-B directional beam of a plurality of node-B directional beams; at least one processor configured to select multiple RA resource sets from among the plurality of RA resource sets;
the at least one processor configured to initiate an RA procedure based on the selected multiple RA resource sets, wherein the RA procedure includes selecting multiple preambles, wherein each of the selected multiple preambles corresponds to one of the selected multiple RA resource sets; and
a transmitter configured to sequentially transmit the selected multiple preambles to a node-B in sequential RA transmissions,
wherein the receiver and the processor are further configured to receive, from the node-B, in response to the sequential RA transmissions, at least one random access response (RAR), wherein each of the received at least one RAR corresponds to one of the transmitted multiple preambles.
2. The WTRU of claim 1, wherein the WTRU is a millimeter wave (mmW) spectrum WTRU (mWTRU) and the plurality of node-B directional beams are small cell mmW node-B (SCmB) downlink (DL) beams.
3. The WTRU of claim 1, wherein each of the received plurality of RA resource sets includes at least one preamble and resource information corresponding to at least one directional WTRU uplink (UL) transmit beam, and RA procedure includes selecting a preamble and a directional WTRU UL transmit beam for each of the selected multiple RA resource sets.
4. The WTRU of claim 1, wherein the plurality of RA resource sets
are associated with one node-B directional beam of the plurality of node-B directional beams.
5. The WTRU of claim 1, wherein each of the plurality of RA resource sets is associated with a different node-B directional beam of the plurality of node-B directional beams.
6. The WTRU of claim 1, wherein the transmitter is configured to sequentially transmit the selected multiple preambles to the node-B in the sequential RA transmissions using at least one directional transmit beam linked to the selected multiple RA sets.
7. The WTRU of claim 1, wherein the at least one processor is configured to select an uplink beam based on the received at least one RAR.
8. The WTRU of claim 1, wherein the receiver is configured to receive, from the node-B, in response to the sequential RA transmissions, a plurality of RARs,
the processor is configured to select a RAR from the plurality of RARs based on a rule, and
the at least one processor is configured to select an uplink beam based on the selected RAR.
9. The WTRU of claim 1, wherein each of the plurality of RA resource sets is associated with a node-B downlink (DL) transmit beam mapped to at least one node-B uplink (UL) receive beam.
10. The WTRU of claim 1, wherein the receiver is configured to receive signaling which includes the plurality of RA resource sets and a mapping between the plurality of RA resource sets and the plurality of node-B directional beams.
11. The WTRU of claim 1, wherein the plurality of node-B directional beams are node-B downlink (DL) transmit beams, and the receiver is configured to receive information representative of the plurality of node-B DL transmit beams, and the processor is configured to select the multiple RA resource sets based on the information representative of the plurality of node- B DL transmit beams.
12. The WTRU of claim 11, wherein the information representative of the plurality of node-B DL transmit beams includes at least one of DL beam measurement information or RA resource set configuration information, and the processor is configured to select the multiple RA resource sets based on at least one of (i) RA resource sets corresponding to DL beam measurements which exceed a first threshold value, (ii) RA resource sets corresponding to a group of highest DL beam measurements among a plurality of DL beam measurements, wherein each of the plurality of DL beam measurements exceed a second threshold value, (iii) RA resource sets corresponding to the RA resource set configuration information, or (iv) RA resource sets corresponding to earliest available RA transmission time allocations.
13. The WTRU of claim 1, wherein each of the received plurality of RA resource sets includes RAR window information,
the RA procedure includes determining a RAR window for each of the selected multiple RA resource sets, and
the receiver and the processor are further configured to monitor for the at least one RAR based on the determined RAR window for each of the selected multiple resource sets.
14. The WTRU of claim 13, wherein the processor is configured determine the RAR window for each of the selected multiple RA resource sets based on at least one of an RA response window start parameter included in a corresponding selected RA resource set, an RAR window size included in the corresponding selected RA resource set, Time Division Duplex (TDD)
configuration information included in the corresponding selected RA resource set, dynamic TDD configuration information of a node-B directional beam associated with the corresponding selected RA resource set, or downlink control channel beam scheduling information of a node-B directional beam associated with the corresponding selected RA resource set.
15. A method for use by a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU), the method comprising:
receiving, by the WTRU, a plurality of random access (RA) resource sets, wherein each of the plurality of RA resource sets is associated with a node-B directional beam of a plurality of node-B directional beams;
selecting, by the WTRU, multiple RA resource sets from among the plurality of RA resource sets;
initiating, by the WTRU, an RA procedure based on the selected multiple RA resource sets, wherein the RA procedure includes selecting multiple preambles, wherein each of the selected multiple preambles corresponds to one of the selected multiple RA resource sets;
transmitting, by the WTRU, the selected multiple preambles to a node- B in sequential RA transmissions; and
receiving, by the WTRU, from the node-B in response to the sequential RA transmissions, at least one random access response (RAR), wherein each of the received at least one RAR corresponds to one of the transmitted multiple preambles.
16. The method of claim 15, wherein the WTRU is a millimeter wave (mmW) spectrum WTRU (mWTRU) and the plurality of node-B directional beams are small cell mmW node-B (SCmB) downlink (DL) beams.
17. The method of claim 15, wherein each of the received plurality of RA resource sets includes at least one preamble and resource information corresponding to at least one directional WTRU uplink (UL) transmit beam, and the RA procedure includes selecting a preamble and a directional WTRU
UL transmit beam for each of the selected multiple RA resource sets.
18. The method of claim 15, wherein the plurality of RA resource sets are associated with one node-B directional beam of the plurality of node-B directional beams.
19. The method of claim 15, wherein each of the plurality of RA resource sets is associated with a different node-B directional beam of the plurality of node-B directional beams.
20. The method of claim 15, wherein transmitting the selected multiple preambles further includes sequentially transmitting the selected multiple preambles to the node-B in the sequential RA transmissions using at least one directional transmit beam linked to the selected multiple RA sets.
21. The method of claim 15, further comprising:
selecting an uplink beam based on the received at least one RAR.
22. The method of claim 15, further comprising:
receiving, by the WTRU from the node-B in response to the sequential RA transmissions, a plurality of RARs;
selecting, by the WTRU, a RAR from the plurality of RARs based on a rule; and
selecting, by the WTRU, an uplink beam based on the selected RAR.
23. The method of claim 15, wherein each of the plurality of RA resource sets is associated with a node-B downlink (DL) transmit beam mapped to at least one node-B uplink (UL) receive beam.
24. The method of claim 15, further comprising:
receiving, by the WTRU, signaling which includes the plurality of RA resource sets and a mapping between the plurality of RA resource sets and the
plurality of node-B directional beams.
25. The method of claim 15, wherein the plurality of node-B directional beams are node-B downlink (DL) transmit beams, the method further comprising:
receiving, by the WTRU, information representative of the plurality of node-B downlink (DL) transmit beams; and
selecting, by the WTRU, the multiple RA resource sets based on the information representative of the plurality of node-B DL transmit beams.
26. The method of claim 25, wherein the information representative of the plurality of node-B DL transmit beams includes at least one of DL beam measurement information or RA resource set configuration information, and the method further comprises:
selecting, by the mWTRU, the multiple RA resource sets based on at least one of (i) RA resource sets corresponding to DL beam measurements which exceed a first threshold value, (ii) RA resource sets corresponding to a group of highest DL beam measurements among a plurality of DL beam measurements, wherein each of the plurality of DL beam measurements exceed a second threshold value, (iii) RA resource sets corresponding to the RA resource set configuration information, or (iv) RA resource sets corresponding to earliest available RA transmission time allocations.
27. The method of claim 15, wherein each of the received plurality of RA resource sets includes RAR window information,
the RA procedure includes determining a RAR window for each of the selected multiple RA resource sets, and
the method further comprises monitoring for the at least one RAR based on the determined RAR window for each of the selected multiple resource sets.
28. The method of claim 15, wherein determining the RAR window for
each of the selected multiple RA resource sets includes determining the RAR window for each of the selected multiple RA resource sets based on at least one of an RA response window start parameter included in a corresponding selected RA resource set, an RAR window size included in the corresponding selected RA resource set, Time Division Duplex (TDD) configuration information included in the corresponding selected RA resource set, dynamic TDD configuration information of a node-B directional beam associated with the corresponding selected RA resource set, or downlink control channel beam scheduling information of a node-B directional beam associated with the corresponding selected RA resource set.
29. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) comprising:
a receiver configured to receive a plurality of random access (RA) resource sets, wherein each of the plurality of RA resource sets is associated with a node-B directional beam;
at least one processor configured to select a first RA resource set and a second RA resource set from among the plurality of RA resource sets, and initiate a first RA procedure based on the selected first RA resource set and a second RA procedure based on the selected second RA resource set, wherein the first and the second RA procedures are performed substantially at the same time; and
a transmitter configured to transmit a first RA transmission according to the first RA procedure and transmit a second RA transmission according to the second RA procedure, wherein the first and the second RA transmissions are transmitted substantially at the same time, and
wherein the receiver is further configured to receive, from the node-B, in response to at least one of the first and the second RA transmissions, at least one random access response (RAR) which corresponds to at least one of the first and the second selected RA resource sets.
Priority Applications (8)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
EP15807769.3A EP3225070A1 (en) | 2014-11-26 | 2015-11-25 | Initial access in high frequency wireless systems |
CN201580074377.4A CN107211451B (en) | 2014-11-26 | 2015-11-25 | Initial access in high frequency wireless systems |
US15/528,029 US20190104549A1 (en) | 2014-11-26 | 2015-11-25 | Initial access in high frequency wireless systems |
EP21170751.8A EP3879881A1 (en) | 2014-11-26 | 2015-11-25 | Beam switching in wireless systems |
CN202210943251.8A CN115483956A (en) | 2014-11-26 | 2015-11-25 | Initial access in high frequency wireless systems |
US16/582,305 US11382136B2 (en) | 2014-11-26 | 2019-09-25 | Initial access in high frequency wireless systems |
US17/857,486 US11844113B2 (en) | 2014-11-26 | 2022-07-05 | Initial access in high frequency wireless systems |
US18/500,889 US20240080905A1 (en) | 2014-11-26 | 2023-11-02 | Initial access in high frequency wireless systems |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201462084938P | 2014-11-26 | 2014-11-26 | |
US62/084,938 | 2014-11-26 | ||
US201562218376P | 2015-09-14 | 2015-09-14 | |
US62/218,376 | 2015-09-14 |
Related Child Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/528,029 A-371-Of-International US20190104549A1 (en) | 2014-11-26 | 2015-11-25 | Initial access in high frequency wireless systems |
US16/582,305 Continuation US11382136B2 (en) | 2014-11-26 | 2019-09-25 | Initial access in high frequency wireless systems |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2016086144A1 true WO2016086144A1 (en) | 2016-06-02 |
Family
ID=54838455
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2015/062700 WO2016086144A1 (en) | 2014-11-26 | 2015-11-25 | Initial access in high frequency wireless systems |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (4) | US20190104549A1 (en) |
EP (2) | EP3225070A1 (en) |
CN (2) | CN107211451B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2016086144A1 (en) |
Cited By (188)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2017218762A1 (en) * | 2016-06-15 | 2017-12-21 | Convida Wireless, Llc | Random access procedures in next generation networks |
WO2017222529A1 (en) * | 2016-06-23 | 2017-12-28 | Intel Corporation | Very fast joint base station (bs) and user equipment (ue) beam adaptation in millimeter wave (mmwave) cellular systems |
WO2018005014A1 (en) * | 2016-07-01 | 2018-01-04 | Intel Corporation | Interference aware beam selection for nr (new radio) |
WO2018004509A1 (en) * | 2016-06-27 | 2018-01-04 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Method, apparatus, and computer program product for improving reliability in wireless communication |
CN107548158A (en) * | 2016-06-24 | 2018-01-05 | 华硕电脑股份有限公司 | The method and apparatus that the user equipment beam forming and wave beam of radio communication scan |
WO2018009204A1 (en) * | 2016-07-07 | 2018-01-11 | Intel Corporation | Two-tier sector rf beamforming adaptation |
WO2018013596A1 (en) * | 2016-07-11 | 2018-01-18 | Intel IP Corporation | System and method for confirmation of beam switching |
WO2018012887A1 (en) * | 2016-07-13 | 2018-01-18 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for transmitting signal by using multi-beam in wireless communication system, and apparatus therefor |
WO2018016800A1 (en) * | 2016-07-20 | 2018-01-25 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and device for receiving system information via beam |
CN107635242A (en) * | 2016-07-18 | 2018-01-26 | 华硕电脑股份有限公司 | The method and device of Stochastic accessing in wireless communication system |
CN107645324A (en) * | 2016-07-22 | 2018-01-30 | 华硕电脑股份有限公司 | Transmission using beam forming or method of reseptance and equipment in wireless communication system |
WO2018022782A1 (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2018-02-01 | Intel IP Corporation | Control signaling for user equipment transmission beamforming |
WO2018021183A1 (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2018-02-01 | シャープ株式会社 | Terminal device, base station device, and communication method |
WO2018021187A1 (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2018-02-01 | シャープ株式会社 | Terminal device, base station device, and communication method |
CN107682066A (en) * | 2016-08-02 | 2018-02-09 | 北京信威通信技术股份有限公司 | A kind of method and device for receiving data |
WO2018031848A1 (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2018-02-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Rach conveyance of dl synchronization beam information for various dl-ul correspondence states |
WO2018031290A1 (en) * | 2016-08-10 | 2018-02-15 | Intel Corporation | Synchronization signal transmission for new radio standard |
WO2018028782A1 (en) * | 2016-08-10 | 2018-02-15 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Communication link acquisition and tracking in millimeter wave bands |
WO2018030851A1 (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2018-02-15 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for signal transmission in wireless communication system and device therefor |
WO2018031825A1 (en) * | 2016-08-10 | 2018-02-15 | Intel IP Corporation | System and method for enhanced csi feedback |
WO2018027924A1 (en) | 2016-08-12 | 2018-02-15 | Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. | Mechanism to support rrm measurement in new radio access system with beamforming |
WO2018030824A1 (en) * | 2016-08-11 | 2018-02-15 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for performing random access in wireless communication system supporting beamforming |
WO2018048091A1 (en) * | 2016-09-06 | 2018-03-15 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for receiving brs and pbch in wireless communication system and device for same |
US20180075746A1 (en) * | 2016-09-15 | 2018-03-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method that facilitates beamforming from a vehicle user equipment |
US9930187B2 (en) | 2013-01-31 | 2018-03-27 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Billing related information reporting |
WO2018056728A1 (en) * | 2016-09-21 | 2018-03-29 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for beam management reference signals in wireless communication systems |
WO2018053767A1 (en) * | 2016-09-22 | 2018-03-29 | 华为技术有限公司 | Measurement configuration method and device |
WO2018059306A1 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2018-04-05 | 华为技术有限公司 | Information transmission method, device and system |
WO2018059297A1 (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-05 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and apparatus for transmitting physical downlink control channel, and base station and terminal |
WO2018062833A1 (en) * | 2016-09-28 | 2018-04-05 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for interference measurement in wireless communication system and device therefor |
WO2018059185A1 (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-05 | 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 | Random access method and device utilized in user equipment and base station |
WO2018062959A1 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2018-04-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for performing measurement |
WO2018062717A1 (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-05 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for transmitting or receiving signal in wireless communication system and device therefor |
WO2018063749A1 (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Precoding management for random access procedures |
WO2018064404A1 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2018-04-05 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Wireless communication method and base station |
WO2018060544A1 (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-05 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Indicating optional parameter groups |
WO2018064372A1 (en) * | 2016-09-28 | 2018-04-05 | Idac Holdings, Inc. | New radio random access in beamforming systems |
WO2018059487A1 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2018-04-05 | 华为技术有限公司 | Radio resource measurement method, selection method, and device |
CN107888262A (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-06 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Feedback method, transmission method, signal transmission method and the corresponding intrument of communication channel |
CN107888369A (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-06 | 北京信威通信技术股份有限公司 | The method and device that a kind of system message is sent |
CN107919897A (en) * | 2016-10-09 | 2018-04-17 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | The wave beam that uplink random performs when accessing determines method, user equipment and base station |
CN107948987A (en) * | 2016-10-13 | 2018-04-20 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication means, apparatus and system |
WO2018084412A1 (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2018-05-11 | 엘지전자(주) | Method for downlink channel reception in wireless communication system and device therefor |
WO2018083624A1 (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2018-05-11 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Methods and apparatuses for handling beam failure |
WO2018084498A1 (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2018-05-11 | 주식회사 케이티 | Method and device for executing multi-beam-based random access procedure in wireless communication |
WO2018084207A1 (en) * | 2016-11-02 | 2018-05-11 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | User terminal and wireless communication method |
CN108024260A (en) * | 2016-11-03 | 2018-05-11 | 华为技术有限公司 | The method and apparatus for accessing network |
WO2018084331A1 (en) * | 2016-11-02 | 2018-05-11 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for transmitting rrc connection request, and terminal therefor |
WO2018089265A1 (en) * | 2016-11-14 | 2018-05-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Two step random-access channel (rach) procedure in millimeter wave (mmw) |
WO2018112808A1 (en) * | 2016-12-21 | 2018-06-28 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | Signal transmission method, terminal device and network device |
WO2018118147A1 (en) * | 2016-12-21 | 2018-06-28 | Sony Corporation | Robust data routing in wireless networks with directional transmissions |
CN108235444A (en) * | 2016-12-12 | 2018-06-29 | 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 | The method and base station equipment of random access, user equipment |
CN108233996A (en) * | 2016-12-19 | 2018-06-29 | 中国电信股份有限公司 | The method and corresponding system and terminal of acquisition channel information |
US20180192438A1 (en) * | 2016-12-29 | 2018-07-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | User equipment reporting of receive beam change indication |
WO2018121848A1 (en) * | 2016-12-28 | 2018-07-05 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Connection setup recovery for wireless networks |
WO2018127560A1 (en) * | 2017-01-09 | 2018-07-12 | Sony Mobile Communications Inc. | Base station controlled beam management |
WO2018127283A1 (en) * | 2017-01-05 | 2018-07-12 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Configuration of beamforming mode |
WO2018128064A1 (en) * | 2017-01-06 | 2018-07-12 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | User device, base station and random access method |
WO2018127181A1 (en) * | 2017-01-06 | 2018-07-12 | 华为技术有限公司 | Signal transmission method and apparatus |
CN108282198A (en) * | 2017-01-06 | 2018-07-13 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of method for transmitting signals and device |
CN108288991A (en) * | 2017-01-09 | 2018-07-17 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | The feedback method and device of beam information, configuration information |
EP3349533A1 (en) * | 2017-01-13 | 2018-07-18 | Acer Incorporated | Device and method of handling a random access procedure |
WO2018135199A1 (en) * | 2017-01-17 | 2018-07-26 | 日本電気株式会社 | Base station, terminal device, method, program, and recording medium |
WO2018141238A1 (en) * | 2017-02-05 | 2018-08-09 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Beam recovery processing method, network side device and mobile terminal |
CN108391319A (en) * | 2017-02-03 | 2018-08-10 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of method and its device sending random access guiding |
US10069555B2 (en) | 2016-04-13 | 2018-09-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for beam management |
WO2018164765A1 (en) * | 2017-03-10 | 2018-09-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques and apparatuses for multi-link transmit power control |
US20180263024A1 (en) * | 2017-03-10 | 2018-09-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Nr uplink transmit beam selection based on pdcch/pdsch receive beams |
WO2018171802A1 (en) | 2017-03-24 | 2018-09-27 | Mediatek Inc. | Apparatuses and methods for beam identification through the physical random access channel (prach) and efficient prach resource utilization |
WO2018175705A1 (en) * | 2017-03-23 | 2018-09-27 | Intel IP Corporation | Nr (new radio) prach (physical random access channel) configuration and multi-beam operation |
WO2018171426A1 (en) * | 2017-03-23 | 2018-09-27 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | Beam configuration method, mobile station and base station |
WO2018130873A3 (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2018-10-04 | Zte Wistron Telecom Ab | Random access measurement indication |
CN108633101A (en) * | 2017-03-24 | 2018-10-09 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of communication means and device |
CN108668362A (en) * | 2017-03-27 | 2018-10-16 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A kind of indicating means and device of random access physical resource |
WO2018192575A1 (en) * | 2017-04-21 | 2018-10-25 | 华为技术有限公司 | Beam feedback method and device |
WO2018196518A1 (en) * | 2017-04-27 | 2018-11-01 | 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 | Beam control method, base station, and terminal |
WO2018202182A1 (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2018-11-08 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and apparatus for use in resource configuration |
WO2018202098A1 (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2018-11-08 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method of wireless communication, network device and terminal device |
WO2018204751A1 (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2018-11-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Beam procedure information for channel state information reference signals (csi-rs) |
WO2018204203A1 (en) * | 2017-05-04 | 2018-11-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Sequence for reference signals during beam refinement |
WO2018203809A1 (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2018-11-08 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Methods and apparatus for random-access transmissions in a wireless communication network |
CN108810934A (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2018-11-13 | 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 | Transmission, the method for receiving common control information, base station, terminal and storage medium |
WO2018206113A1 (en) * | 2017-05-11 | 2018-11-15 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Indication of beams for wireless communication |
WO2018205984A1 (en) | 2017-05-12 | 2018-11-15 | Mediatek Inc. | Apparatuses and methods for physical random access channel (prach) retransmission |
WO2018224013A1 (en) * | 2017-06-09 | 2018-12-13 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Beam failure processing method, terminal and network device |
WO2018232308A1 (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2018-12-20 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | Radio communications using random access in wireless networks |
WO2018231124A1 (en) * | 2017-06-15 | 2018-12-20 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Apparatuses and methods for scheduling object configuration |
WO2018232245A1 (en) * | 2017-06-15 | 2018-12-20 | Convida Wireless, Llc | Uplink transmit power control |
CN109076543A (en) * | 2017-03-24 | 2018-12-21 | 联发科技(新加坡)私人有限公司 | Enhanced random access |
CN109089315A (en) * | 2017-06-14 | 2018-12-25 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | A kind of data transmission method and device based on multi-beam |
WO2018233587A1 (en) * | 2017-06-19 | 2018-12-27 | Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. | Paging in beamformed wireless communication system |
TWI646788B (en) * | 2017-01-13 | 2019-01-01 | 宏碁股份有限公司 | Device and method of handling channel status information reports for transmission time intervals |
WO2019005614A1 (en) * | 2017-06-26 | 2019-01-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink transmit power control during random access procedures |
WO2019018141A1 (en) * | 2017-07-19 | 2019-01-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Random access channel window design in millimeter wave shared spectrum |
CN109275187A (en) * | 2017-07-17 | 2019-01-25 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | A kind of accidental access method, terminal and computer readable storage medium |
WO2019022572A1 (en) | 2017-07-27 | 2019-01-31 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for performing random access procedure |
EP3442133A1 (en) * | 2017-08-07 | 2019-02-13 | HTC Corporation | Device and method of handling physical random access channel resources on a secondary cell for a communication device in carrier aggregation |
WO2019030874A1 (en) * | 2017-08-09 | 2019-02-14 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | User device |
EP3445123A1 (en) * | 2017-08-18 | 2019-02-20 | ASUSTek Computer Inc. | Method and apparatus for random access configuration in a wireless communication system |
WO2019034052A1 (en) * | 2017-08-18 | 2019-02-21 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Method for reporting multi-beam measurements, mobile terminal and network side device |
WO2019033288A1 (en) * | 2017-08-16 | 2019-02-21 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Random access method and device, user equipment and base station |
CN109392060A (en) * | 2017-08-02 | 2019-02-26 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | A kind of monitor method of RAR, sending method, relevant device and system |
CN109392156A (en) * | 2017-08-11 | 2019-02-26 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method for transmitting signals, relevant apparatus and system |
CN109391341A (en) * | 2017-08-10 | 2019-02-26 | 北京展讯高科通信技术有限公司 | Co-frequency cell discovery and measurement method, device, user equipment and base station |
EP3407655A4 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2019-03-06 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Initial access method and apparatus |
CN109478914A (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2019-03-15 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Method, terminal device and the network equipment that signal is sent |
US20190097712A1 (en) * | 2016-04-18 | 2019-03-28 | Intel Corporation | Selection of beamforming directions based on learned performance |
WO2019067297A1 (en) * | 2017-09-29 | 2019-04-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Asynchronous single beam directional listen-before-talk |
WO2019064088A1 (en) * | 2017-09-28 | 2019-04-04 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Method and apparatus for compact mac pdu transfer |
KR20190055222A (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2019-05-22 | 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 | Wireless resource measurement method, wireless resource selection method, and apparatus |
CN109804695A (en) * | 2019-01-08 | 2019-05-24 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Downlink data transmission method, method of reseptance, device and storage medium |
WO2019101317A1 (en) * | 2017-11-23 | 2019-05-31 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Processing device and methods thereof |
KR20190059904A (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2019-05-31 | 샤프 가부시키가이샤 | Terminal apparatus, base station apparatus, communication method, and integrated circuit |
CN109845380A (en) * | 2016-10-26 | 2019-06-04 | 高通股份有限公司 | The relevant random access channel procedure of waveform |
JPWO2018061293A1 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2019-06-24 | 日本電気株式会社 | Wireless terminal, base station, and methods thereof |
WO2019119442A1 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2019-06-27 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | A wireless communications system, a radio network node, a machine learning unt and methods therein for transmission of a downlink signal in a wireless communications network supporting beamforming |
US10341959B2 (en) | 2016-04-28 | 2019-07-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink transmit power control after beam change |
CN110035537A (en) * | 2016-11-03 | 2019-07-19 | 联发科技股份有限公司 | Initial access method and user equipment for multi-beam operation |
CN110062397A (en) * | 2018-01-19 | 2019-07-26 | 华硕电脑股份有限公司 | In wireless communication multiple cell configuration under wave beam Trouble Report method and apparatus |
CN110063083A (en) * | 2017-09-12 | 2019-07-26 | 联发科技股份有限公司 | Random access channel standard is total to position association |
CN110073713A (en) * | 2016-12-26 | 2019-07-30 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Accidental access method and device |
CN110086572A (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2019-08-02 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of method, apparatus and system of reporting channel quality information |
CN110140320A (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2019-08-16 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | For executing the method, equipment and network node of access procedure |
CN110169136A (en) * | 2017-01-06 | 2019-08-23 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | User apparatus, base station and lead code sending method |
WO2019164429A1 (en) * | 2018-02-26 | 2019-08-29 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Beam selection for pdcch order |
JP2019526968A (en) * | 2016-08-11 | 2019-09-19 | テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エルエム エリクソン(パブル) | Method and apparatus for wireless device synchronization in a beam-based communication system |
US10425200B2 (en) | 2016-04-13 | 2019-09-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for beam adjustment request |
WO2019192619A1 (en) * | 2018-04-06 | 2019-10-10 | Mediatek Inc. | Beam selection and resource allocation for beam-formed random access procedure |
US10447374B2 (en) | 2017-06-28 | 2019-10-15 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Beam sweep or scan in a wireless communication system |
CN110383706A (en) * | 2017-03-17 | 2019-10-25 | 索尼公司 | Electronic equipment and method for wireless communication |
US10462732B2 (en) | 2015-05-13 | 2019-10-29 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Beamforming |
CN110431758A (en) * | 2017-03-21 | 2019-11-08 | 三菱电机株式会社 | Communication system |
US10477590B2 (en) * | 2016-09-14 | 2019-11-12 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for random access in a wireless communication systems |
CN110463244A (en) * | 2017-02-10 | 2019-11-15 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | User terminal and wireless communications method |
WO2019227312A1 (en) * | 2018-05-29 | 2019-12-05 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | Method used for signal transmission, and corresponding user terminal and base station |
CN110603742A (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2019-12-20 | 摩托罗拉移动有限责任公司 | Indicating beam switch request |
CN110637496A (en) * | 2017-04-12 | 2019-12-31 | 三星电子株式会社 | Method and apparatus for beam recovery in a wireless communication system |
EP3476154A4 (en) * | 2016-06-23 | 2020-01-15 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Beam change |
WO2020013545A1 (en) | 2018-07-11 | 2020-01-16 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for authenticating object in electronic device |
CN110731105A (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2020-01-24 | 高通股份有限公司 | Method and apparatus for power control of sounding reference signals |
CN110754135A (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2020-02-04 | 三星电子株式会社 | Method and apparatus for controlling network congestion in next generation mobile communication system |
CN110771193A (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2020-02-07 | 华为技术有限公司 | Device random access system and method in beam forming communication system |
WO2020029256A1 (en) * | 2018-08-10 | 2020-02-13 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Data transmission method, terminal device, and network device |
CN110832785A (en) * | 2017-07-13 | 2020-02-21 | 三星电子株式会社 | Transceiving method and apparatus using beam diversity in wireless communication system |
CN110832942A (en) * | 2017-07-07 | 2020-02-21 | 华为技术有限公司 | Random access method, terminal equipment and network equipment |
US10582538B2 (en) | 2016-05-31 | 2020-03-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | RACH combining across multiple attempts |
TWI688229B (en) * | 2017-05-12 | 2020-03-11 | 聯發科技股份有限公司 | Ue and methods for beam selection during a physical random access channel (prach) transmission or retransmission |
KR20200027463A (en) * | 2017-07-20 | 2020-03-12 | 광동 오포 모바일 텔레커뮤니케이션즈 코포레이션 리미티드 | Method and terminal device for random access |
KR20200028449A (en) * | 2017-07-20 | 2020-03-16 | 광동 오포 모바일 텔레커뮤니케이션즈 코포레이션 리미티드 | Method for random access, network device and terminal device |
US10615862B2 (en) | 2016-04-13 | 2020-04-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for beam adjustment request |
EP3537753A4 (en) * | 2016-11-03 | 2020-05-06 | ZTE Corporation | Transmission configuration method, transmission configuration determination method, base station and terminal |
CN111149306A (en) * | 2017-08-09 | 2020-05-12 | Idac控股公司 | Method and system for beam recovery and management |
EP3633903A4 (en) * | 2017-06-20 | 2020-06-03 | Sony Corporation | Electronic device and method for wireless communication system, and storage medium |
US10701734B2 (en) | 2017-12-28 | 2020-06-30 | Asustek Computer Inc. | Method and apparatus of selecting bandwidth part for random access (RA) procedure in a wireless communication system |
EP3654724A4 (en) * | 2017-08-11 | 2020-07-08 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Random access method, device and system |
EP3664564A4 (en) * | 2017-08-02 | 2020-07-22 | Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. | Random access method and user terminal |
US10728733B2 (en) | 2018-01-12 | 2020-07-28 | Sony Corporation | Multi-band millimeter wave discovery in WLAN distribution networks |
WO2020164515A1 (en) * | 2019-02-14 | 2020-08-20 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Signal transmitting method, device and system |
US10785739B2 (en) | 2017-08-10 | 2020-09-22 | Ofinno, Llc | Beam indication in RACH |
EP3627874A4 (en) * | 2017-05-16 | 2020-09-23 | Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. | Random access method, terminal, source base station and target base station |
US10813085B2 (en) | 2015-11-10 | 2020-10-20 | Idac Holdings, Inc. | Downlink control channel design and signaling for beamformed systems |
EP3579639A4 (en) * | 2017-02-03 | 2020-11-25 | ZTE Corporation | Random access resource indication method, base station and terminal |
EP3513505B1 (en) * | 2016-09-16 | 2021-03-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Beam switching |
US11012882B2 (en) | 2016-09-28 | 2021-05-18 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for interference measurement in wireless communication system and device therefor |
US11108522B2 (en) | 2016-08-19 | 2021-08-31 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Distinguishing reference signals in a beam-based communication system |
TWI741085B (en) * | 2016-12-16 | 2021-10-01 | 大陸商Oppo廣東移動通信有限公司 | Method and device for random access |
US20210315020A1 (en) * | 2018-08-07 | 2021-10-07 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Information reporting method and apparatus, and terminal and storage medium |
EP3852296A4 (en) * | 2018-09-26 | 2021-10-20 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Communication method, terminal device, and network device |
US11196524B2 (en) * | 2018-07-18 | 2021-12-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multi-beam CSI feedback |
US11212680B2 (en) | 2016-09-13 | 2021-12-28 | Nokia Technologies Oy | PDCP count handling in RRC connection resume |
WO2022079191A1 (en) | 2020-10-16 | 2022-04-21 | Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. | Influencing the behaviour of beam correspondence |
WO2022077362A1 (en) * | 2020-10-15 | 2022-04-21 | Zte Corporation | Method and device for random access in wireless communication system |
US11349549B2 (en) | 2018-08-20 | 2022-05-31 | Sony Group Corporation | Allocation and directional information distribution in millimeter wave WLAN networks |
TWI766125B (en) * | 2017-11-29 | 2022-06-01 | 美商高通公司 | Determining beam candidates for transmitting beam failure recovery signal |
US11357058B2 (en) | 2017-12-20 | 2022-06-07 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp.. Ltd. | Method for transmitting random access preamble, and terminal device |
US11375438B2 (en) | 2017-10-02 | 2022-06-28 | Sony Group Corporation | Adaptive network discovery signaling |
US11375507B2 (en) * | 2018-07-19 | 2022-06-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Decoupled uplink/downlink initial access |
US11432228B2 (en) | 2017-09-12 | 2022-08-30 | Sony Group Corporation | Multi-band millimeter wave network discovery |
US11490342B2 (en) * | 2016-09-28 | 2022-11-01 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Signal transmission method, network device, and terminal device |
US11564134B2 (en) | 2016-11-04 | 2023-01-24 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Beamforming information interaction method and network device |
US20230155650A1 (en) * | 2021-11-15 | 2023-05-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Heterogenous beamforming capability with mixed beamforming architecture |
US11723063B2 (en) | 2017-08-11 | 2023-08-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Different configurations for message content and transmission in a random access procedure |
US11737144B2 (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2023-08-22 | Nokia Technologies Oy | On multiple PRACH preambles and random access responses |
US11832308B2 (en) * | 2017-04-26 | 2023-11-28 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for performing random access procedure |
TWI830428B (en) * | 2016-07-21 | 2024-01-21 | 美商高通公司 | Techniques for communicating on an uplink in a shared radio frequency spectrum band |
US11973559B2 (en) | 2017-08-11 | 2024-04-30 | Sony Corporation | Retransmission of random access message based on control message from a base station |
US12069595B2 (en) | 2014-12-23 | 2024-08-20 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Latency reduction in LTE systems |
US12127246B2 (en) | 2023-06-12 | 2024-10-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Different configurations for message content and transmission in a random access procedure |
Families Citing this family (167)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP3225070A1 (en) * | 2014-11-26 | 2017-10-04 | IDAC Holdings, Inc. | Initial access in high frequency wireless systems |
JP2017004404A (en) * | 2015-06-15 | 2017-01-05 | ソニー株式会社 | Communication device and control method |
EP3329712B1 (en) * | 2015-07-29 | 2022-09-14 | Apple Inc. | User equipment (ue) and methods for dynamic millimeter wave pencil cell communication |
WO2017022870A1 (en) * | 2015-08-03 | 2017-02-09 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for initial access in wireless communication system |
CN106470096B (en) * | 2015-08-14 | 2021-03-23 | 索尼公司 | Apparatus and method for base station side and user equipment side for wireless communication |
US20180367204A1 (en) | 2015-08-27 | 2018-12-20 | Intel IP Corporation | Beam acquisition with receiving beamforming |
KR102188747B1 (en) * | 2015-10-12 | 2020-12-08 | 에스케이텔레콤 주식회사 | Methods and apparatus for wireless communication on hybrid beamforming |
US20170127367A1 (en) * | 2015-10-28 | 2017-05-04 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Beam-Scan Time Indicator |
WO2017080436A1 (en) | 2015-11-09 | 2017-05-18 | Intel IP Corporation | System and method for beamed reference signal with hybrid beam |
TWI720052B (en) * | 2015-11-10 | 2021-03-01 | 美商Idac控股公司 | Wireless transmit/receive unit and wireless communication method |
JP6593450B2 (en) * | 2015-11-12 | 2019-10-23 | 富士通株式会社 | Terminal apparatus, base station apparatus, radio communication system, and radio communication method |
CN111988816B (en) * | 2015-12-08 | 2022-10-25 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Method and device for establishing connection |
CN110166085B (en) * | 2015-12-29 | 2020-08-07 | 华为技术有限公司 | Downlink data transmission method and device |
US10700752B2 (en) * | 2016-01-14 | 2020-06-30 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | System, method, and apparatus of beam-tracking and beam feedback operation in a beam-forming based system |
EP3417550B1 (en) | 2016-02-15 | 2020-06-03 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | Adaptive beam selection in a wireless communication system |
US10893542B2 (en) * | 2016-02-22 | 2021-01-12 | Korea Advanced Institute Of Science And Technology | Random access method in BDMA system and random access method in pattern/polarized BDMA system |
KR102674427B1 (en) | 2016-02-26 | 2024-06-13 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Apparatus and method for performing random access in a beamforming system |
EP3879742B1 (en) | 2016-03-16 | 2023-05-03 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | Narrowband internet of things random access channel configuration design |
US10143015B2 (en) * | 2016-03-18 | 2018-11-27 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Contention-based random access in unlicensed spectrum |
WO2017164663A1 (en) * | 2016-03-23 | 2017-09-28 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and device for transmitting discovery signal |
US20190058518A1 (en) * | 2016-03-24 | 2019-02-21 | Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy | Beam based communication device and access point |
WO2017173567A1 (en) * | 2016-04-05 | 2017-10-12 | Intel IP Corporation | Multiple beam multiple-input-multiple-output system |
US20190132029A1 (en) * | 2016-04-12 | 2019-05-02 | Alcatel Lucent | Method and device for transmitting common control signals in millimeter wave communication system |
CN109196900B (en) * | 2016-04-15 | 2022-03-25 | 诺基亚技术有限公司 | Random access preamble selection |
WO2017191834A1 (en) * | 2016-05-06 | 2017-11-09 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | User terminal and wireless communications method |
RU2743580C2 (en) | 2016-05-11 | 2021-02-20 | Сони Корпорейшн | Distributed control in radio communication systems |
WO2017197166A1 (en) * | 2016-05-11 | 2017-11-16 | Dinan Esmael Hejazi | Random access process in a wireless device and wireeless network |
GB2551476A (en) * | 2016-05-11 | 2017-12-27 | Nokia Solutions & Networks Oy | Method, system and apparatus |
WO2017206187A1 (en) | 2016-06-03 | 2017-12-07 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | Method and device for transmitting data |
WO2017214969A1 (en) * | 2016-06-17 | 2017-12-21 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Enhanced uplink beam selection for massive mimo system |
US11246181B2 (en) * | 2016-07-20 | 2022-02-08 | Nec Corporation | Methods and apparatuses for system information transmission and system information reception in a wireless communication system |
CN107659963B (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2020-12-04 | 华为技术有限公司 | Configuration method of leader sequence, user equipment and access network equipment |
CN115002914A (en) | 2016-08-03 | 2022-09-02 | Lg 电子株式会社 | Method and apparatus for performing uplink communication in wireless communication system |
CN118215144A (en) * | 2016-08-11 | 2024-06-18 | 华为技术有限公司 | System information transmission method and device |
EP3499773B1 (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2021-04-07 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink channel |
WO2018027904A1 (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2018-02-15 | Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd | Methods and apparatus for handling of radio link failure detection in hf-nr system |
US10791574B2 (en) * | 2016-09-19 | 2020-09-29 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Random access procedure with beam sweeping |
US10405353B2 (en) * | 2016-09-23 | 2019-09-03 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for random access in wireless systems |
CN107872253B (en) * | 2016-09-27 | 2021-06-08 | 华为技术有限公司 | Beam tracking method, device and system |
US10602507B2 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2020-03-24 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Facilitating uplink communication waveform selection |
US10206232B2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2019-02-12 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Initial access and radio resource management for integrated access and backhaul (IAB) wireless networks |
US10644924B2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2020-05-05 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Facilitating a two-stage downlink control channel in a wireless communication system |
WO2018059311A1 (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multefire autonomous uplink channel clearance signaling |
EP3520477B1 (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2019-11-06 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (PUBL) | Network, network nodes and method therein for handling connection in a wireless communication network |
WO2018063051A1 (en) | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-05 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Network, network node, user equipment and method therein for establishing active mode beam to idle mode cells neighbour relations in a wireles communication network |
US10736010B2 (en) * | 2016-10-07 | 2020-08-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Reference beam for event trigger in mobility management |
JP6545232B2 (en) * | 2016-10-07 | 2019-07-17 | 華碩電腦股▲ふん▼有限公司 | Method and apparatus for deriving transmission power of uplink (UL) reference signal (RS) in a wireless communication system |
SG11201903920VA (en) * | 2016-11-03 | 2019-05-30 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd | Communication method, terminal device and network device |
US10327265B2 (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2019-06-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Random access procedure timing designs |
US10945151B2 (en) * | 2016-11-24 | 2021-03-09 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Data transmission rate control method and device |
KR20180059306A (en) * | 2016-11-25 | 2018-06-04 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Device comprising antenna and control method of the same |
EP3503663B1 (en) * | 2016-12-02 | 2020-10-07 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Random access method, terminal device, and network device |
CN108260134B (en) * | 2016-12-28 | 2023-12-29 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and device for adjusting downlink beam |
WO2018119754A1 (en) | 2016-12-28 | 2018-07-05 | Motorola Mobility Llc | Transmission beam indicating |
CN110291830A (en) * | 2017-01-05 | 2019-09-27 | 索尼移动通讯有限公司 | The low latency random access of wireless network |
PL4090075T3 (en) * | 2017-01-05 | 2024-05-13 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Method, computer programm and apparatus for selecting a beam for handover |
US10447513B2 (en) | 2017-01-06 | 2019-10-15 | National Instruments Corporation | Common phase error (CPE) compensation for frequency division multiplex (FDM) symbols in wireless communication systems |
US10972239B2 (en) * | 2017-01-09 | 2021-04-06 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and apparatus for CSI-RS setting for beam management in wireless communication system |
US10834733B2 (en) * | 2017-02-01 | 2020-11-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Mask for reference signal measurements |
CN108400949B (en) * | 2017-02-04 | 2021-08-20 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and apparatus |
US10785667B2 (en) * | 2017-03-06 | 2020-09-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Reference signal measurement and reporting for new radio (NR) systems |
WO2018169278A1 (en) * | 2017-03-14 | 2018-09-20 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for performing random access procedure between terminal and base station in wireless communication system, and device supporting same |
DE112018000217T5 (en) * | 2017-03-14 | 2019-08-14 | Intel IP Corporation | Systems, methods and devices for designing a measurement gap per frequency group and per cell |
CN108702183B (en) * | 2017-03-18 | 2022-01-25 | 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 | Method and device for multi-antenna transmission in base station and user equipment |
US10820355B2 (en) * | 2017-03-24 | 2020-10-27 | Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute | Method and apparatus for random access in mobile communication system |
MX2019010789A (en) * | 2017-03-24 | 2019-10-21 | Ericsson Telefon Ab L M | Radio network nodes, and methods performed therein for handling communication in a wireless communication network. |
US20180287860A1 (en) | 2017-03-31 | 2018-10-04 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | System and Method for Communications Beam Recovery |
CN110771078B (en) | 2017-04-03 | 2022-04-15 | 美国国家仪器有限公司 | Measuring wireless communication system based on PTRS port selection |
US10897295B2 (en) * | 2017-04-13 | 2021-01-19 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | System and method for beam indexing reference signal design for initial access |
EP3621211A4 (en) * | 2017-05-01 | 2020-10-21 | NTT DoCoMo, Inc. | User terminal and wireless communication method |
US10959186B2 (en) * | 2017-05-02 | 2021-03-23 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | User equipment |
WO2018203411A1 (en) * | 2017-05-02 | 2018-11-08 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | User device, base station and random access method |
RU2727183C1 (en) | 2017-05-03 | 2020-07-21 | ЭлДжи ЭЛЕКТРОНИКС ИНК. | Method for transmitting and receiving random access channel and device for transmitting and receiving |
US10568050B2 (en) * | 2017-05-04 | 2020-02-18 | Ofinno, Llc | RACH power adjustment |
WO2018204863A1 (en) | 2017-05-04 | 2018-11-08 | Ofinno Technologies, Llc | Beam-based measurement configuration |
CN110603868B (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2021-04-02 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | Method and apparatus for random access transmission |
WO2018204571A1 (en) | 2017-05-05 | 2018-11-08 | National Instruments Corporation | Wireless communication system that performs beam reporting based on a combination of reference signal receive power and channel state information metrics |
ES2971633T3 (en) * | 2017-05-12 | 2024-06-06 | Ericsson Telefon Ab L M | Radio network node, wireless device and methods for carrying out random access in a wireless communication network |
US11122612B2 (en) * | 2017-06-15 | 2021-09-14 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Logical channel mapping to grant free transmission |
CN110786073A (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2020-02-11 | 摩托罗拉移动有限责任公司 | Performing multiple random access procedures |
CN109104226A (en) * | 2017-06-20 | 2018-12-28 | 索尼公司 | For the electronic equipment of wireless communication system, method and storage medium |
US10863366B2 (en) * | 2017-06-23 | 2020-12-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Receiver beamforming for serving and neighbor cell measurements |
CN107171749B (en) * | 2017-07-17 | 2020-11-27 | 北京大学 | Method for determining Doppler shift of radio signal directly reflected by moving object |
EP3664497B1 (en) * | 2017-08-04 | 2024-02-21 | NTT DoCoMo, Inc. | User equipment and base station apparatus |
US10887939B2 (en) | 2017-08-10 | 2021-01-05 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Transmission power control for beam failure recovery requests |
US11950287B2 (en) | 2017-08-10 | 2024-04-02 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Resource configuration of beam failure recovery request transmission |
US11228948B2 (en) * | 2017-08-10 | 2022-01-18 | Convida Wireless, Llc | Connected mode mobility in new radio |
US11337265B2 (en) | 2017-08-10 | 2022-05-17 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Beam failure recovery request transmission |
US10855359B2 (en) | 2017-08-10 | 2020-12-01 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Priority of beam failure recovery request and uplink channels |
US10567065B2 (en) * | 2017-08-11 | 2020-02-18 | National Instruments Corporation | Radio frequency beam management and failure pre-emption |
US11013034B2 (en) * | 2017-09-07 | 2021-05-18 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | System and method for random access communications |
CN109756279B (en) * | 2017-11-03 | 2021-08-31 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Beam detection method and device |
CN109756924A (en) * | 2017-11-08 | 2019-05-14 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | A kind of wave beam history information transmittance method, terminal and the network equipment |
JP2021503220A (en) * | 2017-11-15 | 2021-02-04 | アイディーエーシー ホールディングス インコーポレイテッド | Methods for Supplementary Uplink Access in Wireless Systems |
US11190255B2 (en) | 2017-11-16 | 2021-11-30 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Bandwidth part switching |
CN109842927B (en) * | 2017-11-24 | 2021-01-29 | 华为技术有限公司 | Uplink control method, device and system |
US10873481B2 (en) * | 2017-11-27 | 2020-12-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Reference signal transmission window and timing considerations |
US10707915B2 (en) * | 2017-12-04 | 2020-07-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Narrowband frequency hopping mechanisms to overcome bandwidth restrictions in the unlicensed frequency spectrum |
JP7245838B2 (en) | 2017-12-29 | 2023-03-24 | オッポ広東移動通信有限公司 | Method for activating and deactivating downlink bandwidth portions, terminal equipment and network equipment |
US11102819B2 (en) * | 2018-01-04 | 2021-08-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Joint low-band and high-band operation in NR-SS |
CN115843035A (en) * | 2018-01-05 | 2023-03-24 | 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 | Method and device used in user equipment and base station for wireless communication |
US11088754B2 (en) * | 2018-01-29 | 2021-08-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Autonomous reception beam refinement and tracking |
US10939457B2 (en) * | 2018-02-14 | 2021-03-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Beam determination for wireless communication |
US11197324B2 (en) * | 2018-02-23 | 2021-12-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | NR RACH MSG3 and MSG4 resource configuration for CV2X |
CN111769928B (en) * | 2018-03-21 | 2023-05-23 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | User equipment, method and device in base station for wireless communication |
US10764932B2 (en) * | 2018-03-23 | 2020-09-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Beam switch and beam failure recovery |
WO2019178844A1 (en) * | 2018-03-23 | 2019-09-26 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Data transmission method and device |
US10756784B2 (en) * | 2018-04-03 | 2020-08-25 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Feedback of beam repetition and diversity mode |
US10959201B2 (en) * | 2018-04-05 | 2021-03-23 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques for initial access in wireless systems |
US11096172B2 (en) * | 2018-04-27 | 2021-08-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Spatial diversity for data transmissions using multiple beams |
CN110446232B (en) * | 2018-05-04 | 2021-10-29 | 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 | Measurement reporting configuration method, measurement reporting method, cell switching method and equipment |
CN112368953B (en) * | 2018-05-09 | 2023-08-08 | 索尼集团公司 | Configuration of beam management |
CN112351501B (en) * | 2018-05-11 | 2024-01-19 | 成都华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and device |
US11442135B2 (en) | 2018-05-31 | 2022-09-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Positioning methods for wireless networks that utilize beamformed communication |
CN110691418B (en) * | 2018-07-05 | 2021-06-22 | 华硕电脑股份有限公司 | Method and apparatus for performing random access resource selection in an unlicensed cell |
US11012881B2 (en) * | 2018-07-06 | 2021-05-18 | Mixcomm, Inc. | Beam management methods and apparatus |
US11228349B2 (en) * | 2018-08-10 | 2022-01-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | User equipment assisted inter-sector interference avoidance |
US11909487B2 (en) * | 2018-08-10 | 2024-02-20 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Beamforming for random access channel (RACH) |
CN110838861B (en) * | 2018-08-17 | 2023-03-17 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Signal transmission method, beam determination method and device thereof |
CN110858781B (en) * | 2018-08-22 | 2022-02-11 | 深圳富泰宏精密工业有限公司 | Method and device for measuring millimeter wave signals |
US10588089B1 (en) * | 2018-09-21 | 2020-03-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Mitigation of calibration errors |
US11357050B2 (en) * | 2018-09-24 | 2022-06-07 | Nxp Usa, Inc. | Optimal beamforming in millimeter-wave cellular networks using multiple random access preambles |
US11019627B2 (en) * | 2018-09-28 | 2021-05-25 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Facilitation of signal alignment for 5G or other next generation network |
WO2020076201A1 (en) * | 2018-10-08 | 2020-04-16 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Prach detection in a radio access network |
US11240810B2 (en) * | 2018-10-24 | 2022-02-01 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method of operating terminal in wireless communication system and the terminal |
WO2020147129A1 (en) * | 2019-01-18 | 2020-07-23 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Access feedback method and apparatus, base station, terminal, and storage medium |
US10992364B2 (en) * | 2019-01-18 | 2021-04-27 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Systems and methods for adaptive beamforming management |
CN111698008B (en) * | 2019-03-15 | 2022-02-11 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and device for generating beam |
CN111182579B (en) * | 2019-03-26 | 2022-04-29 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Positioning measurement information reporting method, terminal and network equipment |
CN113114439B (en) * | 2019-03-28 | 2022-06-24 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and device for positioning |
US11997698B2 (en) * | 2019-05-17 | 2024-05-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Broadcast control channel decoding in dedicated carrier |
TWI807115B (en) * | 2019-07-01 | 2023-07-01 | 群邁通訊股份有限公司 | Method for determining a communication path of millimeter wave signal, measurememt device and measurement controller using the same |
EP3991468A4 (en) * | 2019-07-22 | 2022-08-10 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | User equipment and method of uplink beam management |
US10700760B1 (en) * | 2019-07-31 | 2020-06-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Minimizing block error rate (BLER) associated with a beam switch |
US11405128B2 (en) | 2019-07-31 | 2022-08-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Minimizing block error rate (BLER) associated with a beam switch |
EP3780872A1 (en) | 2019-08-14 | 2021-02-17 | Comcast Cable Communications LLC | Random access procedures |
US11619702B2 (en) * | 2019-08-14 | 2023-04-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for enhanced positioning in 5G-NR using DAOD and DAOA |
US11444734B2 (en) * | 2019-09-10 | 2022-09-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Beam-specific group delay / frequency lookup table signaling for high-precision multi-round-trip-time |
CN112511278B (en) * | 2019-09-16 | 2022-08-09 | 上海华为技术有限公司 | Data transmission method and device |
US11671885B2 (en) * | 2019-10-03 | 2023-06-06 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Restriction based handover |
US11288856B2 (en) * | 2019-11-05 | 2022-03-29 | Intelligent Fusion Technology, Inc. | Method and system for wave propagation prediction |
CN112910616B (en) * | 2019-12-03 | 2022-02-25 | 华为技术有限公司 | Information transmission method, communication device, and computer-readable storage medium |
US20210184744A1 (en) * | 2019-12-13 | 2021-06-17 | QUALCOMM lncornorated | User equipment feedback of multi-path channel cluster information to assist network beam management |
WO2021176267A1 (en) * | 2020-03-02 | 2021-09-10 | Zeku Inc. | Cell measurement based on physical broadcasting channel payload |
US11877299B2 (en) * | 2020-03-05 | 2024-01-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Control channel resources for group-feedback in multi-cast |
WO2021204949A1 (en) * | 2020-04-09 | 2021-10-14 | Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. | Determining beam correspondence parameters |
US11483112B2 (en) | 2020-05-18 | 2022-10-25 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink doppler metric estimation based on an uplink reference signal |
US11310021B2 (en) | 2020-05-18 | 2022-04-19 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink doppler metric estimation based on a downlink reference signal |
CN111628954A (en) * | 2020-05-22 | 2020-09-04 | 锐迪科微电子(上海)有限公司 | SC-FDMA-based data processing method and device, storage medium and terminal |
US11785490B2 (en) * | 2020-06-22 | 2023-10-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Configuring measurement gaps for network-assisted calibration procedures and/or performing network-assisted calibration procedures using serving beams |
CN111786739B (en) * | 2020-07-01 | 2021-08-17 | 浙江嘉润环保科技有限公司 | Channel access configuration system and method based on communication technology |
US11515920B2 (en) * | 2020-08-07 | 2022-11-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques for managing beams in multiple frequency bands |
KR20230054364A (en) * | 2020-08-21 | 2023-04-24 | 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 | Beam Indications to Facilitate Multicast Access by Reduced Capability User Equipment |
US11375580B1 (en) * | 2020-09-23 | 2022-06-28 | T-Mobile Innovations Llc | Managing secondary node and channel assignment based on wireless device characteristics |
US20220116744A1 (en) * | 2020-10-13 | 2022-04-14 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Efficient Beam Pattern Feedback in Millimeter Wave Positioning Systems |
US11799567B2 (en) * | 2020-12-16 | 2023-10-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Beam-specific RSSI and CO for NR-U |
US11737099B2 (en) * | 2021-01-29 | 2023-08-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | PUCCH and PCI configuration for small cell base station |
US12003977B2 (en) * | 2021-02-11 | 2024-06-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink assisted positioning reference signal beam management |
EP4320965A1 (en) * | 2021-04-08 | 2024-02-14 | LG Electronics Inc. | Method and apparatus of performing slice specific random access procedure by user equipment in wireless communication system |
KR20220150120A (en) * | 2021-05-03 | 2022-11-10 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Electronic device for selecting beam and method thereof |
CN113395101B (en) * | 2021-06-02 | 2022-07-22 | 哈尔滨工业大学 | User access method and device for minimizing transmission delay in air-space-ground converged network |
WO2022257039A1 (en) * | 2021-06-09 | 2022-12-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Implicit beam switch |
WO2023274524A1 (en) * | 2021-06-30 | 2023-01-05 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Spatial quantization for spherical coverage of user equipment |
CN116347644A (en) * | 2021-12-23 | 2023-06-27 | 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 | Message sending method, message receiving method and device |
US20230236303A1 (en) * | 2022-01-26 | 2023-07-27 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Radar-based radio frequency (rf) sensing |
US12013927B2 (en) | 2022-03-23 | 2024-06-18 | Bank Of America Corporation | System and method for generating and monitoring dynamic identifiers for data processing security |
EP4366181A1 (en) * | 2022-11-07 | 2024-05-08 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Beam alignment |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20140177607A1 (en) * | 2012-12-26 | 2014-06-26 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Method and apparatus for random access in communication system with large number of antennas |
WO2014116928A1 (en) * | 2013-01-25 | 2014-07-31 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for vertical beamforming |
Family Cites Families (36)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
BRPI0416645A (en) * | 2003-11-24 | 2007-01-16 | Interdigital Tech Corp | Method and apparatus for using directional beam antenna in wireless transmission and reception unit |
JP5588594B2 (en) * | 2007-12-26 | 2014-09-10 | 富士通株式会社 | Communication method, radio terminal and radio base station in radio communication system |
US8111656B2 (en) * | 2008-05-02 | 2012-02-07 | Nokia Corporation | Method and apparatus for providing random access window configuration |
EP2342938A2 (en) * | 2008-08-29 | 2011-07-13 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Method and apparatus for sending feedback for a downlink shared service and estimating a number of wireless transmit/receive units |
US8315657B2 (en) * | 2008-09-22 | 2012-11-20 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | System and method for enabling coordinated beam switching and scheduling |
WO2010054378A1 (en) * | 2008-11-10 | 2010-05-14 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmitting public warning system notification messages on a facch |
CN101541041A (en) | 2009-04-23 | 2009-09-23 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method for sharing load, device and system thereof |
CN101873601A (en) | 2009-04-27 | 2010-10-27 | 松下电器产业株式会社 | Method and system for setting reference signal in wireless communication system |
WO2011085187A2 (en) * | 2010-01-07 | 2011-07-14 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Method and apparatus for performing uplink antenna transmit diversity |
CN101924610B (en) * | 2010-08-02 | 2012-12-26 | 西安电子科技大学 | Method for designing and distributing channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) in LTE-A (Long Term Evolution-Advanced) system |
EP2625883A4 (en) | 2010-10-07 | 2017-08-30 | Nec Corporation | Scheduling method and system for coordinated multipoint transmission/reception |
FR2971589B1 (en) * | 2011-02-14 | 2014-06-27 | Eads Europ Aeronautic Defence | ULTRASONIC NON-DESTRUCTIVE CONTROL DEVICE AND METHOD USING A LASER |
US20120300714A1 (en) | 2011-05-06 | 2012-11-29 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Methods and apparatus for random access procedures with carrier aggregation for lte-advanced systems |
CN103718636B (en) | 2011-06-17 | 2018-10-09 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | method and node for random access |
KR20130001096A (en) | 2011-06-23 | 2013-01-03 | 주식회사 팬택 | Apparatus and method for performing random access in wireless communication system |
EP2549814B1 (en) | 2011-07-22 | 2016-12-28 | Alcatel Lucent | A method and a base station for beam coordination |
KR101542413B1 (en) * | 2011-07-25 | 2015-08-07 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for monitoring a wireless link in a wireless communication system |
KR101800221B1 (en) * | 2011-08-11 | 2017-11-22 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for beam tracking in wireless communication system |
KR101839386B1 (en) * | 2011-08-12 | 2018-03-16 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for adaptively beam-forming in wireless communication system |
US9094977B2 (en) * | 2011-11-11 | 2015-07-28 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for supporting mobility management in communication systems with large number of antennas |
EP2789192A1 (en) * | 2011-12-08 | 2014-10-15 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Method and apparatus for a millimeter wave communication system |
US10264478B2 (en) * | 2011-12-16 | 2019-04-16 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Methods and apparatus to enhance reliability in millimeter wave wideband communications |
CN107547187B (en) * | 2012-02-11 | 2020-11-03 | Lg电子株式会社 | Method and apparatus for receiving and transmitting downlink data channel |
US9380582B2 (en) * | 2012-04-16 | 2016-06-28 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Methods and apparatus for flexible beam communications in random access in system with large number of antennas |
US20130286960A1 (en) * | 2012-04-30 | 2013-10-31 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Apparatus and method for control channel beam management in a wireless system with a large number of antennas |
US8982693B2 (en) * | 2012-05-14 | 2015-03-17 | Google Technology Holdings LLC | Radio link monitoring in a wireless communication device |
KR101980091B1 (en) * | 2012-10-18 | 2019-05-20 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for cooperative communication in wireless communication system |
CN103905346B (en) * | 2012-12-28 | 2017-11-17 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of method and apparatus of interference signal processing |
EP2802185B1 (en) * | 2013-04-01 | 2019-11-13 | Innovative Sonic Corporation | Method and Apparatus for Adding Serving Cells in a Wireless Communication System |
EP2987385A2 (en) * | 2013-04-15 | 2016-02-24 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Discontinuous reception (drx) schemes for millimeter wavelength (mmw) dual connectivity |
CN111818651A (en) | 2014-04-09 | 2020-10-23 | Idac控股公司 | Method for controlling signaling executed by WTRU and WTRU |
US9614608B2 (en) * | 2014-07-14 | 2017-04-04 | Ubiqomm Llc | Antenna beam management and gateway design for broadband access using unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) platforms |
EP3180955B1 (en) | 2014-08-15 | 2019-08-14 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Supporting random access and paging procedures for reduced capability wtrus in an lte system |
EP3225070A1 (en) * | 2014-11-26 | 2017-10-04 | IDAC Holdings, Inc. | Initial access in high frequency wireless systems |
EP3314952A1 (en) * | 2015-06-25 | 2018-05-02 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for initial cell search and selection using beamforming |
CN113630166B (en) * | 2016-03-03 | 2024-06-25 | 交互数字专利控股公司 | Method and apparatus for beam steering within a beamforming system |
-
2015
- 2015-11-25 EP EP15807769.3A patent/EP3225070A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2015-11-25 CN CN201580074377.4A patent/CN107211451B/en active Active
- 2015-11-25 EP EP21170751.8A patent/EP3879881A1/en active Pending
- 2015-11-25 WO PCT/US2015/062700 patent/WO2016086144A1/en active Application Filing
- 2015-11-25 CN CN202210943251.8A patent/CN115483956A/en active Pending
- 2015-11-25 US US15/528,029 patent/US20190104549A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2019
- 2019-09-25 US US16/582,305 patent/US11382136B2/en active Active
-
2022
- 2022-07-05 US US17/857,486 patent/US11844113B2/en active Active
-
2023
- 2023-11-02 US US18/500,889 patent/US20240080905A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20140177607A1 (en) * | 2012-12-26 | 2014-06-26 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Method and apparatus for random access in communication system with large number of antennas |
WO2014116928A1 (en) * | 2013-01-25 | 2014-07-31 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for vertical beamforming |
Cited By (562)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9930187B2 (en) | 2013-01-31 | 2018-03-27 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Billing related information reporting |
US12069595B2 (en) | 2014-12-23 | 2024-08-20 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Latency reduction in LTE systems |
US11832168B2 (en) | 2015-05-13 | 2023-11-28 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Beamforming |
US10462732B2 (en) | 2015-05-13 | 2019-10-29 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Beamforming |
US11102712B2 (en) | 2015-05-13 | 2021-08-24 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Beamforming |
US10813085B2 (en) | 2015-11-10 | 2020-10-20 | Idac Holdings, Inc. | Downlink control channel design and signaling for beamformed systems |
US11595953B2 (en) | 2015-11-10 | 2023-02-28 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Downlink control channel design and signaling for beamformed systems |
US11997696B2 (en) | 2015-11-10 | 2024-05-28 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Downlink control channel design and signaling for beamformed systems |
US11075725B2 (en) | 2016-04-13 | 2021-07-27 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for beam adjustment request |
US10715241B2 (en) | 2016-04-13 | 2020-07-14 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for beam management |
US11381296B2 (en) | 2016-04-13 | 2022-07-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for beam management |
US10505615B2 (en) | 2016-04-13 | 2019-12-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for beam management |
US11075682B2 (en) | 2016-04-13 | 2021-07-27 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for beam management |
US10425200B2 (en) | 2016-04-13 | 2019-09-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for beam adjustment request |
US10903890B2 (en) | 2016-04-13 | 2021-01-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for beam adjustment request |
US11791882B2 (en) | 2016-04-13 | 2023-10-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for beam management |
US10069555B2 (en) | 2016-04-13 | 2018-09-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for beam management |
US11088747B2 (en) * | 2016-04-13 | 2021-08-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for beam management |
US10615862B2 (en) | 2016-04-13 | 2020-04-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for beam adjustment request |
US20190097712A1 (en) * | 2016-04-18 | 2019-03-28 | Intel Corporation | Selection of beamforming directions based on learned performance |
US10700757B2 (en) * | 2016-04-18 | 2020-06-30 | Intel Corporation | Selection of beamforming directions based on learned performance |
US10341959B2 (en) | 2016-04-28 | 2019-07-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink transmit power control after beam change |
US10674542B2 (en) | 2016-05-31 | 2020-06-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | RACH combining across multiple attempts |
US10582538B2 (en) | 2016-05-31 | 2020-03-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | RACH combining across multiple attempts |
CN109644494A (en) * | 2016-06-15 | 2019-04-16 | 康维达无线有限责任公司 | Random access procedure in next generation network |
JP2019524031A (en) * | 2016-06-15 | 2019-08-29 | コンヴィーダ ワイヤレス, エルエルシー | Random access procedures in next generation networks |
KR20190018170A (en) * | 2016-06-15 | 2019-02-21 | 콘비다 와이어리스, 엘엘씨 | Random Access Procedures in Next Generation Networks |
CN109644494B (en) * | 2016-06-15 | 2022-08-12 | 康维达无线有限责任公司 | Device for random access process in next generation network |
US10616926B2 (en) | 2016-06-15 | 2020-04-07 | Convida Wireless, Llc | Random access procedures in Next Gen networks |
KR102344898B1 (en) * | 2016-06-15 | 2021-12-30 | 콘비다 와이어리스, 엘엘씨 | Random Access Procedures in Next-Generation Networks |
US10849166B2 (en) | 2016-06-15 | 2020-11-24 | Convida Wireless, Llc | Random access procedures in Next Gen networks |
US10182459B2 (en) | 2016-06-15 | 2019-01-15 | Convida Wireless, Llc | Random access procedures in next gen networks |
JP7182056B2 (en) | 2016-06-15 | 2022-12-02 | インターデイジタル パテント ホールディングス インコーポレイテッド | Random Access Procedures in Next Generation Networks |
WO2017218762A1 (en) * | 2016-06-15 | 2017-12-21 | Convida Wireless, Llc | Random access procedures in next generation networks |
JP2021158670A (en) * | 2016-06-15 | 2021-10-07 | コンヴィーダ ワイヤレス, エルエルシー | Random access procedures in next generation networks |
WO2017222529A1 (en) * | 2016-06-23 | 2017-12-28 | Intel Corporation | Very fast joint base station (bs) and user equipment (ue) beam adaptation in millimeter wave (mmwave) cellular systems |
EP3476154A4 (en) * | 2016-06-23 | 2020-01-15 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Beam change |
CN109155658B (en) * | 2016-06-23 | 2022-05-10 | 苹果公司 | Very fast joint Base Station (BS) and User Equipment (UE) beam adaptation in millimeter wave (MMWAVE) cellular systems |
US12034502B2 (en) | 2016-06-23 | 2024-07-09 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Method and apparatus used for communicating a beam change indication based on an actual beam index value and logical beam index value validation |
EP4007368A1 (en) * | 2016-06-23 | 2022-06-01 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Beam change |
CN109155658A (en) * | 2016-06-23 | 2019-01-04 | 英特尔公司 | The joint base station that is exceedingly fast (BS) and user equipment (UE) wave beam in millimeter wave (MMWAVE) cellular system is adaptive |
US10523294B2 (en) | 2016-06-24 | 2019-12-31 | Asustek Computer Inc. | Method and apparatus for UE beamforming and beam sweeping in a wireless communication system |
CN107548158A (en) * | 2016-06-24 | 2018-01-05 | 华硕电脑股份有限公司 | The method and apparatus that the user equipment beam forming and wave beam of radio communication scan |
CN107548158B (en) * | 2016-06-24 | 2020-09-01 | 华硕电脑股份有限公司 | Method and apparatus for user equipment beamforming and beam sweeping for wireless communications |
EP3261176A3 (en) * | 2016-06-24 | 2018-03-21 | ASUSTek Computer Inc. | Method and apparatus for ue beamforming and beam sweeping in a wireless communication system |
US10873867B2 (en) | 2016-06-27 | 2020-12-22 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Method, apparatus, and computer program product for improving reliability in wireless communication |
WO2018004509A1 (en) * | 2016-06-27 | 2018-01-04 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Method, apparatus, and computer program product for improving reliability in wireless communication |
US11088751B2 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2021-08-10 | Apple Inc. | Interference aware beam selection for NR (new radio) |
WO2018005014A1 (en) * | 2016-07-01 | 2018-01-04 | Intel Corporation | Interference aware beam selection for nr (new radio) |
WO2018009204A1 (en) * | 2016-07-07 | 2018-01-11 | Intel Corporation | Two-tier sector rf beamforming adaptation |
US11711792B2 (en) | 2016-07-07 | 2023-07-25 | Intel Corporation | Two-tier sector RF beamforming adaptation |
CN109417415B (en) * | 2016-07-11 | 2022-06-07 | 苹果公司 | System and method for confirming beam switching |
CN109417415A (en) * | 2016-07-11 | 2019-03-01 | 英特尔Ip公司 | System and method for confirming beam switchover |
WO2018013596A1 (en) * | 2016-07-11 | 2018-01-18 | Intel IP Corporation | System and method for confirmation of beam switching |
KR102201764B1 (en) * | 2016-07-13 | 2021-01-12 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Signal transmission method using multiple beams in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor |
JP2019527958A (en) * | 2016-07-13 | 2019-10-03 | エルジー エレクトロニクス インコーポレイティド | Signal transmission method using multiple beams in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor |
WO2018012887A1 (en) * | 2016-07-13 | 2018-01-18 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for transmitting signal by using multi-beam in wireless communication system, and apparatus therefor |
US10873946B2 (en) | 2016-07-13 | 2020-12-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for transmitting signal by using multi-beam in wireless communication system, and apparatus therefor |
KR20190011805A (en) * | 2016-07-13 | 2019-02-07 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for transmitting signals using multiple beams in a wireless communication system and apparatus therefor |
CN107635242B (en) * | 2016-07-18 | 2021-01-15 | 华硕电脑股份有限公司 | Method and device for random access in wireless communication system |
KR101919705B1 (en) | 2016-07-18 | 2018-11-20 | 아서스테크 컴퓨터 인코포레이션 | Method and apparatus for random access in a wireless communication system |
CN107635242A (en) * | 2016-07-18 | 2018-01-26 | 华硕电脑股份有限公司 | The method and device of Stochastic accessing in wireless communication system |
US10681742B2 (en) | 2016-07-18 | 2020-06-09 | Asustek Computer Inc. | Method and apparatus for random access in a wireless communication system |
JP2018033129A (en) * | 2016-07-18 | 2018-03-01 | 華碩電腦股▲ふん▼有限公司 | Method and device for random access in wireless communication system |
WO2018016800A1 (en) * | 2016-07-20 | 2018-01-25 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and device for receiving system information via beam |
US10862572B2 (en) | 2016-07-20 | 2020-12-08 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and device for receiving system information via beam |
TWI830428B (en) * | 2016-07-21 | 2024-01-21 | 美商高通公司 | Techniques for communicating on an uplink in a shared radio frequency spectrum band |
CN107645324A (en) * | 2016-07-22 | 2018-01-30 | 华硕电脑股份有限公司 | Transmission using beam forming or method of reseptance and equipment in wireless communication system |
US10887868B2 (en) | 2016-07-22 | 2021-01-05 | Asustek Computer Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmission or reception using beamforming in a wireless communication system |
CN107645324B (en) * | 2016-07-22 | 2021-04-20 | 华硕电脑股份有限公司 | Transmitting or receiving method and apparatus using beamforming in wireless communication system |
CN109417822B (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2023-12-26 | 苹果公司 | Apparatus of user equipment, user equipment device and method for communication |
CN109845384A (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2019-06-04 | 夏普株式会社 | Terminal installation, base station apparatus and communication means |
KR102361282B1 (en) | 2016-07-26 | 2022-02-10 | 샤프 가부시키가이샤 | Terminal device, base station device, and communication method |
CN112218362A (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2021-01-12 | 夏普株式会社 | Terminal device, base station device, and communication method |
EP3493639A4 (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2020-03-11 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Terminal device, base station device, and communication method |
CN112203358A (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2021-01-08 | 夏普株式会社 | Terminal device, base station device, and communication method |
WO2018021187A1 (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2018-02-01 | シャープ株式会社 | Terminal device, base station device, and communication method |
CN112218362B (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2022-04-12 | 夏普株式会社 | Terminal device, base station device, and communication method |
KR20190034204A (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2019-04-01 | 샤프 가부시키가이샤 | Terminal device, base station device, and communication method |
WO2018021183A1 (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2018-02-01 | シャープ株式会社 | Terminal device, base station device, and communication method |
WO2018022782A1 (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2018-02-01 | Intel IP Corporation | Control signaling for user equipment transmission beamforming |
RU2747005C2 (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2021-04-23 | Шарп Кабусики Кайся | Terminal device, base station device and communication method |
CN112203358B (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2022-06-14 | 夏普株式会社 | Terminal device, base station device, and communication method |
US11337251B2 (en) | 2016-07-26 | 2022-05-17 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Terminal apparatus, base station apparatus, and communication method |
CN109417822A (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2019-03-01 | 英特尔Ip公司 | Control signaling for user device transmissions Wave beam forming |
CN109845354A (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2019-06-04 | 夏普株式会社 | Terminal installation, base station apparatus and communication means |
CN107682066A (en) * | 2016-08-02 | 2018-02-09 | 北京信威通信技术股份有限公司 | A kind of method and device for receiving data |
WO2018031290A1 (en) * | 2016-08-10 | 2018-02-15 | Intel Corporation | Synchronization signal transmission for new radio standard |
WO2018031825A1 (en) * | 2016-08-10 | 2018-02-15 | Intel IP Corporation | System and method for enhanced csi feedback |
CN109565688B (en) * | 2016-08-10 | 2022-04-22 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication link acquisition and tracking in millimeter wave bands |
CN109565688A (en) * | 2016-08-10 | 2019-04-02 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication link in millimeter wave band obtains and tracking |
US10932213B2 (en) | 2016-08-10 | 2021-02-23 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Communication link acquisition and tracking in millimeter wave bands |
WO2018028782A1 (en) * | 2016-08-10 | 2018-02-15 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Communication link acquisition and tracking in millimeter wave bands |
WO2018030824A1 (en) * | 2016-08-11 | 2018-02-15 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for performing random access in wireless communication system supporting beamforming |
US11871218B2 (en) | 2016-08-11 | 2024-01-09 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Method and apparatus for wireless device synchronization in a beam-based communication system |
EP3484230A4 (en) * | 2016-08-11 | 2020-03-04 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for performing random access in wireless communication system supporting beamforming |
US11570733B2 (en) | 2016-08-11 | 2023-01-31 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Method and apparatus for wireless device synchronization in a beam-based communication system |
JP2019526968A (en) * | 2016-08-11 | 2019-09-19 | テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エルエム エリクソン(パブル) | Method and apparatus for wireless device synchronization in a beam-based communication system |
US10932211B2 (en) | 2016-08-11 | 2021-02-23 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Method and apparatus for wireless device synchronization in a beam-based communication system |
US11184933B2 (en) | 2016-08-12 | 2021-11-23 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Rach conveyance of DL synchronization beam information for various DL-UL correspondence states |
US11234273B2 (en) | 2016-08-12 | 2022-01-25 | Qualcomm Incorporated | RACH conveyance of DL synchronization beam information for various DL-UL correspondence states |
WO2018031848A1 (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2018-02-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Rach conveyance of dl synchronization beam information for various dl-ul correspondence states |
CN109565322B (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2022-03-01 | 高通股份有限公司 | RACH conveyance of DL synchronization beam information for various DL-UL correspondence states |
EP3500036A4 (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2020-03-25 | LG Electronics Inc. -1- | Method for signal transmission in wireless communication system and device therefor |
WO2018030851A1 (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2018-02-15 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for signal transmission in wireless communication system and device therefor |
WO2018027924A1 (en) | 2016-08-12 | 2018-02-15 | Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. | Mechanism to support rrm measurement in new radio access system with beamforming |
EP3972149A1 (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2022-03-23 | QUALCOMM Incorporated | Rach conveyance of dl synchronization beam information for various dl-ul correspondence states |
CN109565319B (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2022-03-25 | 高通股份有限公司 | RACH conveyance of DL synchronization beam information for various DL-UL correspondence states |
CN114585104A (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2022-06-03 | 高通股份有限公司 | RACH conveyance of DL synchronization beam information for various DL-UL correspondence states |
CN109565322A (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2019-04-02 | 高通股份有限公司 | The RACH of DL beams simultaneously information for various DL-UL corresponding relationship states is conveyed |
CN109565321B (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2022-03-15 | 高通股份有限公司 | RACH conveyance of DL synchronization beam information for various DL-UL correspondence states |
US11071145B2 (en) | 2016-08-12 | 2021-07-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Rach conveyance of DL synchronization beam information for various DL-UL correspondence states |
CN109565808A (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2019-04-02 | 高通股份有限公司 | The RACH of DL beams simultaneously information for various DL-UL corresponding relationship states is conveyed |
CN109565808B (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2022-04-01 | 高通股份有限公司 | RACH conveyance of DL synchronization beam information for various DL-UL correspondence states |
US11026261B2 (en) | 2016-08-12 | 2021-06-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Rach conveyance of DL synchronization beam information for various DL-UL correspondence states |
US10506639B2 (en) | 2016-08-12 | 2019-12-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | RACH conveyance of DL synchronization beam information for various DL-UL correspondence states |
CN109565321A (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2019-04-02 | 高通股份有限公司 | The RACH of DL beams simultaneously information for various DL-UL corresponding relationship states is conveyed |
EP3485691A4 (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2019-08-21 | MediaTek Singapore Pte. Ltd. | Mechanism to support rrm measurement in new radio access system with beamforming |
US10972926B2 (en) | 2016-08-12 | 2021-04-06 | Mediatek Singapore Pte Ltd. | Mechanism to support RRM measurement in new radio access system with beamforming |
CN109565319A (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2019-04-02 | 高通股份有限公司 | The RACH of DL beams simultaneously information for various DL-UL corresponding relationship states is conveyed |
US10779306B2 (en) | 2016-08-12 | 2020-09-15 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for signal transmission in wireless communication system and device therefor |
US11108522B2 (en) | 2016-08-19 | 2021-08-31 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Distinguishing reference signals in a beam-based communication system |
US10764838B2 (en) | 2016-09-06 | 2020-09-01 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for receiving BRS and PBCH in wireless communication system and device for same |
WO2018048091A1 (en) * | 2016-09-06 | 2018-03-15 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for receiving brs and pbch in wireless communication system and device for same |
US11212680B2 (en) | 2016-09-13 | 2021-12-28 | Nokia Technologies Oy | PDCP count handling in RRC connection resume |
US11849323B2 (en) | 2016-09-13 | 2023-12-19 | Nokia Technologies Oy | PDCP count handling in RRC connection resume |
US10477590B2 (en) * | 2016-09-14 | 2019-11-12 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for random access in a wireless communication systems |
CN109845128A (en) * | 2016-09-15 | 2019-06-04 | 高通股份有限公司 | Promote the system and method for the beam forming from vehicles user's equipment |
WO2018053355A3 (en) * | 2016-09-15 | 2018-04-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method that facilitates beamforming from a vehicle user equipment |
CN109845128B (en) * | 2016-09-15 | 2022-08-05 | 高通股份有限公司 | System and method for facilitating beamforming from a vehicle user device |
US10510252B2 (en) | 2016-09-15 | 2019-12-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method that facilitates beamforming from a vehicle user equipment |
US20180075746A1 (en) * | 2016-09-15 | 2018-03-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method that facilitates beamforming from a vehicle user equipment |
EP3513505B1 (en) * | 2016-09-16 | 2021-03-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Beam switching |
KR20190045388A (en) * | 2016-09-21 | 2019-05-02 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for beam management reference signal in a wireless communication system |
US10425139B2 (en) | 2016-09-21 | 2019-09-24 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for beam management reference signals in wireless communication systems |
WO2018056728A1 (en) * | 2016-09-21 | 2018-03-29 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for beam management reference signals in wireless communication systems |
US10749585B2 (en) | 2016-09-21 | 2020-08-18 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for beam management reference signals in wireless communication systems |
KR102400688B1 (en) | 2016-09-21 | 2022-05-23 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for beam management reference signal in wireless communication system |
CN109478915A (en) * | 2016-09-22 | 2019-03-15 | 华为技术有限公司 | Measuring configuration method and apparatus |
WO2018053767A1 (en) * | 2016-09-22 | 2018-03-29 | 华为技术有限公司 | Measurement configuration method and device |
WO2018062833A1 (en) * | 2016-09-28 | 2018-04-05 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for interference measurement in wireless communication system and device therefor |
US11490342B2 (en) * | 2016-09-28 | 2022-11-01 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Signal transmission method, network device, and terminal device |
KR20190069407A (en) * | 2016-09-28 | 2019-06-19 | 아이디에이씨 홀딩스, 인크. | New WLAN access in beamforming system |
KR102667243B1 (en) | 2016-09-28 | 2024-05-20 | 인터디지탈 패튼 홀딩스, 인크 | New radio random access in beamforming systems |
WO2018064372A1 (en) * | 2016-09-28 | 2018-04-05 | Idac Holdings, Inc. | New radio random access in beamforming systems |
US11871384B2 (en) | 2016-09-28 | 2024-01-09 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Random access in new radio (NR) and other beamforming systems |
US11012882B2 (en) | 2016-09-28 | 2021-05-18 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for interference measurement in wireless communication system and device therefor |
EP3879721A1 (en) * | 2016-09-28 | 2021-09-15 | IDAC Holdings, Inc. | New radio random access in beamforming systems |
KR102401700B1 (en) * | 2016-09-28 | 2022-05-26 | 아이디에이씨 홀딩스, 인크. | New wireless LAN access in beamforming system |
CN112954815A (en) * | 2016-09-28 | 2021-06-11 | Idac控股公司 | Novel radio random access in beamforming systems |
JP2019534615A (en) * | 2016-09-28 | 2019-11-28 | アイディーエーシー ホールディングス インコーポレイテッド | New Radio Random Access in Beamforming System |
US11290998B2 (en) | 2016-09-28 | 2022-03-29 | Idac Holdings, Inc. | Random access in new radio (NR) and other beamforming systems |
CN109952720A (en) * | 2016-09-28 | 2019-06-28 | Idac控股公司 | Novel radio electricity random access in beamforming system |
KR20230165380A (en) * | 2016-09-28 | 2023-12-05 | 인터디지탈 패튼 홀딩스, 인크 | New radio random access in beamforming systems |
WO2018059487A1 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2018-04-05 | 华为技术有限公司 | Radio resource measurement method, selection method, and device |
US11483837B2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2022-10-25 | Nec Corporation | Method and apparatuses for selecting beam in carrier aggregation |
AU2017334682B2 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2022-03-10 | FG Innovation Company Limited | Terminal apparatus, base station apparatus, communication method, and integrated circuit |
KR102368384B1 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2022-02-25 | 샤프 가부시키가이샤 | A terminal device, a base station device, a communication method, and an integrated circuit |
EP3457584A4 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2019-06-05 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Signal sending method, terminal device and network device |
JP2022031781A (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2022-02-22 | 華為技術有限公司 | Radio resource measurement method, radio resource selection method, and apparatus |
EP3509340A4 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2019-07-10 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Radio resource measurement method, selection method, and device |
EP3522661A4 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2020-05-06 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Terminal device, base station device, communication method and integrated circuit |
US10355766B2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2019-07-16 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for performing measurement |
US10673515B2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2020-06-02 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for performing measurement |
KR102512849B1 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2023-03-24 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Apparatus and method for performing measurement |
US11251858B2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2022-02-15 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for performing measurement |
JP2020503704A (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2020-01-30 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | Wireless communication method and base station |
US11005555B2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2021-05-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for performing measurement |
WO2018059306A1 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2018-04-05 | 华为技术有限公司 | Information transmission method, device and system |
JP2020502831A (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2020-01-23 | オッポ広東移動通信有限公司 | Signal transmission method, terminal equipment and network equipment |
KR102248025B1 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2021-05-03 | 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 | Radio resource measurement method, radio resource selection method, and apparatus |
US10993134B2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2021-04-27 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Radio resource measurement method, radio resource selection method, and apparatus |
US10728900B2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2020-07-28 | Nec Corporation | Radio terminal, base station, and method therefor |
US11202318B2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2021-12-14 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Initial access method and apparatus |
WO2018062959A1 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2018-04-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for performing measurement |
US10992363B2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2021-04-27 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Method, terminal device and network device for transmitting signal |
KR20190059904A (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2019-05-31 | 샤프 가부시키가이샤 | Terminal apparatus, base station apparatus, communication method, and integrated circuit |
US11601985B2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2023-03-07 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Wireless communication method, base station, and user equipment using a physical random access channel |
CN109478914B (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2021-10-15 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Signal sending method, terminal equipment and network equipment |
US11546942B2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2023-01-03 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Terminal apparatus, base station apparatus, communication method, and integrated circuit |
WO2018064404A1 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2018-04-05 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Wireless communication method and base station |
US12003993B2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2024-06-04 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Radio resource measurement method, radio resource selection method, and apparatus |
KR20190055222A (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2019-05-22 | 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 | Wireless resource measurement method, wireless resource selection method, and apparatus |
EP3407655A4 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2019-03-06 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Initial access method and apparatus |
CN109478914A (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2019-03-15 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Method, terminal device and the network equipment that signal is sent |
RU2745900C2 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2021-04-02 | Шарп Кабусики Кайся | Terminal device, base station apparatus, method of connection and integrated circuit |
KR20180035513A (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2018-04-06 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for performing measurement |
JPWO2018061293A1 (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2019-06-24 | 日本電気株式会社 | Wireless terminal, base station, and methods thereof |
US12108422B2 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2024-10-01 | Nec Corporation | Methods and apparatuses for selecting beam in carrier aggregation |
CN109792422A (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2019-05-21 | Lg 电子株式会社 | The method and its equipment of signal are sent or received in a wireless communication system |
US11128363B2 (en) | 2016-09-30 | 2021-09-21 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Channel quality information reporting method, apparatus, and system |
TWI759325B (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2022-04-01 | 美商高通公司 | Precoding management for random access procedures |
WO2018059297A1 (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-05 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and apparatus for transmitting physical downlink control channel, and base station and terminal |
CN107888262A (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-06 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Feedback method, transmission method, signal transmission method and the corresponding intrument of communication channel |
CN107888262B (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2021-05-11 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Feedback method, transmission method, signaling transmission method and corresponding devices of communication channel |
CN109845124A (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2019-06-04 | 诺基亚技术有限公司 | Indicate optional parameters group |
CN109792422B (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2022-08-23 | Lg 电子株式会社 | Method for transmitting or receiving signal in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor |
CN110086572A (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2019-08-02 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of method, apparatus and system of reporting channel quality information |
WO2018062717A1 (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-05 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for transmitting or receiving signal in wireless communication system and device therefor |
CN107888369A (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-06 | 北京信威通信技术股份有限公司 | The method and device that a kind of system message is sent |
US11438203B2 (en) | 2016-09-30 | 2022-09-06 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for transmitting or receiving signal in wireless communication system and device therefor |
CN110120851A (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2019-08-13 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of method, apparatus and system of reporting channel quality information |
WO2018063749A1 (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Precoding management for random access procedures |
US10425970B2 (en) | 2016-09-30 | 2019-09-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Precoding management for random access procedures |
CN109792354A (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2019-05-21 | 高通股份有限公司 | Precoding management for random access regulation |
CN114466428A (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2022-05-10 | 诺基亚技术有限公司 | Indicating alternative sets of parameters |
WO2018060544A1 (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-05 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Indicating optional parameter groups |
WO2018059185A1 (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-05 | 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 | Random access method and device utilized in user equipment and base station |
US10171138B2 (en) | 2016-09-30 | 2019-01-01 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Indicating optional parameter groups |
EP3525362A4 (en) * | 2016-10-09 | 2020-05-13 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Beam determination methods executed during uplink random access, user equipment and base station |
CN107919897A (en) * | 2016-10-09 | 2018-04-17 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | The wave beam that uplink random performs when accessing determines method, user equipment and base station |
US11240847B2 (en) | 2016-10-09 | 2022-02-01 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Beam determining method performed during uplink random access, user equipment and base station |
CN107919897B (en) * | 2016-10-09 | 2022-05-17 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | Beam determination method executed during uplink random access, user equipment and base station |
JP2019537329A (en) * | 2016-10-09 | 2019-12-19 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | Beam determining method executed at uplink random access, user apparatus and base station |
CN107948987A (en) * | 2016-10-13 | 2018-04-20 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication means, apparatus and system |
EP3506671A4 (en) * | 2016-10-13 | 2019-08-14 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Communication method, apparatus and system |
EP3806520A1 (en) * | 2016-10-13 | 2021-04-14 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Communication method, and communications apparatus and system |
US12058662B2 (en) | 2016-10-13 | 2024-08-06 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Communication method, and communications apparatus and system |
CN107948987B (en) * | 2016-10-13 | 2021-08-03 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method, device and system |
US10966205B2 (en) | 2016-10-13 | 2021-03-30 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Communication method, and communications apparatus and system |
CN109845380A (en) * | 2016-10-26 | 2019-06-04 | 高通股份有限公司 | The relevant random access channel procedure of waveform |
WO2018084331A1 (en) * | 2016-11-02 | 2018-05-11 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for transmitting rrc connection request, and terminal therefor |
EP3537763A4 (en) * | 2016-11-02 | 2020-05-20 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | User terminal and wireless communication method |
US11172519B2 (en) | 2016-11-02 | 2021-11-09 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for transmitting RRC connection request, and terminal therefor |
CN110169119A (en) * | 2016-11-02 | 2019-08-23 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | User terminal and wireless communications method |
JPWO2018084207A1 (en) * | 2016-11-02 | 2019-09-26 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | User terminal and wireless communication method |
WO2018084207A1 (en) * | 2016-11-02 | 2018-05-11 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | User terminal and wireless communication method |
US10903877B2 (en) | 2016-11-03 | 2021-01-26 | Mediatek Inc. | Initial access procedure for multi-beam operation |
CN110035537A (en) * | 2016-11-03 | 2019-07-19 | 联发科技股份有限公司 | Initial access method and user equipment for multi-beam operation |
EP4376320A3 (en) * | 2016-11-03 | 2024-08-28 | Hedwig Wireless Technologies LLC | Transmission configuration method, transmission configuration determination method, base station and terminal |
TWI693848B (en) * | 2016-11-03 | 2020-05-11 | 聯發科技股份有限公司 | Initial access procedure for multi-beam operation |
EP3537753A4 (en) * | 2016-11-03 | 2020-05-06 | ZTE Corporation | Transmission configuration method, transmission configuration determination method, base station and terminal |
US11051221B2 (en) | 2016-11-03 | 2021-06-29 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Network access method and device |
US11758418B2 (en) | 2016-11-03 | 2023-09-12 | Hedwig Wireless Technologies Llc | Transmission configuration method, transmission configuration determination method, base station and terminal |
EP3525543A4 (en) * | 2016-11-03 | 2019-08-14 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Method and device for accessing network |
CN108024260A (en) * | 2016-11-03 | 2018-05-11 | 华为技术有限公司 | The method and apparatus for accessing network |
US11265735B2 (en) | 2016-11-03 | 2022-03-01 | Xi'an Zhongxing New Software Co., Ltd | Transmission configuration method, transmission configuration determination method, base station and terminal |
CN110035537B (en) * | 2016-11-03 | 2023-10-24 | 联发科技股份有限公司 | Initial access method for multi-beam operation and user equipment |
US10778386B2 (en) | 2016-11-04 | 2020-09-15 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method for downlink channel reception in wireless communication system and device therefor |
CN110050497A (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2019-07-23 | Lg电子株式会社 | For the received method and device thereof of downlink channel in wireless communication system |
US11115984B2 (en) | 2016-11-04 | 2021-09-07 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Methods and apparatuses for handling beam failure |
WO2018084412A1 (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2018-05-11 | 엘지전자(주) | Method for downlink channel reception in wireless communication system and device therefor |
WO2018083624A1 (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2018-05-11 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Methods and apparatuses for handling beam failure |
WO2018084498A1 (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2018-05-11 | 주식회사 케이티 | Method and device for executing multi-beam-based random access procedure in wireless communication |
KR102092560B1 (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2020-03-25 | 주식회사 케이티 | Methods of Random Access Procedure based on multi-beam in wireless networks and Apparatuses thereof |
CN109891762A (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2019-06-14 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | Method and apparatus for handling wave beam failure |
KR20180050214A (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2018-05-14 | 주식회사 케이티 | Methods of Random Access Procedure based on multi-beam in wireless networks and Apparatuses thereof |
CN109891979A (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2019-06-14 | 株式会社Kt | The method and apparatus of the random access procedure based on multi-beam is executed in wireless communications |
US11350415B2 (en) | 2016-11-04 | 2022-05-31 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Methods and apparatuses for handling beam failure |
US12022518B2 (en) | 2016-11-04 | 2024-06-25 | Kt Corporation | Method and device for executing multi-beam-based random access procedure in wireless communication |
WO2018130873A3 (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2018-10-04 | Zte Wistron Telecom Ab | Random access measurement indication |
JP2020502869A (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2020-01-23 | テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エルエム エリクソン(パ | Method and apparatus for addressing beam obstruction |
CN110050497B (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2023-12-08 | Lg电子株式会社 | Method for downlink channel reception in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor |
US10966253B2 (en) | 2016-11-04 | 2021-03-30 | Kt Corporation | Method and device for executing multi-beam-based random access procedure in wireless communication |
US11871396B2 (en) | 2016-11-04 | 2024-01-09 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Methods and apparatuses for handling beam failure |
US11564134B2 (en) | 2016-11-04 | 2023-01-24 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Beamforming information interaction method and network device |
CN110140320A (en) * | 2016-11-04 | 2019-08-16 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | For executing the method, equipment and network node of access procedure |
JP7046062B2 (en) | 2016-11-04 | 2022-04-01 | テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エルエム エリクソン(パブル) | Methods and equipment for dealing with beam failures |
WO2018089265A1 (en) * | 2016-11-14 | 2018-05-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Two step random-access channel (rach) procedure in millimeter wave (mmw) |
US11191108B2 (en) | 2016-11-14 | 2021-11-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Two step random-access channel (RACH) procedure in millimeter wave (MMW) |
CN109964439A (en) * | 2016-11-14 | 2019-07-02 | 高通股份有限公司 | Two step random access channel (RACH) regulations in millimeter wave (MMW) |
KR102553991B1 (en) * | 2016-11-14 | 2023-07-10 | 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 | Two-level Random Access Channel (RACH) Procedure in Millimeter Wave (MMW) |
KR20190084255A (en) * | 2016-11-14 | 2019-07-16 | 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 | Two-Stage Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure in millimeter wave (MMW) |
CN109964439B (en) * | 2016-11-14 | 2022-03-29 | 高通股份有限公司 | Two-step Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure in millimeter wave (MMW) |
TWI794191B (en) * | 2016-11-14 | 2023-03-01 | 美商高通公司 | Two step random-access channel (rach) procedure in millimeter wave (mmw) |
AU2017358903B2 (en) * | 2016-11-14 | 2022-08-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Two step random-access channel (RACH) procedure in millimeter wave (MMW) |
US11096218B2 (en) | 2016-12-12 | 2021-08-17 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method, base station apparatus and user equipment for random access |
EP3530056A4 (en) * | 2016-12-12 | 2019-10-02 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method, base station apparatus and user equipment for random access |
CN108235444B (en) * | 2016-12-12 | 2021-09-10 | 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 | Random access method, base station equipment and user equipment |
CN108235444A (en) * | 2016-12-12 | 2018-06-29 | 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 | The method and base station equipment of random access, user equipment |
TWI741085B (en) * | 2016-12-16 | 2021-10-01 | 大陸商Oppo廣東移動通信有限公司 | Method and device for random access |
CN108233996B (en) * | 2016-12-19 | 2020-10-27 | 中国电信股份有限公司 | Method for obtaining channel information and corresponding system and terminal |
CN108233996A (en) * | 2016-12-19 | 2018-06-29 | 中国电信股份有限公司 | The method and corresponding system and terminal of acquisition channel information |
WO2018118147A1 (en) * | 2016-12-21 | 2018-06-28 | Sony Corporation | Robust data routing in wireless networks with directional transmissions |
US10193795B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2019-01-29 | Sony Corporation | Robust data routing in wireless networks with directional transmissions |
US10833977B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2020-11-10 | Sony Corporation | Robust data routing in wireless networks with directional transmissions |
US11064529B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2021-07-13 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Signal transmission method, terminal device and network device |
WO2018112808A1 (en) * | 2016-12-21 | 2018-06-28 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | Signal transmission method, terminal device and network device |
CN112087814A (en) * | 2016-12-26 | 2020-12-15 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Random access method and device |
US11051342B2 (en) | 2016-12-26 | 2021-06-29 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Random access method and apparatus |
CN110073713A (en) * | 2016-12-26 | 2019-07-30 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Accidental access method and device |
WO2018121848A1 (en) * | 2016-12-28 | 2018-07-05 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Connection setup recovery for wireless networks |
EP3996460A1 (en) * | 2016-12-28 | 2022-05-11 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Connection setup recovery for wireless networks |
US10966271B2 (en) | 2016-12-28 | 2021-03-30 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Connection setup recovery for wireless networks |
TWI750283B (en) * | 2016-12-29 | 2021-12-21 | 美商高通公司 | User equipment reporting of receive beam change indication |
US20180192438A1 (en) * | 2016-12-29 | 2018-07-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | User equipment reporting of receive beam change indication |
CN110140306A (en) * | 2016-12-29 | 2019-08-16 | 高通股份有限公司 | Receive the user equipment report that wave beam changes instruction |
WO2018125614A1 (en) * | 2016-12-29 | 2018-07-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | User equipment reporting of receive beam change indication |
US10897778B2 (en) | 2016-12-29 | 2021-01-19 | Qualcomm Incorporated | User equipment reporting of receive beam change indication |
CN110140306B (en) * | 2016-12-29 | 2023-04-18 | 高通股份有限公司 | Method and user equipment for wireless communication |
CN110114986B (en) * | 2017-01-05 | 2023-02-17 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | Configuration of beamforming modes |
CN110114986A (en) * | 2017-01-05 | 2019-08-09 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | The configuration of beam forming mode |
WO2018127283A1 (en) * | 2017-01-05 | 2018-07-12 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Configuration of beamforming mode |
US10499435B2 (en) | 2017-01-05 | 2019-12-03 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Configuration of beamforming mode |
US11122572B2 (en) | 2017-01-06 | 2021-09-14 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Signal transmission method and apparatus |
CN110169136A (en) * | 2017-01-06 | 2019-08-23 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | User apparatus, base station and lead code sending method |
CN110476364B (en) * | 2017-01-06 | 2021-11-09 | 华为技术有限公司 | Signal transmission method and device |
CN108282198B (en) * | 2017-01-06 | 2021-11-19 | 华为技术有限公司 | Signal transmission method and device |
JP7114600B2 (en) | 2017-01-06 | 2022-08-08 | 華為技術有限公司 | Signal transmission method and device |
WO2018127181A1 (en) * | 2017-01-06 | 2018-07-12 | 华为技术有限公司 | Signal transmission method and apparatus |
WO2018128064A1 (en) * | 2017-01-06 | 2018-07-12 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | User device, base station and random access method |
CN110492913A (en) * | 2017-01-06 | 2019-11-22 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of method for transmitting signals and device |
JP2020506583A (en) * | 2017-01-06 | 2020-02-27 | 華為技術有限公司Huawei Technologies Co.,Ltd. | Signal transmission method and apparatus |
CN110476364A (en) * | 2017-01-06 | 2019-11-19 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of method for transmitting signals and device |
CN110492913B (en) * | 2017-01-06 | 2020-09-29 | 华为技术有限公司 | Signal transmission method and device |
US11751187B2 (en) | 2017-01-06 | 2023-09-05 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Signal transmission method and apparatus |
CN108282198A (en) * | 2017-01-06 | 2018-07-13 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of method for transmitting signals and device |
EP3567929A4 (en) * | 2017-01-06 | 2020-05-13 | NTT DoCoMo, Inc. | User device, base station, and preamble transmission method |
CN108288991A (en) * | 2017-01-09 | 2018-07-17 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | The feedback method and device of beam information, configuration information |
EP3567744A4 (en) * | 2017-01-09 | 2020-03-04 | ZTE Corporation | Beam information feedback method and apparatus, and configuration information feedback method and apparatus |
US11522597B2 (en) | 2017-01-09 | 2022-12-06 | Zte Corporation | Beam information feedback method and apparatus, and configuration information feedback method and apparatus |
US11483812B2 (en) | 2017-01-09 | 2022-10-25 | Sony Group Corporation | Base station controlled beam management |
WO2018127560A1 (en) * | 2017-01-09 | 2018-07-12 | Sony Mobile Communications Inc. | Base station controlled beam management |
EP4243301A3 (en) * | 2017-01-09 | 2023-10-11 | Sony Group Corporation | Base station controlled beam management |
US10917159B2 (en) | 2017-01-09 | 2021-02-09 | Zte Corporation | Beam information feedback method and apparatus, and configuration information feedback method and apparatus |
CN108288991B (en) * | 2017-01-09 | 2023-05-09 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Feedback method and device for beam information and configuration information |
CN108401300A (en) * | 2017-01-13 | 2018-08-14 | 宏碁股份有限公司 | Handle the method and device of random access procedure |
US20180206273A1 (en) * | 2017-01-13 | 2018-07-19 | Acer Incorporated | Device and Method of Handling a Random Access Procedure |
US10841954B2 (en) | 2017-01-13 | 2020-11-17 | Acer Incorporated | Device of handling a random access procedure |
US10383142B2 (en) | 2017-01-13 | 2019-08-13 | Acer Incorporated | Device and method of handling channel status information reports for transmission time intervals |
EP3349533A1 (en) * | 2017-01-13 | 2018-07-18 | Acer Incorporated | Device and method of handling a random access procedure |
TWI646788B (en) * | 2017-01-13 | 2019-01-01 | 宏碁股份有限公司 | Device and method of handling channel status information reports for transmission time intervals |
CN108401300B (en) * | 2017-01-13 | 2022-04-26 | 宏碁股份有限公司 | Method and device for processing random access program |
JPWO2018135199A1 (en) * | 2017-01-17 | 2019-11-07 | 日本電気株式会社 | Base station, terminal device, method, and program |
CN110178397B (en) * | 2017-01-17 | 2022-05-13 | 日本电气株式会社 | Base station, terminal device, method, program, and recording medium |
EP3573362A4 (en) * | 2017-01-17 | 2020-01-08 | Nec Corporation | Base station, terminal device, method, program, and recording medium |
CN110178397A (en) * | 2017-01-17 | 2019-08-27 | 日本电气株式会社 | Base station, terminal device, method, program and recording medium |
WO2018135199A1 (en) * | 2017-01-17 | 2018-07-26 | 日本電気株式会社 | Base station, terminal device, method, program, and recording medium |
EP3562252A4 (en) * | 2017-02-03 | 2019-12-11 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Random access preamble transmission method and device therefor |
US11026267B2 (en) | 2017-02-03 | 2021-06-01 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Random access preamble sending method and apparatus |
CN108391319A (en) * | 2017-02-03 | 2018-08-10 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of method and its device sending random access guiding |
CN108391319B (en) * | 2017-02-03 | 2023-05-16 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and device for transmitting random access preamble |
US11246165B2 (en) | 2017-02-03 | 2022-02-08 | Xi'an Zhongxing New Software Co., Ltd. | Random access resource indication method, base station and terminal |
EP3579639A4 (en) * | 2017-02-03 | 2020-11-25 | ZTE Corporation | Random access resource indication method, base station and terminal |
WO2018141238A1 (en) * | 2017-02-05 | 2018-08-09 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Beam recovery processing method, network side device and mobile terminal |
CN110463244B (en) * | 2017-02-10 | 2022-12-20 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | Terminal, wireless communication method and system |
CN110463244A (en) * | 2017-02-10 | 2019-11-15 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | User terminal and wireless communications method |
US11540271B2 (en) | 2017-03-10 | 2022-12-27 | Qualcomm Incorporated | NR uplink transmit beam selection based on PDCCH/PDSCH receive beams |
WO2018165304A1 (en) * | 2017-03-10 | 2018-09-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Nr uplink transmit beam selection based on pdcch/pdsch receive beams |
US10779240B2 (en) | 2017-03-10 | 2020-09-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multi-link transmit power control for a plurality of uplink beam pairs |
TWI766958B (en) * | 2017-03-10 | 2022-06-11 | 美商高通公司 | Nr uplink transmit beam selection based on pdcch/pdsch receive beams |
US10779273B2 (en) | 2017-03-10 | 2020-09-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | NR uplink transmit beam selection based on PDCCH/PDSCH receive beams |
CN110431757B (en) * | 2017-03-10 | 2023-01-06 | 高通股份有限公司 | New radio NR uplink transmit beam selection based on PDCCH/PDSCH receive beams |
CN110383904A (en) * | 2017-03-10 | 2019-10-25 | 高通股份有限公司 | Technology and equipment for multilink transmission power control |
WO2018164765A1 (en) * | 2017-03-10 | 2018-09-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Techniques and apparatuses for multi-link transmit power control |
TWI757402B (en) * | 2017-03-10 | 2022-03-11 | 美商高通公司 | Techniques and apparatuses for multi-link transmit power control |
CN110431757A (en) * | 2017-03-10 | 2019-11-08 | 高通股份有限公司 | The new radio NR uplink launching beam selection of wave beam is received based on PDCCH/PDSCH |
US10477484B2 (en) | 2017-03-10 | 2019-11-12 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multi-link transmit power control for a plurality of uplink beam pairs |
US20180263024A1 (en) * | 2017-03-10 | 2018-09-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Nr uplink transmit beam selection based on pdcch/pdsch receive beams |
US10917161B2 (en) | 2017-03-17 | 2021-02-09 | Sony Corporation | Electronic device and method for wireless communication |
CN110383706A (en) * | 2017-03-17 | 2019-10-25 | 索尼公司 | Electronic equipment and method for wireless communication |
CN114697981A (en) * | 2017-03-17 | 2022-07-01 | 索尼公司 | Electronic device and method for wireless communication |
EP3598655A4 (en) * | 2017-03-17 | 2020-03-04 | Sony Corporation | Electronic device and method for wireless communication |
JP7499822B2 (en) | 2017-03-21 | 2024-06-14 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Communication system, mobile terminal and master base station |
CN110431758A (en) * | 2017-03-21 | 2019-11-08 | 三菱电机株式会社 | Communication system |
JPWO2018173646A1 (en) * | 2017-03-21 | 2020-01-30 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Communications system |
JP2023017952A (en) * | 2017-03-21 | 2023-02-07 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Communication system, mobile terminal, and base station |
EP3605867A4 (en) * | 2017-03-21 | 2021-03-10 | Mitsubishi Electric Corporation | Communication system |
US11483718B2 (en) | 2017-03-21 | 2022-10-25 | Mitsubishi Electric Corporation | Communication system |
WO2018175705A1 (en) * | 2017-03-23 | 2018-09-27 | Intel IP Corporation | Nr (new radio) prach (physical random access channel) configuration and multi-beam operation |
WO2018171426A1 (en) * | 2017-03-23 | 2018-09-27 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | Beam configuration method, mobile station and base station |
US11218202B2 (en) | 2017-03-23 | 2022-01-04 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Beam configuration method, a mobile station and a base station |
US11265779B2 (en) | 2017-03-24 | 2022-03-01 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Random access methods and apparatus |
CN109076543A (en) * | 2017-03-24 | 2018-12-21 | 联发科技(新加坡)私人有限公司 | Enhanced random access |
WO2018171802A1 (en) | 2017-03-24 | 2018-09-27 | Mediatek Inc. | Apparatuses and methods for beam identification through the physical random access channel (prach) and efficient prach resource utilization |
US11290894B2 (en) | 2017-03-24 | 2022-03-29 | Mediatek Inc. | Apparatuses and methods for beam identification through the physical random access channel (PRACH) and efficient PRACH resource utilization |
CN108633101A (en) * | 2017-03-24 | 2018-10-09 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of communication means and device |
EP3603248A4 (en) * | 2017-03-24 | 2021-01-13 | Mediatek Inc. | Apparatuses and methods for beam identification through the physical random access channel (prach) and efficient prach resource utilization |
JP7241023B2 (en) | 2017-03-27 | 2023-03-16 | 中興通訊股▲ふん▼有限公司 | Method and apparatus and storage medium for providing indication of physical resource used for random access |
KR102289798B1 (en) * | 2017-03-27 | 2021-08-13 | 지티이 코포레이션 | Method and device for providing an indication of physical resources used for random access, and storage medium |
KR20190132465A (en) * | 2017-03-27 | 2019-11-27 | 지티이 코포레이션 | A method and device for providing an indication of a physical resource used for random access, and a storage medium |
EP3606232A4 (en) * | 2017-03-27 | 2020-04-08 | ZTE Corporation | Method and device for providing instruction of physical resource used for random access, and storage medium |
US11363637B2 (en) | 2017-03-27 | 2022-06-14 | Zte Corporation | Method and device for providing indication of physical resource used for random access, and storage medium |
CN108668362A (en) * | 2017-03-27 | 2018-10-16 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A kind of indicating means and device of random access physical resource |
US11716768B2 (en) | 2017-03-27 | 2023-08-01 | Zte Corporation | Method and device for providing instruction of physical resource used for random access, and storage medium |
JP2020512765A (en) * | 2017-03-27 | 2020-04-23 | 中興通訊股▲ふん▼有限公司Zte Corporation | Method and apparatus for providing indication of physical resources used for random access and storage medium |
CN110637496B (en) * | 2017-04-12 | 2023-10-24 | 三星电子株式会社 | Method and apparatus for beam recovery in a wireless communication system |
CN110637496A (en) * | 2017-04-12 | 2019-12-31 | 三星电子株式会社 | Method and apparatus for beam recovery in a wireless communication system |
US11997665B2 (en) | 2017-04-12 | 2024-05-28 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for beam recovery in next generation wireless systems |
WO2018192575A1 (en) * | 2017-04-21 | 2018-10-25 | 华为技术有限公司 | Beam feedback method and device |
US11832308B2 (en) * | 2017-04-26 | 2023-11-28 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for performing random access procedure |
WO2018196518A1 (en) * | 2017-04-27 | 2018-11-01 | 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 | Beam control method, base station, and terminal |
US11044002B2 (en) | 2017-04-27 | 2021-06-22 | China Academy Of Telecommunications Technology | Beam control method, base station and user equipment |
CN108809393A (en) * | 2017-04-27 | 2018-11-13 | 电信科学技术研究院 | A kind of beam-steering methods and device |
EP4262100A3 (en) * | 2017-05-04 | 2024-05-01 | QUALCOMM Incorporated | Sequence for reference signals during beam refinement |
US11882070B2 (en) | 2017-05-04 | 2024-01-23 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Sequence for reference signals during beam refinement |
CN110574305A (en) * | 2017-05-04 | 2019-12-13 | 高通股份有限公司 | Sequences for reference signals during beam refinement |
WO2018204203A1 (en) * | 2017-05-04 | 2018-11-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Sequence for reference signals during beam refinement |
CN110574305B (en) * | 2017-05-04 | 2023-08-18 | 高通股份有限公司 | Sequences for reference signals during beam refinement |
US10841062B2 (en) | 2017-05-04 | 2020-11-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Sequence for reference signals during beam refinement |
CN110574306A (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2019-12-13 | 高通股份有限公司 | Beam process information for channel state information reference signals (CSI-RS) |
US11737144B2 (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2023-08-22 | Nokia Technologies Oy | On multiple PRACH preambles and random access responses |
WO2018203809A1 (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2018-11-08 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Methods and apparatus for random-access transmissions in a wireless communication network |
TWI762631B (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2022-05-01 | 美商高通公司 | Beam procedure information for channel state information reference signals (csi-rs) |
CN110603742A (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2019-12-20 | 摩托罗拉移动有限责任公司 | Indicating beam switch request |
WO2018204751A1 (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2018-11-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Beam procedure information for channel state information reference signals (csi-rs) |
US11888771B2 (en) | 2017-05-05 | 2024-01-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Beam procedure information for channel state information reference signals (CSI-RS) |
CN110087327A (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2019-08-02 | 华为技术有限公司 | The method and device of resource distribution |
WO2018202098A1 (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2018-11-08 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method of wireless communication, network device and terminal device |
WO2018202182A1 (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2018-11-08 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and apparatus for use in resource configuration |
CN108810934A (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2018-11-13 | 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 | Transmission, the method for receiving common control information, base station, terminal and storage medium |
CN108810934B (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2021-09-24 | 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 | Method for transmitting and receiving common control information, base station, terminal and storage medium |
US11265063B2 (en) | 2017-05-05 | 2022-03-01 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Wireless communication method, network device, and terminal device |
US11291054B2 (en) | 2017-05-05 | 2022-03-29 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Resource configuration method and apparatus |
US11595108B2 (en) | 2017-05-05 | 2023-02-28 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Wireless communication method, network device, and terminal device |
WO2018206113A1 (en) * | 2017-05-11 | 2018-11-15 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Indication of beams for wireless communication |
CN109257958A (en) * | 2017-05-12 | 2019-01-22 | 联发科技股份有限公司 | The apparatus and method retransmitted for Physical Random Access Channel |
EP3610686A4 (en) * | 2017-05-12 | 2020-11-25 | Mediatek Inc. | Apparatuses and methods for physical random access channel (prach) retransmission |
US11438034B2 (en) | 2017-05-12 | 2022-09-06 | Mediatek Inc. | Apparatuses and methods for a physical random access channel (PRACH) retransmission |
CN109257958B (en) * | 2017-05-12 | 2023-04-07 | 联发科技股份有限公司 | Apparatus and method for physical random access channel retransmission |
US10778288B2 (en) | 2017-05-12 | 2020-09-15 | Mediatek Inc. | Apparatuses and methods for a physical random access channel (PRACH) retransmission |
WO2018205984A1 (en) | 2017-05-12 | 2018-11-15 | Mediatek Inc. | Apparatuses and methods for physical random access channel (prach) retransmission |
TWI688229B (en) * | 2017-05-12 | 2020-03-11 | 聯發科技股份有限公司 | Ue and methods for beam selection during a physical random access channel (prach) transmission or retransmission |
US11452138B2 (en) | 2017-05-16 | 2022-09-20 | Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. | Random access method, user equipment, source base station and target base station |
EP3627874A4 (en) * | 2017-05-16 | 2020-09-23 | Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. | Random access method, terminal, source base station and target base station |
WO2018224013A1 (en) * | 2017-06-09 | 2018-12-13 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Beam failure processing method, terminal and network device |
CN109089315A (en) * | 2017-06-14 | 2018-12-25 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | A kind of data transmission method and device based on multi-beam |
CN109089315B (en) * | 2017-06-14 | 2021-04-02 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Data transmission method and device based on multi-beam |
WO2018231124A1 (en) * | 2017-06-15 | 2018-12-20 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Apparatuses and methods for scheduling object configuration |
RU2732187C1 (en) * | 2017-06-15 | 2020-09-14 | Телефонактиеболагет Лм Эрикссон (Пабл) | Apparatus, methods, computer programs and computer software for beam control |
US11006439B2 (en) | 2017-06-15 | 2021-05-11 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Apparatuses and methods for scheduling object configuration |
CN110754130B (en) * | 2017-06-15 | 2023-04-18 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | Apparatus and method for scheduling object configuration |
JP2020524440A (en) * | 2017-06-15 | 2020-08-13 | コンヴィーダ ワイヤレス, エルエルシー | Uplink transmission power control |
CN110754130A (en) * | 2017-06-15 | 2020-02-04 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | Apparatus and method for scheduling object configuration |
CN110771216A (en) * | 2017-06-15 | 2020-02-07 | 康维达无线有限责任公司 | Uplink transmission power control |
WO2018232245A1 (en) * | 2017-06-15 | 2018-12-20 | Convida Wireless, Llc | Uplink transmit power control |
US11503623B2 (en) | 2017-06-15 | 2022-11-15 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Apparatuses and methods for scheduling object configuration |
CN110731105B (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2022-08-02 | 高通股份有限公司 | Method and apparatus for power control of sounding reference signals |
CN110771193A (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2020-02-07 | 华为技术有限公司 | Device random access system and method in beam forming communication system |
EP3613234A4 (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2020-07-22 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | System and method for device random access in a beamformed communications system |
CN110731105A (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2020-01-24 | 高通股份有限公司 | Method and apparatus for power control of sounding reference signals |
WO2018228580A1 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2018-12-20 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Radio communications using random access in wireless networks |
CN114258121A (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2022-03-29 | 高通股份有限公司 | Method and apparatus for power control of sounding reference signals |
CN110754135A (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2020-02-04 | 三星电子株式会社 | Method and apparatus for controlling network congestion in next generation mobile communication system |
CN110754135B (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2023-09-19 | 三星电子株式会社 | Method and apparatus for controlling network congestion in next generation mobile communication system |
US10980064B2 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2021-04-13 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | Radio communications using random access in wireless networks |
KR102684296B1 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2024-07-10 | 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 | Method and apparatus for power control of sounding reference signals |
EP3635991A4 (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2020-04-15 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Radio communications using random access in wireless networks |
WO2018232308A1 (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2018-12-20 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | Radio communications using random access in wireless networks |
KR20200015560A (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2020-02-12 | 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 | Method and apparatus for power control of sounding reference signals |
CN114258121B (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2024-03-29 | 高通股份有限公司 | Method and apparatus for power control of sounding reference signals |
CN110771193B (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2021-12-03 | 华为技术有限公司 | Device random access system and method in beam forming communication system |
US11218353B2 (en) | 2017-06-19 | 2022-01-04 | Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. | Paging in beamformed wireless communication system |
WO2018233587A1 (en) * | 2017-06-19 | 2018-12-27 | Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. | Paging in beamformed wireless communication system |
AU2018287868B2 (en) * | 2017-06-20 | 2023-07-06 | Sony Corporation | Electronic device and method for wireless communication system, and storage medium |
RU2768972C2 (en) * | 2017-06-20 | 2022-03-28 | Сони Корпорейшн | Electronic device, method and data medium for a wireless communication system |
EP3633903A4 (en) * | 2017-06-20 | 2020-06-03 | Sony Corporation | Electronic device and method for wireless communication system, and storage medium |
EP4236582A3 (en) * | 2017-06-20 | 2023-10-18 | Sony Group Corporation | Electronic device and method for wireless communication system, and storage medium |
US11881913B2 (en) | 2017-06-20 | 2024-01-23 | Sony Corporation | Electronic device, method and storage medium for wireless communication system |
US10425901B2 (en) | 2017-06-26 | 2019-09-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink transmit power control during random access procedures |
WO2019005614A1 (en) * | 2017-06-26 | 2019-01-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink transmit power control during random access procedures |
US10447374B2 (en) | 2017-06-28 | 2019-10-15 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Beam sweep or scan in a wireless communication system |
US10897302B2 (en) | 2017-06-28 | 2021-01-19 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Beam sweep or scan in a wireless communication system |
CN110832942A (en) * | 2017-07-07 | 2020-02-21 | 华为技术有限公司 | Random access method, terminal equipment and network equipment |
CN110832942B (en) * | 2017-07-07 | 2021-09-03 | 华为技术有限公司 | Random access method, terminal equipment and network equipment |
US11395331B2 (en) | 2017-07-07 | 2022-07-19 | Huawei Technolgoies Co., Ltd. | Random access method, terminal device, and network device |
EP3633869A4 (en) * | 2017-07-13 | 2020-05-20 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Transreceiving method and apparatus applying beam diversity in wireless communication system |
US11451267B2 (en) | 2017-07-13 | 2022-09-20 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Transreceiving method and apparatus applying beam diversity in wireless communication system |
CN110832785B (en) * | 2017-07-13 | 2022-08-09 | 三星电子株式会社 | Transceiving method and apparatus using beam diversity in wireless communication system |
CN110832785A (en) * | 2017-07-13 | 2020-02-21 | 三星电子株式会社 | Transceiving method and apparatus using beam diversity in wireless communication system |
US11503644B2 (en) | 2017-07-17 | 2022-11-15 | Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. | Random access method, terminal and computer-readable storage medium |
CN109275187A (en) * | 2017-07-17 | 2019-01-25 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | A kind of accidental access method, terminal and computer readable storage medium |
US11778669B2 (en) | 2017-07-17 | 2023-10-03 | Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. | Random access method, terminal and computer-readable storage medium |
CN109275187B (en) * | 2017-07-17 | 2021-01-08 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Random access method, terminal and computer readable storage medium |
CN110915147A (en) * | 2017-07-19 | 2020-03-24 | 高通股份有限公司 | Random access channel window design in millimeter wave shared spectrum |
US10720980B2 (en) | 2017-07-19 | 2020-07-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Random access channel window design in millimeter wave shared spectrum |
WO2019018141A1 (en) * | 2017-07-19 | 2019-01-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Random access channel window design in millimeter wave shared spectrum |
US11202322B2 (en) | 2017-07-20 | 2021-12-14 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Random access method and terminal device |
KR102317757B1 (en) * | 2017-07-20 | 2021-10-26 | 광동 오포 모바일 텔레커뮤니케이션즈 코포레이션 리미티드 | Method for random access, network device and terminal device |
KR20200028449A (en) * | 2017-07-20 | 2020-03-16 | 광동 오포 모바일 텔레커뮤니케이션즈 코포레이션 리미티드 | Method for random access, network device and terminal device |
KR102401274B1 (en) * | 2017-07-20 | 2022-05-24 | 광동 오포 모바일 텔레커뮤니케이션즈 코포레이션 리미티드 | Method and terminal device for random access |
KR20200027463A (en) * | 2017-07-20 | 2020-03-12 | 광동 오포 모바일 텔레커뮤니케이션즈 코포레이션 리미티드 | Method and terminal device for random access |
EP3614781A4 (en) * | 2017-07-20 | 2020-04-08 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Random access method and terminal device |
AU2018306399B2 (en) * | 2017-07-27 | 2022-12-01 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for performing random access procedure |
WO2019022572A1 (en) | 2017-07-27 | 2019-01-31 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for performing random access procedure |
US11647544B2 (en) | 2017-07-27 | 2023-05-09 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for performing random access procedure |
EP3643135A4 (en) * | 2017-07-27 | 2021-03-31 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for performing random access procedure |
EP3664564A4 (en) * | 2017-08-02 | 2020-07-22 | Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. | Random access method and user terminal |
US11212748B2 (en) | 2017-08-02 | 2021-12-28 | Vivo Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. | Method of monitoring RAR, method of sending RAR, devices thereof and system |
CN109392060A (en) * | 2017-08-02 | 2019-02-26 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | A kind of monitor method of RAR, sending method, relevant device and system |
TWI690236B (en) * | 2017-08-07 | 2020-04-01 | 宏達國際電子股份有限公司 | Device and method of handling physical random access channel resources on a secondary cell in carrier aggregation |
EP3442133A1 (en) * | 2017-08-07 | 2019-02-13 | HTC Corporation | Device and method of handling physical random access channel resources on a secondary cell for a communication device in carrier aggregation |
US10932296B2 (en) | 2017-08-07 | 2021-02-23 | Htc Corporation | Device and method of handling physical random access channel resources on a secondary cell in carrier aggregation |
US11812488B2 (en) | 2017-08-09 | 2023-11-07 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Methods and systems for beam recovery and management |
US11388756B2 (en) | 2017-08-09 | 2022-07-12 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Terminal for communicating with a base station apparatus |
WO2019030874A1 (en) * | 2017-08-09 | 2019-02-14 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | User device |
CN111149306A (en) * | 2017-08-09 | 2020-05-12 | Idac控股公司 | Method and system for beam recovery and management |
CN109391341A (en) * | 2017-08-10 | 2019-02-26 | 北京展讯高科通信技术有限公司 | Co-frequency cell discovery and measurement method, device, user equipment and base station |
US11910345B2 (en) | 2017-08-10 | 2024-02-20 | Ofinno, Llc | Random access preambles using transmit beams of base station |
US11304168B2 (en) | 2017-08-10 | 2022-04-12 | Ofinno, Llc | Random access preambles using transmit beams of a base station |
US10785739B2 (en) | 2017-08-10 | 2020-09-22 | Ofinno, Llc | Beam indication in RACH |
CN109392156A (en) * | 2017-08-11 | 2019-02-26 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method for transmitting signals, relevant apparatus and system |
US11723063B2 (en) | 2017-08-11 | 2023-08-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Different configurations for message content and transmission in a random access procedure |
US11973559B2 (en) | 2017-08-11 | 2024-04-30 | Sony Corporation | Retransmission of random access message based on control message from a base station |
US11387956B2 (en) | 2017-08-11 | 2022-07-12 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Signal transmission method, related apparatus, and system |
EP3661296A4 (en) * | 2017-08-11 | 2020-06-03 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Signal transmission method, related device and system |
EP3654724A4 (en) * | 2017-08-11 | 2020-07-08 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Random access method, device and system |
CN109392156B (en) * | 2017-08-11 | 2023-10-24 | 华为技术有限公司 | Signal transmission method, related device and system |
WO2019033288A1 (en) * | 2017-08-16 | 2019-02-21 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Random access method and device, user equipment and base station |
US11363639B2 (en) | 2017-08-16 | 2022-06-14 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Random access method and device, user equipment and base station |
US10999870B2 (en) | 2017-08-18 | 2021-05-04 | Asustek Computer Inc. | Method and apparatus for random access configuration in a wireless communication system |
US11452144B2 (en) | 2017-08-18 | 2022-09-20 | Asustek Computer Inc. | Method and apparatus for random access configuration in a wireless communication system |
WO2019034052A1 (en) * | 2017-08-18 | 2019-02-21 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Method for reporting multi-beam measurements, mobile terminal and network side device |
EP3445123A1 (en) * | 2017-08-18 | 2019-02-20 | ASUSTek Computer Inc. | Method and apparatus for random access configuration in a wireless communication system |
CN109413755A (en) * | 2017-08-18 | 2019-03-01 | 华硕电脑股份有限公司 | The method and apparatus that random access configures in wireless communication system |
US11665626B2 (en) | 2017-09-12 | 2023-05-30 | Sony Group Corporation | Multi-band millimeter wave network discovery |
CN110063083B (en) * | 2017-09-12 | 2023-05-30 | 联发科技股份有限公司 | Wireless communication method and device of user equipment and computer readable medium |
CN110063083A (en) * | 2017-09-12 | 2019-07-26 | 联发科技股份有限公司 | Random access channel standard is total to position association |
TWI734972B (en) * | 2017-09-12 | 2021-08-01 | 聯發科技股份有限公司 | Method of wireless communication of a user equipment and apparatus and computer-readable medium |
US11432228B2 (en) | 2017-09-12 | 2022-08-30 | Sony Group Corporation | Multi-band millimeter wave network discovery |
WO2019064088A1 (en) * | 2017-09-28 | 2019-04-04 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Method and apparatus for compact mac pdu transfer |
US11064518B2 (en) | 2017-09-29 | 2021-07-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Asynchronous single beam directional listen-before-talk |
WO2019067297A1 (en) * | 2017-09-29 | 2019-04-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Asynchronous single beam directional listen-before-talk |
US11375438B2 (en) | 2017-10-02 | 2022-06-28 | Sony Group Corporation | Adaptive network discovery signaling |
CN112470410A (en) * | 2017-11-23 | 2021-03-09 | 华为技术有限公司 | Processing apparatus and method thereof |
US11463213B2 (en) | 2017-11-23 | 2022-10-04 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Processing device for beam monitoring on serving downlink beams and methods thereof |
CN112470410B (en) * | 2017-11-23 | 2022-05-13 | 华为技术有限公司 | Processing apparatus and method thereof |
WO2019101317A1 (en) * | 2017-11-23 | 2019-05-31 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Processing device and methods thereof |
TWI766125B (en) * | 2017-11-29 | 2022-06-01 | 美商高通公司 | Determining beam candidates for transmitting beam failure recovery signal |
US11357058B2 (en) | 2017-12-20 | 2022-06-07 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp.. Ltd. | Method for transmitting random access preamble, and terminal device |
US11159214B2 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2021-10-26 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Wireless communications system, a radio network node, a machine learning UNT and methods therein for transmission of a downlink signal in a wireless communications network supporting beamforming |
WO2019119442A1 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2019-06-27 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | A wireless communications system, a radio network node, a machine learning unt and methods therein for transmission of a downlink signal in a wireless communications network supporting beamforming |
US11611381B2 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2023-03-21 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Wireless communications system, a radio network node, a machine learning unit and methods therein for transmission of a downlink signal in a wireless communications network supporting beam forming |
EP3729677A4 (en) * | 2017-12-22 | 2020-12-30 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | A wireless communications system, a radio network node, a machine learning unt and methods therein for transmission of a downlink signal in a wireless communications network supporting beamforming |
US10701734B2 (en) | 2017-12-28 | 2020-06-30 | Asustek Computer Inc. | Method and apparatus of selecting bandwidth part for random access (RA) procedure in a wireless communication system |
US10728733B2 (en) | 2018-01-12 | 2020-07-28 | Sony Corporation | Multi-band millimeter wave discovery in WLAN distribution networks |
US11297481B2 (en) | 2018-01-12 | 2022-04-05 | Sony Corporation | Multi-band millimeter wave discovery in WLAN distribution networks |
CN110062397B (en) * | 2018-01-19 | 2023-02-28 | 华硕电脑股份有限公司 | Method and apparatus for beam failure reporting in multi-cell configuration in wireless communications |
CN110062397A (en) * | 2018-01-19 | 2019-07-26 | 华硕电脑股份有限公司 | In wireless communication multiple cell configuration under wave beam Trouble Report method and apparatus |
US11778659B2 (en) | 2018-02-26 | 2023-10-03 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Beam selection for PDCCH order |
CN111758226A (en) * | 2018-02-26 | 2020-10-09 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | Beam selection for PDCCH commands |
WO2019164429A1 (en) * | 2018-02-26 | 2019-08-29 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Beam selection for pdcch order |
US11653346B2 (en) | 2018-04-06 | 2023-05-16 | Mediatek Inc. | Beam selection and resource allocation for beam-formed random access procedure |
WO2019192619A1 (en) * | 2018-04-06 | 2019-10-10 | Mediatek Inc. | Beam selection and resource allocation for beam-formed random access procedure |
US10939442B2 (en) | 2018-04-06 | 2021-03-02 | Mediatek Inc. | Beam selection and resource allocation for beam-formed random access procedure |
TWI722409B (en) * | 2018-04-06 | 2021-03-21 | 聯發科技股份有限公司 | Beam selection and resource allocation for beam-formed random access procedure |
WO2019227312A1 (en) * | 2018-05-29 | 2019-12-05 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | Method used for signal transmission, and corresponding user terminal and base station |
US11510213B2 (en) | 2018-05-29 | 2022-11-22 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Method for signal transmission, and corresponding user terminals and base stations |
EP3776298B1 (en) * | 2018-07-11 | 2024-09-18 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for authenticating object in electronic device |
US11704394B2 (en) | 2018-07-11 | 2023-07-18 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for authenticating object in electronic device |
WO2020013545A1 (en) | 2018-07-11 | 2020-01-16 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for authenticating object in electronic device |
US11870728B2 (en) | 2018-07-18 | 2024-01-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multi-beam CSI feedback |
US20220085952A1 (en) * | 2018-07-18 | 2022-03-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multi-beam csi feedback |
US11196524B2 (en) * | 2018-07-18 | 2021-12-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multi-beam CSI feedback |
US11375507B2 (en) * | 2018-07-19 | 2022-06-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Decoupled uplink/downlink initial access |
CN113873675A (en) * | 2018-08-07 | 2021-12-31 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Information reporting method, device, terminal and storage medium |
EP3836720A4 (en) * | 2018-08-07 | 2022-03-23 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Information reporting method and apparatus, and terminal and storage medium |
US20210315020A1 (en) * | 2018-08-07 | 2021-10-07 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Information reporting method and apparatus, and terminal and storage medium |
US12108456B2 (en) * | 2018-08-07 | 2024-10-01 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Information reporting method and apparatus, and terminal and storage medium |
WO2020029256A1 (en) * | 2018-08-10 | 2020-02-13 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Data transmission method, terminal device, and network device |
US11950265B2 (en) | 2018-08-10 | 2024-04-02 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Data transmission method, terminal device, and network device |
US11349549B2 (en) | 2018-08-20 | 2022-05-31 | Sony Group Corporation | Allocation and directional information distribution in millimeter wave WLAN networks |
EP3852296A4 (en) * | 2018-09-26 | 2021-10-20 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Communication method, terminal device, and network device |
US11895705B2 (en) | 2018-09-26 | 2024-02-06 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Communication method, terminal device, and network device |
CN109804695A (en) * | 2019-01-08 | 2019-05-24 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Downlink data transmission method, method of reseptance, device and storage medium |
CN113923792A (en) * | 2019-01-08 | 2022-01-11 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Downlink data transmitting method, receiving method, device and storage medium |
WO2020164515A1 (en) * | 2019-02-14 | 2020-08-20 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Signal transmitting method, device and system |
WO2022077362A1 (en) * | 2020-10-15 | 2022-04-21 | Zte Corporation | Method and device for random access in wireless communication system |
WO2022079191A1 (en) | 2020-10-16 | 2022-04-21 | Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. | Influencing the behaviour of beam correspondence |
US12101147B2 (en) * | 2021-11-15 | 2024-09-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Heterogenous beamforming capability with mixed beamforming architecture |
US20230155650A1 (en) * | 2021-11-15 | 2023-05-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Heterogenous beamforming capability with mixed beamforming architecture |
US12127246B2 (en) | 2023-06-12 | 2024-10-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Different configurations for message content and transmission in a random access procedure |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US11382136B2 (en) | 2022-07-05 |
EP3225070A1 (en) | 2017-10-04 |
CN107211451A (en) | 2017-09-26 |
US20190104549A1 (en) | 2019-04-04 |
US20240080905A1 (en) | 2024-03-07 |
US11844113B2 (en) | 2023-12-12 |
EP3879881A1 (en) | 2021-09-15 |
CN107211451B (en) | 2022-08-26 |
US20200053800A1 (en) | 2020-02-13 |
CN115483956A (en) | 2022-12-16 |
US20220338270A1 (en) | 2022-10-20 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11844113B2 (en) | Initial access in high frequency wireless systems | |
US11804891B2 (en) | Transmission schemes and modes and fallback schemes for the access link of systems operating in higher frequency bands | |
US20220286187A1 (en) | Methods and apparatus for beam control in beamformed systems | |
US11997696B2 (en) | Downlink control channel design and signaling for beamformed systems | |
US20210014847A1 (en) | Mmw physical layer downlink channel scheduling and control signaling |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 15807769 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
REEP | Request for entry into the european phase |
Ref document number: 2015807769 Country of ref document: EP |